Sesame Street

update

Season 0

_{not specified}
106: Big Bird Gets Lost

_{not specified}
108: Get Up and Dance

_{not specified}
111: A Celebration of Me, Grover

He's furry, he's blue, and he's everyone's adorable, old pal, Grover, in his very own special! Come to the Flyers' Club Roost where everyone on Sesame Street has gathered to celebrate the many sides of Grover.

_{not specified}
114: Wild Words & Outdoor Adventures

_{not specified}
120: Ready for School

Big Bird, Baby Bear and the rest of the gang all get together to help apprehensive Elmo prepare for his first day of school. Once he learns of the singing and dancing, arts and crafts and all-around fun that awaits him at school, Elmo's raring to go. Packed with great songs, memorable characters and the trademark Sesame Street charm, this feature is perfect for toddlers on the verge of their own first day of school.

_{not specified}
125: Season 11 Classic Cuts

- Letter B (Beetles) - Born to Add - Disco Frog with Kermit - Star Wars: I Say Banana - Weather Around the World

_{not specified}
126: Season 12 Classic Cuts

- Cookie Monster and Kermit - Big Hello 1-20 - Dr. Noble Price Talky Stick - Wavin Goodbye - Dancing Dog Images

_{not specified}
279: Counting with James Earl Jones

Part of the unbroadcast pilot episode, James Earl Jones counts from 1 to 10

_{not specified}
127: Season 13 Classic Cuts

- Reading Lesson - Rainy Day Song - Snowflakes - Proud to be a Cow - Dance Myself to Sleep

_{not specified}
128: Season 14 Classic Cuts

- Grover the Singing Waiter - Teeny Little Super Guy - We All Sing the Same Song - Chaplin in The Rain - Frogs in the Glen

_{not specified}
129: Season 15 Classic Cuts

- Henson Ball Power #3 - Trash Outta Heaven - In/Out with Barkley - Cooperation Song - Exercise with Grover

_{not specified}
131: Interview with Caroll Spinney

_{not specified}
132: Imagine with Me

_{not specified}
136: This Way to Sesame Street

_{not specified}
138: Imagine That!

Your favorite Sesame Street friends show kids how to have fantastic adventures at home. All it takes is a little imagination.

_{not specified}
139: 20 Years and Still Counting

Sesame Street: 20 Years and Still Counting celebrates the 20th anniversary of the ground-breaking educational series Sesame Street - hosted by Bill Cosby with special star-studded appearances by Jim Henson, the Muppets, Ray Charles, and more!

_{not specified}
140: Elmo's World: Dinosaurs!

Have you ever heard of an Elmosaurus? How about a Telly Rex? Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores dinosaurs! What did dinosaurs eat? How did they move? What did they look like? And what would happen if Elmo, Telly, and Abby Cadabby became dinosaurs?!?! All these questions and more are answered in this charming and informative DVD, which features Dorothy, Mr. Noodle, new songs, and a dinosaur on Sesame Street!

_{not specified}
141: Pinball Count

_{not specified}
142: C Is for Cookie Monster

C is for Cookie and that's good enough for everyone! Celebrate all things Cookie Monster with this collection filled with sweet stories and scrumptious songs including favorites the "Cookiehood" story, Healthy Food Song with Wyclef Jean, the Cookie Tree story, and Cookie Monster's Sorting Song.

_{not specified}
143: Cookie Monster's Best Bites

Welcome to a song-filled, smile-making, simply scrumptious video starring everyone's favorite Sesame Street connoisseur de crumbs: Cookie Monster! This new program features Cookie Monster's very best bites plus plenty of new production bits. It's a wacky and wonderful tribute to a monster, the cookies he loves and the little lessons he learns with every bite he takes. Screen star Annette Benning drops by to help Cookie Monster sort out the difference between a Cookie Here and There. And that's just the beginning of the rib-tickling treats awaiting Cookie Monster fans young and old in this tuneful, tasty, cookie-crunching delight.

_{not specified}
144: Big Elmo Fun

Get ready for some really, really big fun when Elmo is accidentally turned big and towers over Sesame Street! While Abby tries to figure out how to get Elmo small again, kids will learn all about measuring in this extra tall tale. Then, Elmo makes friends with a Monarch butterfly and cooks up even more big fun in a silly cooking competition!

_{not specified}
145: Monster Hits!

Join your favorite furry friends at the Fuzzy Awards Show, as they await the announcement of top Monster Song of the Year.

_{not specified}
146: Elmo's Alphabet Challenge

Are you up for an alphabet challenge? Abby shows off her new Fairy Fly Pad, but accidentally traps her friends inside the video game world! To get back to Sesame Street, Elmo, Telly and Abby must beat challenges that test their alphabet knowledge.

_{not specified}
149: Happy, Healthy, and Ready for School: Math is Everywhere

_{not specified}
150: Happy, Healthy, and Ready for School: Learning is Everywhere

_{not specified}
151: Elmo's World: Wild Wild West!

Sesame Street's favorite furry red cowpoke saddles up to learn all about the wild frontier. Join Elmo as he finds out how to ride a horse, kicks up his heels at a hoe down, boards a time-traveling magic stagecoach and more! Featuring classic cowpoke songs, and plenty of fun with his partners the Noodles, Marshall Grover and special guests, country singer Travis Tritt and Broadway's Kristen Chenoweth. Elmo takes viewers young and old on a wonderful ride through the very best of the Wild Wild West! Also, features the brand new Sesame Street segment, Monster Clubhouse!

_{not specified}
152: Old School Volume 1

_{not specified}
153: Old School Volume 2

_{not specified}
154: Old School Volume 3

_{not specified}
155: Bye-Bye, Pacifier!

With the story where Elmo remembers giving up his binky as the centerpiece, this release features stories that pre-schoolers can relate to.

_{not specified}
156: Kids' Favorite Country Songs

Join Elmo and his cousin Elmer in a Rootin' Tootin' Hootin' Hollerin' Country Jamboree!

_{not specified}
230: Singing with the Stars 2

More songs, more stars, more fun! Michael Buble helps Elmo to "Believe in Yourself" while Gwen Stefani explains how to "Be a Good Friend". Oscar is joined by Macklemore to sing about his love of trash, and there's music everywhere when Fifth Harmony stops by. Australian sensation Jessica Mauboy has kids hopping with "Five Kangaroos," OK Go paints a picture of the "Three Primary Colors" in amazing stop motion, and Elmo rocks out with Rev Run while learning to "Hop This Way".

_{not specified}
161: Elmo's Music Magic

Elmo's Music Magic is a Sesame Street DVD released in 2011. The DVD's recycles the street story from a 2010 episode, with new scenes featuring Elmo to help break up the story. The video includes a new song, "Come Back Cookie", and a new performance of "One Small Voice." The DVD also includes two bonus features: the song "What I Am" by Will.i.am and a sing-along version of the video, with lyrics and bouncing ball. The official DVD description mentions segments featuring Jason Mraz ("Outdoors") and Leslie Feist ("1234") appearing on the DVD; however, they are not found on the actual release.

_{not specified}
166: Sing Yourself Sillier at the Movies

_{not specified}
167: Elmo's World: All About Animals

Ribbit! Woof! Neigh! Tweet! Elmo loves animals and he wants to learn all about them. What is the best way to walk a dog? What type of animal is considered a wild animal? Do frogs live on land or in water? And how do penguins stay warm? Join Sesame Street's curious red monster and his special friend Dorothy as they explore wild animals, pets and more! Elmo's World: All About Animals is an Elmo's World DVD released in 2014. This 2-hour compilation includes select episodes about animals, including: Frogs Fish Cats Dogs Horses Birds Penguins Wild Animals

_{not specified}
172: The Biscotti Kid (Karate Kid Parody)

Snacks on. Snacks off. Martial Arts Master takes on Cookie Monster as a student of Biscotti Karate. Can he train Cookie Monster to be...The Biscotti Kid? "Cookie's Crumby Pictures," is an all new segment on Sesame Street, teaching kids self-regulation and executive function skills.

_{not specified}
175: Elmo's Shape Adventure

_{not specified}
176: Learning Letters with Elmo

_{not specified}
177: Love the Earth!

_{not specified}
178: Elmo's World: Head, Shoulders, Knees and Toes

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he learns all about his furry little body from head to toe! Can you wiggle your ears? How do you wash your hands? Let's all whistle! Children will love singing and dancing along with Elmo as he explores his eyes, feet, hair, nose, and more.

_{not specified}
179: Being Brave

Are you brave enough to watch? Help your child learn to overcome their fears with Sesame Street’s Special brand of honesty and humor. Elmo, Grover, and friends learn strategies to deal with scary thunderstorms, strange shadows, unfamiliar dogs, and buzzing bees! Filled with great ideas for managing common preschool fears!

_{not specified}
180: Fairy Tale Fun

Fairy tales and nursery rhymes come to life on Sesame Street! Full of fairytale favorites and other classic segments, this is a Sesame Street story spectacular!

_{not specified}
181: Elmo's World: Penguins and Friends

Hop to it and join Elmo for this riveting and "ribbiting" DVD! Learn all about frogs, penguins, and horses with 3 Elmo's World episodes full of animal antics. Do you like horses, yay or neigh? Elmo does and he hears straight from a horse's mouth what it is like to be a horse! Elmo also finds out fun and fascinating facts about frogs, like how they grow and what they eat. And chill out with Elmo and a bunch of penguins! It's animal fun for everyone!

_{not specified}
182: Elmo the Musical

Imagination, math, and music add up in Elmo The Musical! Join Elmo as he delivers pizza to space, sails off in search of a giant whale, and whips up a dip for the Queen of Nacho Picchu. It's a learning-filled adventure that will leave your child singing, dancing, adding, subtracting, and dreaming up endless possibilities!

_{not specified}
200: Happy Halloween

Trick or Treat? Here's a treat for you: all of your favorite furry buddies on Sesame Street dressed up for Halloween. Elmo's going to be a robot, and Abby is going to be an Argyle Sock Puppy! What are you being for Halloween?

_{not specified}
205: Cookie World

_{not specified}
206: Grover's Workout Video

_{not specified}
243: Elmo Goes to School

Based on a felt book by Liza Alexander, "Elmo Goes to School" is an animated short that follows Elmo through a typical day at Preschool.

_{not specified}
207: We All Sing Together

_{not specified}
208: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 1

_{not specified}
209: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 2

_{not specified}
210: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 3

_{not specified}
211: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 4

_{not specified}
212: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 5

_{not specified}
213: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 6

_{not specified}
214: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 7

_{not specified}
215: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 8

_{not specified}
216: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 9

_{not specified}
217: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 10

_{not specified}
218: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 1

_{not specified}
219: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 2

_{not specified}
220: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 3

_{not specified}
221: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 4

_{not specified}
222: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 5

_{not specified}
223: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 6

_{not specified}
224: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 7

_{not specified}
225: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 8

_{not specified}
226: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 9

_{not specified}
227: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 10

_{not specified}
268: Sing-Along Earth Songs

_{not specified}
264: The Best of Elmo 2

In the video, Elmo encounters a "Memorybot" who is losing his power and needs "memories" to power up again. Elmo shares his memories with the robot with a series of clips. Segments feature guest stars Jason Mraz, Adam Sandler, Destiny's Child, David Beckham, India.Arie, The Goo Goo Dolls, and Feist.

_{not specified}
1: The Letter of the Month Club

Telly Monster couldn't be more excited about his new Letter of the Month Club membership, and soon Vinnie the Delivery Guy is at the door with the letter A. Then a B arrives, followed by C, and D--and best of all, every letter comes with sound! The only problem is that the letters are taking over Hooper's store and Telly will have to choose between his letters and his friends.

_{not specified}
4: The Street We Live On

The Street We Live On is a celebration of 35 years, which aired as Episode 4057. In the special, Elmo has a special day in Elmo's World, thinking about his neighborhood. The special contains clips from classic Sesame Street episodes, a special musical number sung by the Sesame Street cast members, and a timeline sequence which pays tribute to some of the greatest moments of Sesame Stre

_{not specified}
10: Happy Healthy Monsters

_{not specified}
11: What's the Name of That Song

Come one, come all for Sesame Street's 35th anniversary musical gathering! Is there one song the whole world can sing together? Find out when Super Grover embarks on an outrageous mission. There's musical mayhem when Oscar the Grouch gets a song stuck in Big Bird's head and our yellow-feathered friend begins his own search for someone to help him name that tune.

_{not specified}
12: Computer Caper

The caper begins when Telly gets an e-mail account and Luis helps him send a message to friends. Several characters, including Sesame Street favorites like Cookie Monster and Oscar, write back--and someone who signs their message, "Your Mystery Friend."

_{not specified}
14: Kids' Favorite Songs

Kids' Favorite Songs kicks off with a cackle-worthy parody of Bob Dylan doing "Old McDonald," and from there the groovy gags keep comin' 'round the mountain. Everywhere Elmo turns on Sesame Street monsters spontaneously burst into song, and all because they want him to feature their favorite tunes on his forthcoming radio countdown. For Telly, winnowing the hits to one is akin to Cookie Monster choosing between a macaroon and a figgie bar: at first he's sure that "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" lights his fire, but then he says bye-bye to a black sheep. The street heaves a collective sigh pavementward when word comes down that the countdown is strictly a numbers gig, no music involved. Only Sesame Street could weave well-loved musical numbers around a simple numbers lesson with such wacky pizzazz, making this a countdown that's no letdown for high-spirited parent-preschooler combos.

_{not specified}
16: Let's Eat

_{not specified}
17: Elmo Says Boo!

Elmo visits The Count's castle to tell him funny scary jokes. Classic Sesame Street segments are separated with new joke segments set in the castle's exterior, featuring one Sesame Street character and a child, and interior, featuring The Count, Elmo, and some combination of the Bats, the Skeleton, a painting of the "Groana Lisa," a suit of armor and the Count's pipe organ.

_{not specified}
18: The Best of Elmo

The Sesame Street character has fun singing some catchy new songs (you and your toddler just might, too), explaining the difference between light and heavy, having a laugh over pictures and numbers, and sharing the screen with a good-natured Whoopi Goldberg and Julia Roberts. Of the various Elmo videos, this one really does have the choicest material and stands up to repeat viewings--a big plus with little ones.

_{not specified}
20: Furry Red Monster Parade

It's hard for Elmo to have a Red Furry Monster Parade when he's the only red furry monster on SESAME STREET, and so his friends decide to join in. The only problem is the more friends who want to join, the longer the parade name is going to get. How will the gang have a parade that includes everyone without the name of it becoming impossible to remember?

_{not specified}
25: Kids' Favorite Songs 2

Somewhere into the so-so "Itsy Bitsy Spider" segment, the sinking feeling that Kids' Favorite Songs 2 is strictly sequel material sets in. This is a march down Sesame Street on a slow day, when the loopy monster misunderstandings and goofball gags miss a rare beat or two. Still, making merry is what the Sesame crew does best, and they succeed here, if on a less brilliant level than we've come to expect. All the usual favorites, like "If You're Happy and You Know It" and "The Ants Go Marching," get the gang and their real-life kid friends grooving, and a running joke involving a renegade meatball keeps kids 18 months to 5 tuned in to the end. Elmo hosts.

_{not specified}
28: Bert and Ernie's Word Play

The Muppets are putting on a play on words (get it?), a convenient framing device for a Sesame Street-style reading lesson. Get ready for some sticky, slippery fun when Prairie Dawn directs the G-rated vaudevillian act, complete with Bert and Ernie in straw hats telling corny jokes and a pie-throwing machine in fine working order. There are behind-the-scenes prop emergencies and a finale no-show, prompting rhyming lessons ("Oh, no, Hoho is a no-show!") and plenty of TV clips, including "I Am Chicken," the fowl take on the feminist anthem "I Am Woman." Elmo joins singing partners Mo and Flo in the stirring (substitute) finale, "We Got the Need to Read." Kindergarteners who think they're too old for Sesame Street might still get drawn in by challenges aimed at beginning readers. Ages 2 to 6.

_{not specified}
236: Best of Friends

Best of Friends is a Sesame Street DVD featuring clips from the show starring several of the show's central characters - Elmo, Mr. Snuffleupagus, Oscar the Grouch, Telly Monster, Count von Count, Grover, Cookie Monster, Big Bird, Bert and Ernie, Zoe, Abby Cadabby, and Rosita. Segments are organized by each of these characters. The DVD was originally a Target exclusive release in September 2012. The DVD got a wider release on March 19, 2013.

_{not specified}
29: The Alphabet Jungle Game

_{not specified}
238: Elmo and Cookie Monster Supersized Fun

Elmo and Cookie Monster Supersized Fun is a Sesame Street DVD released on April 4, 2017.

_{not specified}
30: 25th Birthday Musical Celebration

_{not specified}
237: The Best of Elmo 3

The Best of Elmo 3 is a Sesame Street DVD that was released on March 3, 2015. Much like its predecessors (The Best of Elmo and The Best of Elmo 2), the DVD collects various different skits and songs starring Elmo.

_{not specified}
32: How To Do Elmo's Brand New Dance

Tickling with a Groovy Twist Elmo's Tickle Hands come with an exclusive DVD that features a dance lesson on how to perform Elmo's brand new dance -- the "Tickle Hand Groove." This is a simple dance that children will be able to learn with ease. The DVD is hosted by Elmo, himself, and has all the charm of any Sesame Street feature. Kids will find the accompanying song upbeat and danceable. The song can be played at any time by pressing the image of Elmo's face on the right glove. What's in the Box

_{not specified}
33: Elmo's Musical Adventure: The Story of Peter And The Wolf

Peter and the Wolf (marketed as Elmo's Musical Adventure: The Story of Peter and the Wolf) is a 2001 Sesame Street adaptation of the musical story "Peter and the Wolf" by Sergei Prokofiev. The narrative uses Prokofiev's original score, as performed by the Boston Pops Orchestra. This special was released on DVD in 2001. It was rereleased in 2008, packaged with Sing Yourself Silly in a Sesame Street Double Feature. The DVD version includes various extras including a game in which you must match the sound of an instrument to its picture and a game that involves matching a theme from the ballet to the corresponding character. An additional section allows you to watch scenes from the story with just footage of the Boston Pops playing the piece (in these scenes, Baby Bear and Papa Bear can be seen on location in Boston Symphony Hall). Information on the Muppets and a parents section round out the extras. More details can be seen at Muppet Wiki: http://muppet.wikia.com/wiki/Peter_and_the_Wolf

_{not specified}
34: Elmo's World: Babies, Dogs & More!

Elmo's World: Babies, Dogs & More! (Sony LVD 51721) is a 2000 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Babies * Dogs * Farms

_{not specified}
35: Elmo's World: Birthdays, Games & More!

Elmo's World: Birthdays, Games & More! (Sony LVD54057) is a 2001 Sony Wonder video release. It contains three episodes of Elmo's World: * Elmo's World: Birthdays * Elmo's World: Games * Elmo's World: Pets

_{not specified}
36: Fiesta!

Fiesta means party in Spanish, and Sesame Street is pulsating with activity in this upbeat preschool program featuring Latino songs. Jim Henson's Muppets join the fun while everyone's favorite, Elmo, learns the Conga-Wiggle dance. Maria, Rosita, and Gabi create floats and costumes; even Oscar reluctantly partakes in the festivities. The dialogue is sparse in order to devote most of the 30-minute show to singing and dancing during eight Spanish/English tunes, featuring special performances by Linda Ronstadt and Celia Cruz. Most of the music will be familiar, such as "Conga Counting Song," "Amigo," and "It Sure Is Hot." Kids will also learn greetings, familiar words, and numbers in Spanish. While some might wish for the addition of live-action scenes of Mexico or a more complex story line, the bilingual focus is solid and the ever supportive cast of Sesame Street grownups, kids, and Muppets make it a neighborhood worth visiting.

_{not specified}
37: Plaza Sésamo: Me Gusta Ser Yo

Me Gusta Ser Yo (I Like to Be Me) is a Plaza Sésamo video released in 2005. In the video, Lola and Pancho visit Pablo Bigotasso's art gallery and learn about the parts of the body and what makes them unique. The framing sequence borrows scenes from two episodes from the late 90's.

_{not specified}
38: Plaza Sésamo: Lola Aventuras

"Lola Aventuras" ("The Lola Adventures") is a recurring segment on Plaza Sésamo, debuting in 2005. Each segment has Lola going on an adventure and trying to solve a problem that she faced on her adventure. Later segments have Lola visit countries in parts of Latin America. These segments appear usually at the beginning or ending of an episode. The goal for these segments was to show that girls are active and adventurous learners.

_{not specified}
39: Plaza Sésamo: Lola Aventuras Extras

DVD Extras from Plaza Sésamo - Lola Aventuras (2007).

_{not specified}
40: Plaza Sésamo: Bienvenida La Primavera

Bienvenida la primavera is a Plaza Sésamo DVD released in 2006. The video is made up of scenes from the 2006 season (Episode 914 through 916), where the entire plaza throws a festival in celebration of the arrival of spring.

_{not specified}
41: Plaza Sésamo: Vamos a Cantar

¡Vamos a Cantar! (Let's Sing!) is a Plaza Sésamo video from 2005, mainly featuring song segments.

_{not specified}
43: Sesame Beginings - Moving Together

_{not specified}
233: Learning Rocks

_{not specified}
235: Trick Or Treat On Sesame Street

Say "Hello!" to Halloween! It's time for tricks and treats when Elmo and Abby visit Count Von Count's spooky castle for a special Halloween. Count cats and ghosts with them, play pattern games, and help them chase down a runaway pumpkin! Then find out what happens when someone is wearing the same costume as Elmo – eek! Do the Batty dance as you get ready to celebrate Halloween with Elmo and all his friends! Ah, ah, ah!

_{not specified}
46: Original Sales Pitch Reel

_{not specified}
52: Elmo's Animal Adventures

Animals are on the loose on Sesame Street! Elmo invites you to join him and his animal friends as they embark on three fun-filled adventures. Help Elmo and Telly find little Bo Peep's missing cow by following clues and working together. Then, use animal facts to help Elmo & Abby succeed on "The Find The Amphibian" game show. Plus, camp out with Elmo in a wilderness adventure as he learns how animals and little monsters are different. Includes special guest appearances by Cameron Diaz and Patricia Arquette.

_{not specified}
68: A Magical Halloween Adventure

Boo, Creak, Ahh, Shriek! Halloween is the time of jack-o-lanterns, dressing-up, and lots of silliness on Sesame Street. It's a Halloween extravaganza when the monsters from Sesame Street get invited to a Tricks & Treats party. But when Mumford the Magician has some trouble with his magic wand, Elmo and friends get sidetracked on a wonderful hayride. Share in the surprises as they learn to carve pumpkins, make scarecrows, and discover that monsters don't really have to be scary! Features special guest star Caroline Rhea as Gilda the Great!

_{not specified}
53: Guess That Shape and Color

You’re invited to play a shapes guessing game with Elmo and Zoe and their friends. From squares and circles to ovals and octagons, shapes are everywhere! But the fun isn’t finished yet. It’s time for more games as Elmo and Zoe are challenged to find a gorgeous rainbow of fabulous food choices. Can they do it? Can your preschooler help them out? Join everyone’s favorite furry monsters in this new video that teaches shapes, colors, and healthy eating.

_{not specified}
240: The Best of Elmo 4

Everyone's favorite little red monster is back for the fourth installment of his best moments from Sesame Stree. Chock full of more than two hours of great stories, songs, and silliness, this collection is sure to thrill Elmo's biggest (and littlest) fans. Special guests include Mindy Kaling, Lupita Nyong'o, Viola Davis, Jason Derulo, Wendi McLendon-Covey, and Pharrell Williams.

_{not specified}
56: Springtime Fun

That loveable little red muppet Elmo is back to entertain and educate the hordes of children who love him! In SPRINGTIME FUN, Elmo gets out his colorful bike and protective helmet and rides through the natural wonder that is spring, pointing out friendly flowers and insects along the way!

_{not specified}
57: animals and nature

_{not specified}
58: Elmo Visits the Doctor

Join Elmo on his first trip to the doctor’s office! Elmo and his Sesame Street friends learn how going to the doctor can help an earache, a fever, and a stuffy nose feel better. Loaded with clever songs, brand new animation, lighthearted lyrics, and a never-before-seen Elmo’s World that explores being a doctor, this fun-filled video will help preschoolers learn that going to the doctor can be a prescription for fun! DVD bonus feature: Kid Friendly Instant Play Elmo Doctor Game!

_{not specified}
59: All-Star Alphabet

Get to know your ABCs with this fun-filled adventure that celebrates the wonder of words and the joys of the alphabet, Sesame Street-style. Shapes, sounds, and colors come to life as letters A and Z join Elmo and the gang for some F-U-N at the mall. Whether it's crooning with Sheryl Crow or rocking with Melissa Etheridge, dozens of entertaining songs and skits add to the excitement as every letter gets a chance to shine. No matter how you spell it, Sesame Street's All-Star Alphabet makes the grade!

_{not specified}
60: Elmo Saves Christmas

Elmo wishes that it would be Christmas every day, but with the help of Santa's reindeer-in-training, Lightning, he learns that might not be such a good idea when he sees the future.

_{not specified}
61: Elmo and Abby's Birthday Fun

It s Dorothy s birthday on Sesame Street! Elmo is excited to celebrate his little fish's birthday and he has planned a big birthday party. Abby wants to help, but she has never been to a Sesame Street birthday party only Fairy Tale birthday parties! Elmo teaches Abby all about pinning the tail on a donkey, playing the piñata game, and opening presents. Then Abby magically takes Elmo on an adventure to Fairytale Land where they celebrate a fairytale birthday and play fairytale games! Join Elmo and Abby as they learn about the many ways that birthdays are celebrated. With a big flowered hat, a gigantic cake and a bunch of birthday wishes, Elmo learns the true meaning of a birthday wish!

_{not specified}
62: Elmo's World: Families, Mail and Bath Time

Sesame Street's lovable, furry red monster, Elmo, invites young viewers to explore three subjects of enormous interest to kids. First up: What makes a family? Elmo looks at all sorts of families and talks about the joy of being part of one. He also explores how mail journeys from the sender to the recipient, and then ends the episode with a discussion on how to keep clean while he takes a dip in a soothing bath.

_{not specified}
63: Elmo's World: Food, Water & Exercise

Join Elmo as he explores why food, water, and exercise are essential parts of your life! An apple talks about his family tree, Elmo scuba dives to depths unknown, and you can even join in the exercise by groovin’ to the Bunny Hop! Learn with Elmo about foods from around the world, dip into the deep water and stay healthy and strong with exercise!

_{not specified}
64: Friends to the Rescue

After a big storm, all of Sesame Street joins together to rebuild Big Bird's nest twig by twig! This video special is a powerful tool to encourage children to help each other when facing real challenges.

_{not specified}
69: Elmocize

_{not specified}
73: Season 1 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's first season, including: - Bein' Green - Rubber Duckie - Counting with James Earl Jones - ABC-DEF-GHI - I Love Trash - Alphabet with Jackie Robinson - Batman Crosses the Street - Swinging Gibbon - Big Bird Meets Little Bird - Alphabet with Lou Rawls - I’ve Got Two - Alphabet Soup Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

_{not specified}
74: Season 2 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's second season, including: - King of Eight - Over, Under, Around, and Through - S – Superman - Astronaut Drawing - Listen, My Brother: Counting - I Love Being a Pig Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

_{not specified}
75: Season 3 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - C is for Cookie - Ladybug Picnic - Martians Telephone - Mumford’s Magic Trick - Alligator King - J Friends - A Special Day with Bert and Ernie - “I am Somebody” with Jesse Jackson - Would You Like to Buy an O - Harvey Kneeslapper with Mirror - Breathing Song with Animals - I in the Sky - My Favorite Letter: P - My Martian Beauty - Mad Painter Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

_{not specified}
76: Season 4 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Kermit News with Rapunzel - Bread, Milk and Butter - Lost Paper Clips with Bert and John-John - Witches Cooperate - Song of the Count - Bert’s Bust - First and Last with Beetle Bailey Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

_{not specified}
77: Season 5 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - At the Movies with Ernie and Bert - Nasty Dan and Johnny Cash - Prairie Dawn’s Pageant - Going to the Zoo - Jazz Alphabet - Hamburger Bun Factory - Madrigal Alphabet - Three Wishes - Super Grover: Telephone Booth Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 1'.

_{not specified}
78: Learning to Share

Like most kids, Elmo sometimes has trouble taking turns and sharing his toys. Even with his best friends Zoe. With a little help from Sesame Street favorites Big Bird, Cookie Monster, and Oscar, and special guest Katie Couric, Elmo discovers that sharing with friends makes playtime twice as much fun. Filled with songs and silliness, Learning To Share is a very special introduction to the Sesame Street Kids’ Guide To Life - a new home video series that helps make growing up a lot more fun. Plus Katie Koric gives parents some helpful TIPS for guiding kids through learning how to share.

_{not specified}
79: Season 6 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Telephone Rock - Richard Pryor : Alphabet - Here is your Life, Loaf of Bread - Arthur Ashe: Over/Under - Magic Pig Calypso Song - Don Music: Mary Had a Little Lamb - Pointer Sisters: Swingin' Alphabet - Super Grover: Stopping the Fight - Henson Ball High Wire #3 - Richie Havens: Wonder Child - Twiddle Bugs: Postage Stamp - Subway Song - José Feliciano: Arroz Con Leche - Chicken Hatching - Kermit News: Jumps over Candlestick - Helen Reddy: Grow - Broom Adventures - City/Country Song - Credit Crawl for Season 6 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

_{not specified}
80: Season 7 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Pinball Count #2 - Kermit and the Weather Salesman - Buffy Sainte-Marie: Wynkin, Blynkin & Nod - Don Music: Yankee Doodle - Alone Song - Marshal Grover: Away From - Grover Invents the Wheel - Follow the Leader - Pinball Number Count Remix # 1-12 - Credit Crawl for Season 7 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

_{not specified}
81: Season 8 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Cookie Monster Disco Song - Paul Simon: Me and Julio Down by the Schoolyard - All Out of Food - Lobster Fisherman - Dog Flea Camp - Bert's Physical - Two Doors with Bob - Swamp Mushy Muddy - Credit Crawl for Season 8 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

_{not specified}
82: Season 9 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - It Feels Good When You Sing a Song - Bert & Ernie: Slice of Life - Ray Charles: I Got a Song - Fonzie and Cunningnham: Brushing Teeth - Taxi Sounds - School Pageant: Seasons - Madeleine Kahn: Sing After Me - Fireworks Alphabet - Ten Commandments of Health - Credit Crawl for Season 9 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

_{not specified}
83: Season 10 Classic Cuts

A collection of classic scenes from Sesame Street's third season, including: - Grover Disco: Alphabet Song - Kermit Casting Director - Imagination: Dogs - Llama at Dentist Song - Bert Teaches Pigeon Checkers - Lost Dog Flyer - My Favorite Number is 6 - Old West: Letter Y of Crayons - Credit Crawl for Season 10 Appears on the DVD 'Sesame Street: Old School, Volume 2'.

_{not specified}
84: Pilot Episode

This episode was used to pitch to PBS.

_{not specified}
246: A Flower Grows

_{not specified}
248: All Out of Food

_{not specified}
95: Best of Sesame Street Spoofs! Volume 1

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become TV game show hosts, police officers, or famous musicians? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 1 contains old school classics like "Hill Street Twos," "Hey Food," "Rebel L," "Twin Beaks" and "Monsterpiece Theater."

_{not specified}
249: Around the World in 80 Days

_{not specified}
96: Best of Sesame Street Spoofs! Volume 2

Sesame Street has always focused on ABCs and 123s, but what happens when the Muppets on the Street become spaceship pilots, investigators, or emergency room doctors? Hilarity ensues! Spoofs Volume 2 contains recent favorites like "True Mud," "30 Rocks," "Desperate Houseplants," "Mad, Mad Men" and "A's Anatomy."

_{not specified}
250: At the Movies

_{not specified}
251: Bert and Ernie - Slice of Life

_{Monday, July 21st, 1969}
135: Sesame Street Test Show #1

Sesame Street Test Show 1 was the first of five pilot episodes broadcast in July 1969 to test the show's educational value and appeal to children. The shows were broadcast at 10AM over five days on the Philadelphia UHF station WHUY Channel 33, which was operated by the NET affiliate, WHYY. Researchers from the Children's Television Workshop tested children before and after the week of broadcasts

_{Friday, September 12th, 1969}
189: Joan Ganz Cooney

Joan Ganz Cooney is an American television producer. She is one of the founders of the Sesame Workshop, the organization famous for the creation of the children's television show Sesame Street, which was also co-created by her.

_{Wednesday, December 31st, 1969}
123: Sesame New Year

_{Tuesday, March 10th, 1970}
198: Bein' Green

"Bein' Green," originally titled "Green," is one of Kermit the Frog's best-known songs. It was written in 1970 by Joe Raposo for the first season of Sesame Street, and has since become an American standard.

_{Saturday, September 12th, 1970}
188: I've Got Two

"I've Got Two" is a song about various body parts that come in pairs. It was originally performed by Susan and Bob during the first season of Sesame Street.

_{Monday, November 16th, 1970}
187: Rubber Duckie

"Rubber Duckie" is Ernie's signature song, a tribute to his beloved Rubber Duckie.

_{Friday, May 21st, 1971}
191: King of Eight

The King of Eight is a 1970 short film produced for Sesame Street by Jim Henson, using stop-motion animation. The 70-second short film focuses on the title character, the jovial king (voiced by Jim Henson) of a land where everything exists in denominations of the number eight.

_{Wednesday, February 9th, 1972}
193: The Mad Painter #3

The painter sees Channing having a picnic. He uses mayonnaise, mustard, and ketchup to paint 3s on her sandwich bread.

_{Tuesday, March 28th, 1972}
194: C is for Cookie

The original version of the song featured Cookie Monster standing behind a giant letter C, with a black background that eventually lightened to reveal a monster chorus including Grover, Fenwick, Harry Monster, Oscar the Grouch, and Billy.

_{Monday, December 11th, 1972}
190: Ladybugs' Picnic

"Ladybugs’ Picnic" is an animated song highlighting the joys and sorrows of twelve ladybugs, gathered for a picnic.

_{Thursday, December 21st, 1972}
197: My Martian Beauty

"Martian Beauty" is a song by Bud Luckey about a Martian beauty with features in sets of nine: hairs, bows, eyes, nostrils, arms and toes.

_{Wednesday, February 13th, 1974}
196: Martians Telephone

The Martians discover a telephone. They say hello to it, and then try mooing, meowing, and clucking at it. None of these bring any response. Then the phone begins to ring. The Martians, thinking it's talking, start making ringing noises back.

_{Thursday, January 30th, 1975}
192: Lost Paper Clips with Bert and Jon-Jon

Bert tells Jon-Jon that he's lost his paper clips, and he feels sad. He asks Jon-Jon to show how he looks when he feels sad. Then Bert feels angry about losing his paper clips, and Jon-Jon acts out that emotion. Bert remembers where he left his collection, and Jon-Jon acts happy, too.

_{Tuesday, December 23rd, 1975}
195: The Alligator King

"The Alligator King" is a Sesame Street animated segment about the number 7. The song tells the story of a mustachioed alligator king who is "feeling mighty down" and offers his crown to whichever of his seven sons can cheer him up.

_{Sunday, December 3rd, 1978}
124: Christmas Eve on Sesame Street

Christmas Eve is upon the entire Sesame Street gang in this funny and sweet one-hour television special. Oscar the Grouch has Big Bird worried about Santa Claus arriving and bringing everyone presents.

_{Friday, December 8th, 1978}
232: A Special Sesame Street Christmas

A Special Sesame Street Christmas is a 1978 CBS Christmas special, made the same year as Christmas Eve on Sesame Street. It aired on December 8 at 8 pm. The special features only three of the Sesame Street Muppets - Oscar, Big Bird, and Barkley. In addition to the Muppets, Mr. Hooper, David, Bob, and Maria made appearances. The special also features several celebrity cameos and guest stars, including Leslie Uggams, Imogene Coca, Henry Fonda, Michael Jackson, Ethel Merman, Anne Murray and Dick Smothers.

_{Sunday, May 29th, 1983}
281: Big Bird in China

In the first international special based on Sesame Street, Big Bird is inspired by a Chinatown scroll, and the story of the legendary Phoenix. After coaxing the shopkeeper into lending him the scroll, Big Bird and Barkley take a slow boat to China. They soon make a new friend, little Xiao Foo, and receive enigmatic hints from the Monkey King.

_{Friday, November 18th, 1983}
130: Don't Eat the Pictures

Just as the museum closes, Big Bird announces that he must stay behind to find Mr. Snuffleupagus. While the others search the entire museum for Big Bird (while avoiding a guard), he and Snuffy befriend Egyptian Prince Sahu, who has been trying to solve a riddle for more than 4,000 years so that he can finally join his parents. The boy prince claims to be under a spell cast by Osiris, the Lord of the Underworld, and asks Big Bird and Snuffy to help him find the answer to the question, "Where does today meet yesterday?" The three wander throughout the museum searching for clues from ancient Egyptian drawings, while the others examine masterpieces and art objects.

_{Thursday, November 24th, 1983}
280: Goodbye Mr. Hooper

Big Bird is talking to his friends in the yard and gives his friends the pictures he drew of them from memory. He reveals his picture of Mr. Hooper last, and is eager to give it to the jovial storekeeper. Maria reminds him that Mr. Hooper is no longer present as he had died, while Susan and Luis explain what this means.

_{Friday, August 2nd, 1985}
245: Follow That Bird

The Sesame Street gang accompanies Big Bird on a cross-country adventure. When Big Bird is homesick and lonely, he sets out alone for Sesame Street, unaware of the trouble lurking around.

_{Friday, August 2nd, 1985}
234: Follow That Bird

Big Bird is sent to live far from Sesame Street by a pesky social worker. Unhappy, Big Bird runs away from his foster home, prompting the rest of the Sesame Street gang to go on a cross-country journey to find him.

_{Thursday, March 13th, 1986}
168: Getting Ready to Read

_{Wednesday, May 21st, 1986}
21: Learning About Letters

Big Bird and Telly Monster lead young viewers through the alphabet, letter by letter, in a magical and imaginative half-hour discovery of letters and their sounds. The perfect tape for young Sesame Street fans who are just beginning to get the hang of what letters are all about, it includes short skits, songs, and other bits of business--some original, some culled from the Sesame Street show--featuring a variety of Muppet characters as well as the human residents of that famously educational thoroughfare.

_{Friday, May 30th, 1986}
6: Learning About Numbers

Big Bird is the host of a new talk show, Big Bird's Numbers Show (a parody of The Tonight Show With Johnny Carson). Count von Count is his announcer, and he is scheduled to count the Honkers' honks. Unfortunately, he leaves early for another job as an elevator operator, but Big Bird manages to get him to come back.

_{Wednesday, June 4th, 1986}
266: I'm Glad I'm Me

Maria reads a story called I'm Glad I'm Me, which Big Bird and Grundgetta act out, playing the roles of Prince Charmingbird and Princess Grouchy, respectively. In this story, they learn about self-esteem and parts of the body.

_{Friday, June 6th, 1986}
272: Play-Along Games & Songs

Big Bird leads a series of games with Elmo, Forgetful Jones, and a couple of kids.

_{Tuesday, October 14th, 1986}
8: Bedtime Stories and Songs

Master storyteller Big Bird knows just what it takes to get kids in the sleepy time mood. On Sesame Street, it seems everyone has their own tried-and-true way of getting to sleep. Some sing and dance themselves off to dreamland, while others count sheep and tell stories.

_{Sunday, June 7th, 1987}
247: Getting Ready For School

_{Monday, June 8th, 1987}
252: Learning to Add and Subtract

_{Saturday, July 18th, 1987}
118: The Alphabet Game

Sonny Friendly is the host of "Alphabet Treasure Hunt", a game show where contestants bring in items that start with certain letters of the alphabet. His contestants are Gary Grouch, Dimples the Dog and Big Bird. A video board picks a letter of the alphabet at random, and the contestants must find an item that begins with that letter. When they succeed, a piece of a cookie will light up, and when all three pieces light up, the contestant wins. At random times the board will also pick a number of letters, which then present Sesame Street segments involving those letters.

_{Wednesday, August 26th, 1987}
42: Big Bird's Story Time

_{Thursday, May 12th, 1988}
7: Count It Higher: Great Music Videos from Sesame Street

Count von Count hosts a countdown show on the fictional SMV (Sesame Music Video) television network, counting down the top Sesame Street music videos, with interviews from Big Bird and Oscar the Grouch.

_{Friday, May 13th, 1988}
105: The Best of Ernie and Bert

While Gina and Big Bird take care of Ernie's baby cousin, Ernestine, they show her Ernie's old scrapbook filled with pictures that are clips of Ernie and Bert going on adventures together in the past.

_{Saturday, May 14th, 1988}
204: Big Bird's Favorite Party Games

_{Friday, March 9th, 1990}
164: Rock & Roll

It's time for Muppet music videos, and DJ Jackman Wolf is taking requests from the Sesame Street friends! Kids will have fun singing and dancing along to 10 songs including "Monster in the Mirror," "Telephone Rock" and "Count Up to Nine." Wolf plays Bert's favorite, "It's Hip to Be Square"; Oscar the Grouch gets the joint jumping with "The Word Is No"; and Chrissy and the Alphabeats salute reading with "Rock 'N Roll Readers."

_{Monday, April 1st, 1991}
273: Sing, Hoot & Howl

_{Thursday, April 4th, 1991}
31: Sing Yourself Silly!

Big Bird and his pals are making musical mayhem as they sing the goofiest, nuttiest, silliest songs ever. Join in with Sesame Street favorites Oscar, Ernie, the Count, and more as they tickle your funny bone.

_{Thursday, December 5th, 1991}
94: Elmo's Sing-Along Guessing Game

Elmo hosts his very own TV game show. Elmo asks the questions, and you can guess the answers in sing-along videos featuring some of your favorite songs. Kermit, Big Bird and more of your Sesame Street pals are on hand for all the high-energy hijinks!

_{Friday, January 1st, 1993}
265: Sesame street: The Gingerbread Man Song

Cookie Monster Sings about his Gingerbread Man

_{Wednesday, December 29th, 1993}
260: Stays Up Late

Everyone on Sesame Street is preparing to celebrate New Year's Eve. However, Telly Monster quickly discovers that this means that the current year ends, which upsets him, and because he becomes afraid that he soon will enter an unknown year (mostly due to hearing false things about it from Oscar the Grouch), he starts a campaign to prevent the new year from coming to Sesame Street. In the meantime, Elmo is the host of the monster news that shows how New Year's Eve is celebrated around the world. This is done by showing segments created by the Sesame characters from different co-productions around the world.

_{Wednesday, May 18th, 1994}
282: Sesame Street All-Star 25th Birthday: Stars and Street Forever!

Tycoon billionaire Ronald Grump (a parody of Donald Trump played by Joe Pesci) wants to demolish Sesame Street to build his Grump Tower, and it's up to the Sesame Street citizens to save their favorite buildings from being destroyed.

_{Wednesday, February 1st, 1995}
203: Big Bird Sings

Big Bird may not be able to fly, but he can sing. He joins Snuffy to spend some time looking through Bird's scrapbook and all the reminiscing leads to some singing. Big Bird croons some of the old classics, including "ABCDEFG," "I just adore four," and "What's Your Name." Snuffy joins him on a few tunes.

_{Tuesday, April 18th, 1995}
107: A New Baby in My House

The birth of a baby is an exciting time. But for an older sibling, it can be a time of confusion and frustration. Through a musical fairy tale, Mrs. Snuffleupagus teaches Snuffy that it’s natural to feel upset when you’re no longer the only kid in the house. Parents’ attention may be divided, he learns, but their love is as strong as ever. Snuffy discovers that, just as his baby sister is special, he has a special place in the family now too—older brother!

_{Tuesday, April 18th, 1995}
91: Dance Along!

Everyone's invited to the Sesame Street Dance Along! Join Big Bird, Gina, Mike, Count, Bert, Hoots the Owl, and "the kids" as they show us different types of dances. And you can do your own thing with "The Any Way You Fell Dance." All in all, there are nine terrific dances that are sure to make everyone want to dance along!

_{Tuesday, February 6th, 1996}
2: Do The Alphabet

When Baby Bear must learn his alphabet in one day, Big Bird patiently takes him under his wing in Do the Alphabet. Only "The Method," (a hilarious combination of dance, song, visualization, and group therapy) can help Baby Bear on such short notice.

_{Tuesday, January 28th, 1997}
92: Telling the Truth

Telly feels left out when all the other kids at Gina's day care are going to the circus and lies that his uncle is a ringmaster. After Gina reads the story of "The Boy Who Cried Wolf," Elmo has a dream of the story where the boy learns his lesson. When Telly's uncle drops in for a surprise visit, Telly admits the truth.

_{Tuesday, April 1st, 1997}
93: Quiet Time

Big Bird wants to find out what to do at "quiet time." He asks his friends for suggestions, which include reading, drawing, and napping. A countdown of the Top Ten quiet time tips appear periodically on a Campbell's Soup can, including such ideas as "Practice your giraffe imitation."

_{Tuesday, July 8th, 1997}
261: 123 Count With Me

Ernie teaches everyone at the Furry Arms Hotel about counting.

_{Tuesday, July 8th, 1997}
5: 123 Count With Me

Ernie sings a series of songs from the hotel

_{Thursday, January 15th, 1998}
101: Put Down the Duckie

There's a special going on at Sesame Street. First, Gladys Knight and the Pips sing the theme song, then Phil Donahue interviews the residents; Alastaire Cookie tells us the tale of "The 39 Stairs" with Grover. Bob sings the "Who Are the People in Your Neighborhood" song with Ralph Nader, Barbara Walters and Martina Navratilova; Hoots teaches Ernie about how if he wants to play a saxophone, he must put down his duckie; Kermit tries to get Oscar interested in public television; a classic Grover waiter sketch; James Taylor sings an interesting song and finally, some culture: an opera

_{Tuesday, January 27th, 1998}
26: The Great Numbers Game

1 to 20 is your aim if you want to play this game. With a push of the start button, Elmo, Telly and Gabi find themselves inside The Great Numbers Game. Each number they find leads them to one of Sesame Street's classic counting cartoons. Who will be the winner? Everyone wins when they play The Great Numbers Game! Features the best of Sesame Street's classic cartoon segments.

_{Friday, February 20th, 1998}
90: Elmopalooza!

The show is a musical, featuring performances from guests Jon Stewart, David Alan Grier, Rosie O' Donnell, Gloria Estefan, En Vogue, The Fugees, Kenny Loggins, Shawn Colvin, Jimmy Buffett, and The Mighty Mighty Bosstones, to celebrate Sesame Street's 30th anniversary. At the beginning of the show, Jon Stewart, the producer Prairie Dawn, and the crew for the show get stuck in a dressing rooms when the door won't open. The Muppets decide to produce the show themselves, with Elmo hosting. Meanwhile, Grover and some of the Humans get lost on the way to Radio City Music Hall, and they end up in Roswell, New Mexico, having picked up penguins and aliens as hitchhikers

_{Wednesday, January 27th, 1999}
23: Elmo In Grouchland

When Oscar carelessly tosses Elmo's fuzzy blanket into his trash can, Elmo dives in after it, into Grouchland, the land of Grouches, stinky garbage and the greedy Huxley who hasn't learned how to share.

_{Monday, December 6th, 1999}
102: CinderElmo

_{Tuesday, July 18th, 2000}
3: Let's Make Music

Telly learns that music can be made from many different things, as the members of Stomp! make music all along Sesame Street with different every day objects.

_{Monday, October 30th, 2000}
103: Elmo's World: Dancing, Music and Books!

Come look at the world through the eyes of everyone's favorite 3-year-old! Join Elmo in three self-contained segments as he explores his special world through dancing, music, and books. Each segment gives children a chance to experience their world on the TV screen and offers adults the opportunity to experience everyday things through a three-year-old's eyes. Meet Dorothy, Elmo's pet goldfish and Mr. Noodle, his new friend.

_{Tuesday, May 14th, 2002}
104: Elmo's World: Flowers, Bananas & More!

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores flowers, bananas, and hair! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting, and very original room - the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet banana and a talking cactus! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

_{Tuesday, May 14th, 2002}
24: Elmo's World: Wake Up With Elmo!

Waking up is easier when your friend Elmo is there to help you greet the day! Join him as he learns all about sleep, getting dressed, and teeth. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them, And Elmo has help from his friends Bert & Ernie, Mr. Noodle and the Count to aswner questions like "how do you go to sleep,?" "how do you button a shirt?" and "how do you taken care of your teeth?" In Elmo's World, learning is always fun! 50 minutes.

_{Tuesday, May 14th, 2002}
67: Elmo's World: Singing, Drawing and More

Join Sesame Street's curious red monster as he explores singing, drawing and telephones! Elmo's World offers kids and adults a fresh and light-hearted take on the world around them. Each episode comes to life in Elmo's bright, exciting and very original room - the drawer, door, shade and TV all join in the fun. And he's even visited by a Muppet opera diva and a talking Muppet Phone! Also featuring Elmo's pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle and classic songs that will delight viewers of all ages.

_{Tuesday, September 3rd, 2002}
66: Elmo Visits The Firehouse

After a fire on Sesame Street gives Elmo a scare, he and Marie visit a real New York City firehouse. Finding out about all the protective clothes firefighters wear and practicing how to "Get Low and Go" helps Elmo feel safe again. And he even gets to slide down a real fire pole! Then a special Elmo's World all about firefighters helps kids understand much more about what to do if there is a fire. Includes a bonus Hero Guy segment!

_{Tuesday, September 24th, 2002}
22: Elmo's World: Happy Holidays!

In the first-ever "Elmo's World" holiday special, Elmo is gearing up to celebrate Christmas. But what present will he give Dorothy, his beloved goldfish? As he searches for an answer, Elmo learns about holidays around the world and discovers the many things that Christmas, Chanukah and Kwanzaa have in common. Finally, Elmo goes to the North Pole, where Santa has some expert advice about the true spirit of Chirstmas - and the perfect gift for Dorothy!

_{Tuesday, January 14th, 2003}
116: Elmo's World: Head to Toe with Elmo!

One, two, buckle your shoe...Elmo gets dressed, and you can, too! Come along and learn all about jackets, hats, and shoes with Elmo. With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo's World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. Elmo and his friends take a trip to the shoe store, learn how to make a magical hat, and chat with a fuzzy pink jacket. Getting dressed and learning are fun in Elmo's World!

_{Tuesday, March 4th, 2003}
148: Zoe's Dance Moves

Hear those tapping feet on Sesame Street? It's Zoe getting a whirlwind introduction to the world of dance -- with some special help from Paula Abdul. Zoe learns moves in traditional ballet, aspects of African and Asian dance, tap and hip-hop. By the time of the grand finale, even Elmo is joining in on the excitement. The easy-to-follow choreography is fun for any tiny dancer.

_{Thursday, May 8th, 2003}
115: Three Bears and a New Baby

Everyone knows the story of The Three Bears, so what happens when Mama, Papa, and Baby Bear are expecting a new cub in the family? The three Bears become four! And Baby Bear is having a "wee" bit of trouble adjusting to the new arrival. But with the help of his friends Gina, Big Bird and Telly, he is able to become an expert big brother, and even has fun teaching his baby sister.

_{Tuesday, June 3rd, 2003}
27: Elmo's World: The Great Outdoors!

Get ready to explore the great outdoors with Elmo and learn all about Fish, Weather and Wild Animals! Wild Animals, Fish and Weather! With a dancing shade, a mischievous drawer, a frisky television and a playful computer, Elmo’s World is the perfect place for preschoolers to learn all about the world around them. So if you want to know what to wear in the rain, where a fish lives or which animals are wild, it’s time to visit Elmo’s World!

_{Tuesday, August 5th, 2003}
271: Sesame Sings Karaoke

Kids of all ages can sing and dance along to renditions of such Sesame Street favorites as "ABC-DEF-GHI," "You Say Hola, Ladybug Picnic," "New Way to Walk," "Let's Go Driving."

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 2004}
110: Best Pet in the World

Elmo, Zoe and Telly argue over who has the best pet in the world. Celebrity guest B.B. King sings about the letter B.

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 2004}
9: Sing, Hoot & Howl

Who better than Big Bird to host this "Sesame Street" musical salute to our furred and feathered friends? Join a Muppet menagerie as they sing songs like "Cluck Around the Clock" and others.

_{Tuesday, August 3rd, 2004}
87: Elmo's Magic Cookbook

Join Elmo and his Sesame Street pals on their most magical adventure ever! The action begins when they encounter the wish-granting Genie of the Magic Cookbook, who takes them on a guided tour of an enchanted kitchen!

_{Tuesday, August 30th, 2005}
97: Talk, Listen, Connect: Deployments

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo faces a difficult transition when his father, Louie, is away. While Louie is away, Elmo's mom consoles her son, and lets him know that it's okay to feel nervous about seeing his father again after their time apart. They pass the time while they're waiting by keeping a daily routine. When it's finally time for her husband to come home, Elmo's mom bakes a cake and helps Elmo and his friends decorate for the homecoming.

_{Tuesday, April 11th, 2006}
71: Elmo's World: Pets!

Having pets teaches kids about responsibility and caring - and ELMO'S WORLD: PETS! helps them understand more about what having a pet means. This compilation of episodes shows how to keep pets healthy and happy, and features both adults and kids caring for their own pets - including Elmo and his pet goldfish, Dorothy. Features the charming animation and fun live-action footage of the "Elmo's World" series.

_{Tuesday, April 11th, 2006}
72: Elmo's World: Reach for the Sky!

Reach for the Sky! Join Elmo as he discovers how much fun it can be to go to school, to jump really high and to reach for the sky. Elmo finds out how important the sun is to everyone, how jumping is a great form of exercise and the importance of going to school. With Elmo's World your preschooler will reach for the sky and have fun while learning!

_{Tuesday, August 15th, 2006}
121: Abby's First Day of School

_{Wednesday, November 1st, 2006}
113: A Sesame Street Christmas Carol

Oscar the Grouch is visited by three ghosts in an attempt to teach him the true meaning of Christmas.

_{Monday, January 1st, 2007}
229: Good Night Sesame

Play with Me Sesame: Good Night Sesame Getting ready to go to sleep has never been so enjoyable. Dance and sing the “Boogie Woogie Sheep” tune, say goodnight to favorite things, and get cozy on Big Bird’s nest. Favorite Sesame friends encourage preschoolers to use their imaginations through interactive play as they settle down with gentle fun and learn importance of naps and resting. Play with Me is like a personal play date with a young child’s favorite Sesame friends. Games and activities promote play and participation that help preschoolers to learn social, cognitive and emotional skills while having fun.

_{Tuesday, February 6th, 2007}
65: Elmo's World: What Makes You Happy?

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores the things that make him happy: friends, signing, and dancing. Each episode comes to life in Elmo’s bright, exciting, and very original room – the drawer, door, shade, and TV all join in the fun. Elmo’s visitors in this delightful DVD include his friends from Sesame Street, an Opera diva, and even a dance team! Also featuring Elmo’s pet goldfish, Dorothy, the zany Mr. Noodle, and special guest star Kristen Chenowith.

_{Sunday, December 23rd, 2007}
19: Elmo's Christmas Countdown

_{Tuesday, February 5th, 2008}
13: Elmo's World: Opposites

How do you go up and down on a see-saw? What types of things open and close? Which is faster, a tortoise or a hare? Elmo and his friends explore all kinds of opposites.

_{Tuesday, April 22nd, 2008}
262: Count on Sports

Numbers, shapes and critical math concepts such as over/under and forward/backwards. All your favorite Sesame Street friends are on the top of their game. Join the Count as he plays golf and races a car in the Transylvania 300. Prairie Dawn shows off her soccer skills and then joins Dominic Dawes for a little gymnastics. If you love basketball, don't miss Grover and Vince Carter of the New Jersey Nets explaining "short" and "tall". And who but Elmo could beat Venus Williams at a game of imaginary tennis? So join the Sesame Street team for lots of sports fun!

_{Tuesday, April 29th, 2008}
99: Talk, Listen, Connect: Changes

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Rosita faced a difficult transition when her father, Ricardo, returns home in a wheelchair.

_{Tuesday, April 29th, 2008}
98: Talk, Listen, Connect: Homecomings

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to support military families with children between the ages of 2 and 5 as they cope with the feelings, challenges, and concerns experienced during different phases of deployment. Elmo has to get used to his father, Louie, being back at home. Then when Louie finds out that he has to leave again, Elmo finds it hard to missed him. However, Elmo's Mom told them that they can get through it since they have experience it before.

_{Tuesday, June 24th, 2008}
158: Elmo's World: Summer Vacation

What did you do on your summer vacation? Elmo spent a lot of time at the beach and he wants to tell you all about it! How do you spread out a towel on the sand? How do you scratch your back? Can you take a picture with a camera? Join the curious red monster and his pet goldfish, Dorothy as he explores Beaches, Skin, and Cameras in this fun DVD. Includes all-new songs!

_{Monday, October 6th, 2008}
89: Elmo's Potty Time

Join Elmo as he reminisces about his potty training journey and guides viewers as they embark on theirs. Elmo and his Sesame friends give helpful, confidence-building tips and encourage kids to listen to their bodies. Dance, sing and laugh along as kids learn healthy habits that will last a lifetime.

_{Friday, November 28th, 2008}
15: Abby in Wonderland

After wishing she had her own fairy tale, Abby Cadabby falls asleep while reading "Alice in Wonderland" with Elmo, and ends up in a world just like the book! Also includes the thrilling adventure, "Texas Telly and the Golden Triangle of Destiny!" Note: This entry refers to the special as aired on television, and not the direct-to-DVD version. Episode image is courtesy of MuppetWiki and used here under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDB).

_{Tuesday, January 6th, 2009}
88: Elmo Loves You

Elmo is making a very, very super special surprise card for someone Elmo really loves but a gust of wind blows it away! Rosita joins Elmo to chase after the card but they can't reach it. Can Super Grover use his heroic skills to save the day? Will Elmo be able to give his surprise card to someone very special? Join Elmo, Rosita and Grover as they learn about love, emotions and friendship in this lovely tale featuring the new song "Elmo Loves You" and a special music video about signing "I Love You." New musical numbers play a big part in this Sesame Street tale about Elmo and Rosita's search for a special surprise card that was picked up and blown away by a gust of wind!

_{Friday, January 9th, 2009}
55: Elmo's World: All About Faces

Join Sesame Street’s curious red monster as he explores his face! Elmo learns about winking and whistling, and even tries to balance a ball on his nose! Elmo also finds out that the optometrist can help you take care of your eyes, it’s very important to blow your nose properly, and brushing your teeth will keep your mouth happy.

_{Tuesday, April 21st, 2009}
70: Elmo and the Bookaneers

Everyone loves to read even pirates! The Bookaneers, led by Tina Fey, have come ashore on Sesame Street, and they want to plunder Elmo's bookshelf. When Elmo finds out how much they love to read, he can t wait to become a bookaneer himself. Can he pass the test and help them find their treasure? Bert and Ernie are also on the hunt for treasure in an episode from the fantastic new claymation series Bert and Ernie s Adventures. Plus, you can sing along with Abby in a song about something she treasures: words! In Elmo s World: Books, Elmo invites you to learn all about the books he treasures. Arrr you ready for a reading adventure?

_{Tuesday, July 7th, 2009}
54: Bedtime With Elmo

It’s nighttime on Sesame Street and Elmo doesn’t want to go to sleep yet, he wants to play! Elmo’s Daddy shows Elmo why everyone needs sleep, even little monsters. Children will enjoy this soothing tale as we watch Elmo and his friends get ready for bed; and parents will love the great strategies Elmo’s Daddy uses to get Elmo to sleep. But what if you are afraid of the dark, as Abby Cadabby is? Filled with lullabies and a special favorite book, dreams and happy thoughts; this video will enchant children of all ages, if they don’t fall asleep before it ends! Featuring the special DVD extra of Andrea Bocelli singing “Time to Say Goodnight” to Elmo.[1]

_{Saturday, August 8th, 2009}
112: Being Green

Mr. Earth (Paul Rudd) hosts Sesame Street's first "Earth-a-Thon." Abby, in an attempt to help Elmo be more "green," accidentally turns him the color green. When Abby has a hard time turning back, he begins to sing "It's Not Easy Being Green," until Mr. Earth convinces him that "It Can Be Easy Being Green." Telly, Rosita and Cookie Monster are volunteers standing by the pledge phones. After several hours, Cookie Monster can't bear not having eaten any cookies while taking calls, and eats his phone instead. As the 24-hour Earth-a-Thon comes to a close, Elmo and Abby have learned lots of different ways to "be green."

_{Tuesday, November 10th, 2009}
44: 40 Years of Sunny Days Part 1

40th Anniversary special with clips from the first twenty seasons (1969-1989).

_{Tuesday, November 10th, 2009}
45: 40 Years of Sunny Days Part 2

40th Anniversary special with clips from the last twenty seasons (1990-2010).

_{Friday, November 13th, 2009}
267: Elmo and Friends: The Letter Quest and other Magical Tales

_{Friday, November 20th, 2009}
134: Elmo Finds a Baby Bird

_{Monday, March 1st, 2010}
157: Elmo's Rainbow and Other Springtime Stories

There is a rainbow on Sesame Street, and Elmo can't wait to show Rosita, but when they return, the rainbow has disappeared! Will Rosita ever see a real rainbow? Find out in this new Sesame Street video!

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 2010}
49: Bert and Ernie's Great Adventures

_{Wednesday, April 14th, 2010}
100: When Families Grieve

This bilingual multimedia outreach program is designed to give families tools to support children coping with the death of a parent, while also providing reassurance that together with their families they can learn ways of being there for each other and move forward. In a "street story," Elmo and his family cope with the death of his Uncle Jack. In wraparound segments, host Katie Couric talks about coping with Elmo and his cousin Jesse, and the monsters interact with real kids and families. Appearing in the "story" segments only are Jack's wife Jill and Elmo's parents Louie and Mae.

_{Saturday, May 1st, 2010}
162: Elmo Has Two! Hands, Ears & Feet

_{Tuesday, May 4th, 2010}
47: The Best of Elmo 2

Join everyone's favorite red monster for a fun filled story featuring some of the most popular Elmo segments ever! Elmo meets a robot on Sesame Street who is losing his power. The robot is a "Memorybat," and he needs "memories" to power up again. Elmo Gladly shares his memories of special times with his friends - singing about the outdoors with Jason Mraz, rhyming with Adam Sandler, reciting the alphabet with India.Arie, and counting to four with Feist. Elmo remembers even more fun with Destiny's Child, David Beckham, and The Goo Goo Dolls. Will Memorybat get his power back? Every Elmo fan, young and old, will enjoy this story of friendship and treasure this collection.

_{Tuesday, June 1st, 2010}
51: Firefly Fun and Buggy Buddies

Have you heard the buzz? Join your Sesame Street friends for fun stories all about bugs in this fun new DVD! In the first story, Telly and Baby Bear try to figure out how to catch a firefly. But once they finally do, they realize the little bug seems sad. Can they find out why? Then, Oscar's pet worm Slimey wants to get a pet bug at the Bug-a-Wee Bug Shelter. Nat, a worker at the shelter (Molly Shannon) helps Slimey choose a special bug, but is it the right one for Slimey?

_{Tuesday, July 6th, 2010}
109: Preschool Is Cool: ABCs with Elmo

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's alphabet lesson! But before Professor Grover can start, he wants to find one thing that starts with each letter, in his own silly and loveable way. Will he succeed? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to sing the alphabet song? Featuring alphabet themed stories and songs, kids will find it easy as ABC to join in the fun with furry friends Grover and Elmo in a real preschool. After all, preschool is cool!

_{Tuesday, August 3rd, 2010}
48: Abby and Friends: P Is for Princess

Once upon a time on Sesame Street there lived a fairy in training named Abby Cadabby, and she loved going on all kinds of adventures. She loved playing princess with friends like Rosita, but what happens when a misguided Prince (played by actor Paul Rudd) tries to rescue them? Pretending and the Letter P are the focus of two more stories in this enchanting title that also features fun with Natalie Portman and Elmo in "The Princess and The Elephant". This title will also feature two bonus episodes of Sesame Street's animated show Abby's Flying Fairy School.

_{Tuesday, September 14th, 2010}
50: Preschool Is Cool: Counting With Elmo

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's counting lesson! But when silly Professor Grover starts to have trouble remembering what each number is, can Elmo and the class help him out? Featuring number and counting themed stories and songs, "count" on having lots of fun with furry friends Grover and Elmo in a real preschool. After all, preschool is cool!

_{Saturday, January 1st, 2011}
119: Silly Storytime

Included are beloved fairy tales: Rapunzel, Sleeping Beauty, Jack & the Beanstalk, and Little Red Riding Hood. Also featured are 4 classic Kermit Newsflash segments. Preschoolers learn early literacy skills, problem solving, and exploring nature.

_{Tuesday, June 7th, 2011}
117: Elmo's World: People in Your Neighborhood

Includes 3 full Elmo's World episodes: Firefighters, Doctors, Helping.

_{Tuesday, May 1st, 2012}
137: Singing with the Stars

Dance and sing along with this star-studded special from Sesame Street! From Alicia Keys to the Dixie Chicks, Andrea Bocelli, Adam Sandler and more, this video will get your child moving!

_{Tuesday, October 2nd, 2012}
133: Preschool is Cool: Making Friends

Professor Grover is the teacher in preschool and Elmo is his helper for today's lesson! But before Professor Grover can start he wants to show Elmo how to be friends with the class. Is making friends really that easy? Will Elmo and the class ever be able to get along? Featuring socio-emotional themed stories and songs kids will learn all about important socio-emotional skills they need to get along with others in a fun and entertaining way. Join Elmo and Grover as they share stories and songs about making friends taking turns sharing and laugh along with Professor Grover's silly antics.

_{Saturday, November 17th, 2012}
122: Tales of Adventure

_{Wednesday, March 20th, 2013}
183: Elmo's World: All Day With Elmo

It's always a sunny day when you spend it with everyone's favorite furry monster! Wake up with Elmo, then learn all about school and exercise. When it's time for bed, Elmo takes a bath and brushes his teeth. Nighty-night Elmo, let's spend all day together again tomorrow! This EXTRA-LONG Elmo's World compilation focuses on daily routines, helping children learn them along with their good friend Elmo. Includes Getting Dressed, Families, School, Exercise, Helping, Bath Time, Teeth, and Sleep.

_{Tuesday, September 10th, 2013}
147: C is for Cooking

What's cooking on Sesame Street? Join Elmo, Big Bird, Cookie Monster and lots of other friends as they explore a variety of foods in these cooking themed stories and songs. Learn how sushi, bread and pasta are made, Join Murray Monster at Cooking School, and watch Elmo and his friend Pilar make fruit juice popsicles.

_{Thursday, October 3rd, 2013}
186: Cookies of the Caribbean (Pirates of the Caribbean Parody)

Yo-ho-yo-ho it's a pirate's life for Cookie Monster. Follow Captain Snack Sparrow as he focuses on the task at hand to find Davie Jones' Cookie Jar.

_{Saturday, November 30th, 2013}
201: Christmas Eve on Sesame Street XLIV

_{Sunday, May 4th, 2014}
171: Cookie of Oz (Wizard of Oz Parody)

If Cookie Monster wants to find the Cookie of Oz, he must remember the directions. He must follow the chocolate chip road, do the opposite of what the cookie tin man says, and finally, go through the Emerald Green door. See the world turn from black and white to color in The Cookie of Oz.

_{Tuesday, June 10th, 2014}
242: Monster Manners

The DVD features four street stories from the show and also includes new scenes of Prairie Dawn teaching Cookie Monster proper manners.

_{Friday, September 12th, 2014}
169: Star S'Mores (Star Wars Parody)

Cookie, starring as "Flan Solo," struggles to not eat his partner, a talking cookie named "Chewie". Grover makes a special featured appearance as "Groda" (a parody of Yoda).

_{Monday, September 29th, 2014}
185: Twilight Breaking Cookie (Twilight Parody)

Shortbreadward is a yumpire with a cookie thirst and Belly is the girl who loves him. The problem is that Shortbreadward does not know how to share his cookies with Belly. Will Shortbreadward ever learn to control his thirst? Or will Bacob, a wolf with better executive functioning skills, convince Belly to be with him? Find out in Twilight: Breaking Cookie!

_{Tuesday, October 7th, 2014}
241: Elmo's Super Numbers

The DVD's main feature is the street story "Numeric Con," intercut with various inserts and with new scenes not seen in the broadcast version, including one featuring Abby Cadabby dressed as "One-da Woman."

_{Monday, October 27th, 2014}
170: Furry Potter and The Goblet of Cookies

To get to the Goblet of Cookies, Furry Potter must listen carefully to directions. It will take more than a simple Wingardium Leviosa to reach the Goblet. Watch Professor Crumblemore teach Furry Potter the wizardly ways of following instructions in Furry Potter's quest for the Goblet of Cookies!

_{Saturday, December 27th, 2014}
159: Furry, Fun and Healthy, Too

This Sesame Street titles features denizens of the popular fictional neighborhood engaging in various activities that help teach young children the importance of being healthy. Topics include exercise, proper diet, and visiting the doctor.

_{Monday, December 29th, 2014}
160: Let's Play Games

PLAY WITH ME SESAME: LET'S PLAY GAMES is another in a series of Sesame Workshop productions designed as a "personal play date" for young kids. This one focuses on the fun of playing games, both mental and physical, and subtly enhances basic principles like taking turns and good sportsmanship. The DVD combines interactive segments featuring best loved Sesame Street characters with classic Sesame Street segments revolving around the idea of play. Ernie drives Bert crazy by making him play games with confusing rules, Guy Smiley the game show host risks being outmaneuvered by contestants, and Grover finds lots of different ways to groove and move.

_{Monday, February 16th, 2015}
163: The Cookie Thief

This nail-biting, cookie-munching thriller celebrates the arts and delights Cookie Monster fans of all ages. A cookie art museum has just opened on Sesame Street. Surrounded by beautiful cookie paintings, such as "Girl with the Cookie Earring" and the "Muncha Lisa," Cookie Monster and his friends feel as though they're in a whole new world. But when art suddenly starts to disappear, Cookie Monster quickly becomes a suspect. Can he clear his name? Will they find the missing art in time or will Cookie Monster be banished from the museum forever?

_{Monday, March 9th, 2015}
165: Sing Along

Everyone knows the educational importance of PBS's landmark learning show, "Sesame Street." But sometimes, we forget about all the great songs that have come from the much-honored children's series. Now, the whole family can sing along to their heart's content with Big Bird, Bert & Ernie, Cookie Monster and the whole gang as your favorite puppet characters croon their favorite hit songs from the long-running show.

_{Monday, April 6th, 2015}
184: Game of Chairs (Game of Thrones Parody)

The Game of Chairs will determine who will be king or queen of Jesteros. Four players will march around three chairs while music plays until one remains. Who will take the crown in this game of musical chairs? Robb, Cersie, Joffrey, Daeneyrus or….?

_{Monday, April 27th, 2015}
173: The Aveggies- Age of Bon Bon (Avengers Parody)

A super villain was prepared to destroy all of the healthy food in the world, until one hero, actually several heroes, stuck together to save the world's vegetables. Dr. Brownie, Onion Man, Captain Americauliflower, Black Bean Widow, The Mighty Corn, and Zucchin-eye are The Aveggies!

_{Monday, June 8th, 2015}
174: Jurassic Cookie (Jurassic Park Parody)

It took a brilliant scientist with a brilliant idea to open the world's first cookie theme park - Jurassic Cookie. Join Cookie Monster and his friends in an action packed giant dino-cookie chase!

_{Monday, September 21st, 2015}
199: Play All Day with Elmo

_{Tuesday, October 13th, 2015}
202: Elmo Can Do It!

What can Elmo do? Elmo can do it all! Elmo can dance! Elmo wants to learn Zoe's dance for Friendship Day, but Zoe also needs to learn to be a good friend. Elmo can write his name! With Chris's help, Elmo composes a letter for Abby, and he signs it with the one word he can write: his name. Elmo can help! Elmo, Telly, and Rosita turn into Help-O-Bots and use their powers to try to help Chris! Elmo can stay calm! Guy Smiley is on Sesame Street with a game called "Calm Down and Think!" Can Elmo calm down and focus to win a bicycle horn? ***The DVD features four street stories ("Friendship Day," "Elmo's Letter to Abby," "Help-O-Bots" and "Calm Down and Think") and the Bruno Mars song, "Don't Give Up." Bonus features include "Elmo's World: Helping" and the full-length video, "Bye-Bye Pacifier."

_{Tuesday, July 5th, 2016}
231: Elmo's Favorite Stories

Elmo has a lot of favorite stories, and he wants to share them all with you! Join Sesame Street's furry red monster and friends as they read all about Humpty Dumpty and Maria the Cowgirl. Can they reenact Maria's showdown with Bad Duck without ruining the happy ending? These little monsters also love making up their own stories! Rosita writes a story about her Mexican heritage, Elmo illustrates his Letter G Adventure, and Abby, Zoe, and Rosita write their very own princess story! Can the princess herself save the day?

_{Friday, November 25th, 2016}
228: Once Upon a Sesame Street Christmas

Once Upon a Sesame Christmas opens with the lyrical number “Holiday Lights,” a musical glimpse into the homes of Sesame Street families celebrating winter holidays, and unfolds into a fanciful bedtime story that brings the past alive. After a day of holiday fun, while being tucked into bed on Christmas Eve, Elmo asks, “Why do we leave cookies out for Santa?" As his father spins a tale about a dreary Sesame Street of yesteryear, a place so unfriendly not even Santa Claus would visit, viewers are transported to a period-perfect 19th-century city neighborhood, with characters in authentic hand-sewn costumes, but marked by unkindness and a serious lack of holiday spirit. Luckily, Elmo’s great-great-great-grandmonster moves into the neighborhood with the best of intentions and endless good will, gradually winning over the unhappy citizens and bringing kindness and cheer to Sesame Street once and for all.

_{Saturday, November 11th, 2017}
239: The Magical Wand Chase

_{Saturday, November 10th, 2018}
263: When You Wish Upon A Pickle

In When You Wish Upon a Pickle, a mysterious wish machine appears on Sesame Street and the magical pickle inside starts granting wishes. Before long, the gang learns they need to be careful what they wish for – especially when they find out he’ll only grant one wish per customer! When Elmo wishes to be a grown-up and run Hooper's Store, he switches bodies with Chris. When Ernie tries to help his friend achieve his dream of becoming a TV meteorologist, Bert ends up trapped in the television, dashing from show to show. Cookie Monster’s wish for more cookies results in more Cookie…Monsters! Abby Cadabby teams up with her favorite storybook detective – brought to life by a wish, of course – to try and solve the mystery of what’s going on in the neighborhood. The adventure continues until an unlikely (and grouchy) hero intervenes!

_{Tuesday, February 5th, 2019}
256: Celebrate Family

The DVD includes five street stories revolving around family, as well as other segments from the show.

_{Saturday, November 9th, 2019}
244: Sesame Street's 50th Anniversary Celebration

Host Joseph Gordon-Levitt walks down memory lane (or shall we say, street) taking a look at fifty years on Sesame Street.

_{Tuesday, April 14th, 2020}
253: Elmo's Playdate

Elmo, Grover, Cookie Monster, Abby Cadabby, and a few famous friends as they find new ways to play and learn together during the COVID-19 pandemic.

_{Saturday, April 25th, 2020}
254: The ABCs of COVID-19

CNN's Erica Hill and Dr. Sanjay Gupta partner with Sesame Street to explain the ABC's of coronavirus in a town hall for parents and kids. The special discusses issues such as summer safety, play dates, schooling and how kids and families around the world are creatively coping during these challenging times.

_{Saturday, June 6th, 2020}
255: Coming Together: Standing Up to Racism

As anger and heartbreak have swept across America over the killing of yet another black man at the hands of police, CNN and "Sesame Street" are refocusing their second town hall to address racism. A CNN/Sesame Street Town Hall for Kids and Families.

_{Thursday, August 6th, 2020}
257: Elmo's Playdate: Scavenger Hunt

_{Saturday, September 12th, 2020}
258: The ABCs of Back to School

Big Bird of "Sesame Street" joins CNN's Dr. Sanjay Gupta and Erica Hill to tackle issues around going back to school.

_{Thursday, October 15th, 2020}
259: The Power of We

Elmo and Abby Cadabby are joined by Gabrielle and her cousin Tamir as the friends explore their own identities and come to understand what it means to have pride in your own culture and race. In age-appropriate ways, the friends learn what each of us can do to stand up to racism, for ourselves and one another. Why talk about racism? Unfortunately, most of us can show bias or racial prejudice sometimes, but racism is more than that. It is a system of advantages and privilege based on race. Racism is learned. Talking about racism helps to answer children’s often hard questions about race and unfair treatment of people based on the color of their skin. It can also help us all learn what we can do to make our diverse world equitable and fair for all. The Power of We celebrates every child’s unique identity and sense of belonging to a caring community and inclusive world.

_{Friday, January 1st, 2021}
275: Elmo's World - Things Elmo Loves

What do drawing, chickens, grandparents and elephants have in common? They’re all things Elmo loves! Sesame Street’s furry red monster explores wonderful topics kids love to ask about including emotions, grandparents, bus drivers, drawing, fruit, and more!

_{Thursday, August 5th, 2021}
270: Furry Friends Forever: Elmo Gets a Puppy

In the special, Elmo and Grover discover a sweet, stray puppy – whom they quickly name Tango – and embark on an adventure throughout the neighborhood with Sesame Street friends Cookie Monster, Abby Cadabby, and Oscar the Grouch. Together, they search for the local pet adoption fair in the hopes of finding her a “forever home.

_{Thursday, November 25th, 2021}
269: See Us Coming Together: A Sesame Street Special

See Us Coming Together: A Sesame Street Special was created for kids and adults to watch together and celebrate the rich diversity of Asian and Pacific Islander communities as part of Sesame Workshop’s ongoing racial justice initiative.

_{Monday, March 7th, 2022}
274: Monster at the End of this Story

With a little help from his friends, Sesame Street's lovable, furry Grover learns all about bravery and ways to handle nerves.

_{Thursday, December 1st, 2022}
276: The Nutcracker

The holidays are here on Sesame Street, and Elmo is determined to make it the best Christmas for Tango. At Elmo's family holiday party, friends and family sing about how wonderful this holiday will be. The Count arrives bearing gifts for everyone, including a wind-up rocket ship for Elmo and a cute, nutcracker-shaped doggy toy for Tango. After a fun-filled night, Elmo and Tango fall asleep listening to Elmo's dad, Louie, read them the story of The Nutcracker. Elmo drifts into a dream sequence where Tango can speak, and that's when the adventure begins.

_{Sunday, October 22nd, 2023}
278: Oscar's Handmade Halloween

Oscar the Grouch and Food Network's Sunny Anderson try to find new homes for shelter dogs while turning refuse into Halloween costumes for the dogs.

_{Thursday, December 7th, 2023}
277: Elmo and Tango Holiday Helpers

Elmo, Tango, and Hidden Potential host Jasmine Roth renovate a classroom.

Season 1

_{Monday, November 10th, 1969}
1: Gordon Introduces Sally to Sesame Street

In the first episode of Sesame Street, Gordon takes a girl named Sally on a tour of Sesame Street, introducing her (and the viewers) to the various characters on the show. On the street, Sally meets the human cast -- Gordon, Susan, Bob and Mr. Hooper -- as well as two Muppet characters, Big Bird and Oscar the Grouch.

_{Tuesday, November 11th, 1969}
2: Oscar Decides to Leave Sesame Street

Episode 2. Oscar decides to leave Sesame Street. Sponsors: E, S, W, 2, 3

_{Wednesday, November 12th, 1969}
3: A Cold Day on Sesame Street

Episode 3. Big Bird makes a sweater for Susan. Sponsors: E, S, W, 2, 3

_{Thursday, November 13th, 1969}
4: Gordon, Susan and Bob Run Hooper's Store for the Day

Gordon, Susan and Bob run Hooper's Store for the day. Sponsors: I, P, X, 2, 3

_{Friday, November 14th, 1969}
5: Sing-Along in Ernie and Bert's Bathroom

Oscar gets wet in a rainstorm. Sponsors: E, W, S, 2, 3

_{Monday, November 17th, 1969}
6: Block Party on Sesame Street

_{Tuesday, November 18th, 1969}
7: Oscar's Birthday / Mr. Hooper Counts Jelly Beans

_{Wednesday, November 19th, 1969}
8: B Treasure Hunt / Ernie Erases Cookie Monster

B treasure hunt; Ernie erases Cookie Monster. Sponsors: A, B, X,4, 5

_{Thursday, November 20th, 1969}
9: Lost Cat on Sesame Street

Sponsors: J, S, W, 4, 5

_{Friday, November 21st, 1969}
10: Cooking in Susan's Kitchen

_{Monday, November 24th, 1969}
11: Small Eggs

_{Tuesday, November 25th, 1969}
12: Feelin' Groovy

_{Wednesday, November 26th, 1969}
13: Big Bird "Helps" Mr. Hooper

Sponsors: B, M, X, 6, 7

_{Thursday, November 27th, 1969}
14: Yellow Footprints

_{Friday, November 28th, 1969}
15: Happy Music

_{Monday, December 1st, 1969}
16: Playing Tricks

_{Tuesday, December 2nd, 1969}
17: Oscar's Hiccups

_{Wednesday, December 3rd, 1969}
18: Big Bird's Hide-and-Seek / Mr. Hooper's Rocket Launchers

_{Thursday, December 4th, 1969}
19: Relatives

_{Friday, December 5th, 1969}
20: Oscar Cleans House

Sponsors: H, R, T, 8, 9

_{Monday, December 8th, 1969}
21: Big Bird Discovers Balloons / Susan in the Kitchen

_{Tuesday, December 9th, 1969}
22: The Birthday Party

_{Wednesday, December 10th, 1969}
23: Which Order

_{Thursday, December 11th, 1969}
24: What's Wrong with Big Bird?

_{Friday, December 12th, 1969}
25: Dangerous Dragon

Sponsors: D, G, Z, 10

_{Monday, December 15th, 1969}
26: Ice Cream

Sponsors: G, O, Z, 1, 2, 3

_{Tuesday, December 16th, 1969}
27: Tony Saletan Visits

Sponsors: G, O, Z, 4, 5

_{Wednesday, December 17th, 1969}
28: Hooper Super Elevator

Sponsors: G, O, Z, 6, 7

_{Thursday, December 18th, 1969}
29: H for Hello

Sponsors: C, H, T, 8, 9

_{Friday, December 19th, 1969}
30: Granny Bird Visits

Today, Big Bird receives a letter from his Granny Bird, telling him she's coming for a visit. He spends the day making preparations for her arrival. Sesame Street is brought to you today by the letters G, O, and Z and the number 10.

_{Monday, December 22nd, 1969}
31: Play Tricks

Sponsors: G, L, Y, 2, 3

_{Tuesday, December 23rd, 1969}
32: Shapes and Sizes

_{Wednesday, December 24th, 1969}
33: Michael Cooney Visits

_{Thursday, December 25th, 1969}
34: Windy Day

_{Friday, December 26th, 1969}
35: Shoe Shuffle

_{Monday, December 29th, 1969}
36: Mr. Glopper Sets Up His Hot Dog Cart on the Street

_{Tuesday, December 30th, 1969}
37: Oscar's Missing Trash Can Lid

_{Wednesday, December 31st, 1969}
38: Gordon's Errands

_{Thursday, January 1st, 1970}
39: Episode 39

_{Friday, January 2nd, 1970}
40: Episode 40

Sponsors: F, K, N, 4, 5

_{Monday, January 5th, 1970}
41: Mr. Hooper's Newspaper Machine

_{Tuesday, January 6th, 1970}
42: Tater & Tot Make a New Friend

_{Wednesday, January 7th, 1970}
43: The Kitchen Crew

The cast introduces L, Q and Y; Kermit explains big and small. Sponsors: L, Q, Y, 6, 7

_{Thursday, January 8th, 1970}
44: The Largest Waterslide

_{Friday, January 9th, 1970}
45: Episode 45

_{Monday, January 12th, 1970}
46: Big Top Big Bird

_{Tuesday, January 13th, 1970}
47: Episode 47

_{Wednesday, January 14th, 1970}
48: We Say Night Night

_{Thursday, January 15th, 1970}
49: Episode 49

_{Friday, January 16th, 1970}
50: Episode 50

Sponsors: K, N, V, 8, 9

_{Monday, January 19th, 1970}
51: The Art Contest

_{Tuesday, January 20th, 1970}
52: Episode 52

_{Wednesday, January 21st, 1970}
53: Episode 53

_{Thursday, January 22nd, 1970}
54: Oscar Bakes a Cake / Mr. Hooper Invents a 10 Machine

Oscar bakes a cake; Mr. Hooper invents a 10 machine. Sponsors: P, Q, U, 10

_{Friday, January 23rd, 1970}
55: Episode 55

_{Monday, January 26th, 1970}
56: Mr. Hooper Makes Oscar a Baked Bean Sundae

Oscar is craving an ice cream sundae! As Mr. Hooper passes, he asks if Mr. Hooper makes ice cream sundaes. Mr. Hooper declares he makes the best ices cream sundaes! Really wanting one, Oscar pays $0.30 for a sundae with chocolate ice cream, sprinkled with baked beans, chopped pickles, whipped cream and a radish! Mr. Hooper is shocked by Oscar's odd request. Even Big Bird agrees that it sounds gross! As a grouch, Oscar does not like giving compliments, but he calls Mr. Hooper a genius and a master for his baked bean sundae. To thank him, Oscar invites Mr. Hooper to eat dinner with him that night! Knowing Mr. Hooper enjoys Italian food, Oscar offers to make licorice and jelly-bean pizza. The idea of this recipe makes Mr. Hooper look sick.

_{Tuesday, January 27th, 1970}
57: Episode 57

_{Wednesday, January 28th, 1970}
58: Episode 58

_{Thursday, January 29th, 1970}
59: Balloon Activities / Big Bird's Rubber Love

_{Friday, January 30th, 1970}
60: Up and Down!

_{Monday, February 2nd, 1970}
61: Episode 61

_{Tuesday, February 3rd, 1970}
62: Episode 62

_{Wednesday, February 4th, 1970}
63: Episode 63

_{Thursday, February 5th, 1970}
64: Episode 64

_{Friday, February 6th, 1970}
65: It's Nice to Have Friends You Can Play With

_{Monday, February 9th, 1970}
66: Episode 66

_{Tuesday, February 10th, 1970}
67: Episode 67

_{Wednesday, February 11th, 1970}
68: Episode 68

_{Thursday, February 12th, 1970}
69: Episode 69

_{Friday, February 13th, 1970}
70: Oscar Meets the Groovin' Grouches / Susan's Plant

_{Monday, February 16th, 1970}
71: Episode 71

_{Tuesday, February 17th, 1970}
72: Ethel Kennedy Visits / Big Bird Builds a Television Set

_{Wednesday, February 18th, 1970}
73: Episode 73

_{Thursday, February 19th, 1970}
74: Episode 74

_{Friday, February 20th, 1970}
75: Episode 75

_{Monday, February 23rd, 1970}
76: Episode 76

_{Tuesday, February 24th, 1970}
77: Oscar Watches the Grouch Bowl / Mr. Hooper's Missing Glasses

_{Wednesday, February 25th, 1970}
78: Episode 78

_{Thursday, February 26th, 1970}
79: Episode 79

_{Friday, February 27th, 1970}
80: Episode 80

_{Monday, March 2nd, 1970}
81: Episode 81

_{Tuesday, March 3rd, 1970}
82: Episode 82

_{Wednesday, March 4th, 1970}
83: Big Bird Moves Birdseed to His Nest

Big Bird moves birdseed to his nest. Sponsors: A, H, T, 10

_{Thursday, March 5th, 1970}
84: Rufus Opens a Lemonade Stand

_{Friday, March 6th, 1970}
85: Episode 85

_{Monday, March 9th, 1970}
86: Big Bird Draws an 'O'

_{Tuesday, March 10th, 1970}
87: The Magnificent Block Building

_{Wednesday, March 11th, 1970}
88: Oscar Needs a Job

_{Thursday, March 12th, 1970}
89: Episode 89

_{Friday, March 13th, 1970}
90: Another Block Party

_{Monday, March 16th, 1970}
91: Episode 91

_{Tuesday, March 17th, 1970}
92: Episode 92

_{Wednesday, March 18th, 1970}
93: Episode 93

_{Thursday, March 19th, 1970}
94: Episode 94

_{Friday, March 20th, 1970}
95: Oscar Sings 'I Love Trash'

Oscar sings "I Love Trash".

_{Monday, March 23rd, 1970}
96: Susan Re-enters the Workforce

Susan re-enters the workforce by renewing her nurse's license.

_{Tuesday, March 24th, 1970}
97: Episode 97

_{Tuesday, March 24th, 1970}
120: Episode 120

_{Wednesday, March 25th, 1970}
98: Episode 98

_{Thursday, March 26th, 1970}
99: Episode 99

_{Friday, March 27th, 1970}
100: Episode 100

_{Monday, March 30th, 1970}
101: Episode 101

_{Tuesday, March 31st, 1970}
102: Episode 102

_{Wednesday, April 1st, 1970}
103: Episode 103

_{Thursday, April 2nd, 1970}
104: Episode 104

_{Friday, April 3rd, 1970}
105: Reading 'Sylvester and the Magic Pebble'

_{Monday, April 6th, 1970}
106: Observing Seeds and Eggs

_{Tuesday, April 7th, 1970}
107: Episode 107

_{Wednesday, April 8th, 1970}
108: Pete Seeger Returns

_{Thursday, April 9th, 1970}
109: Episode 109

_{Friday, April 10th, 1970}
110: Episode 110

_{Monday, April 13th, 1970}
111: Episode 111

_{Tuesday, April 14th, 1970}
112: Episode 112

_{Wednesday, April 15th, 1970}
113: Episode 113

_{Thursday, April 16th, 1970}
114: Don McLean Visits

_{Friday, April 17th, 1970}
115: Gordon, Susan, and the Kids Go on an Imaginary Car Ride

It is a beautiful day on Sesame Street and Susan and Gordon both want to stay outside! Since they do not have a car, Susan and Gordon decide to take folding chairs and make a pretend car out of them. They take kids Francesca and Jay on an imaginary road trip in the pretend car! Susan packs a picnic for everyone while Gordon gets the car ready. After putting on seatbelts, they drive off! Gordon notes all the signs on the road and teaches the kids about "Stop" and "Go". After their picnic, Gordon navigates some sharp turns in the road as he "drives' everyone home. He says the car sounds like it might need a tune-up before the next road trip! Everyone talks about license plates, which identify cars and the state where each car is registered. Gordon even shows them a license plate!

_{Monday, April 20th, 1970}
116: Episode 116

_{Tuesday, April 21st, 1970}
117: A Visit from Odetta

_{Wednesday, April 22nd, 1970}
118: Garbage on Sesame Street

_{Thursday, April 23rd, 1970}
119: Episode 119

_{Monday, April 27th, 1970}
121: Treasure Hunt

_{Tuesday, April 28th, 1970}
122: Big Bird Builds a Race Car

_{Wednesday, April 29th, 1970}
123: Big Bird Draws Letter R's

Big Bird cannot remember how to write a lowercase "r". Luckily, a cute letter "r" drops onto his easel! Big Bird decides they will be friends after "r" kisses his beak! Little "r" does tricks, like roll over. "R" is so terrific, Big Bird draws its picture. When Big Bird wants to introduce "r" to Mr. Hooper and Gordon, little "r" has disappeared. They do not believe Big Bird and think he is imagining it. Alone again, Big Bird calls for little "r", who bounces back, this time with an uppercase "R"! Big Bird gets to practice drawing uppercase "R" now. After he draws a big "R", the letters bounce away. Mr. Hooper and Gordon visit Big Bird and do not believe two letter Rs exist. Luckily, big and little "r" bounce back. The adults realize the Rs do exist and not only in Big Bird's imagination!

_{Thursday, April 30th, 1970}
124: Episode 124

_{Friday, May 1st, 1970}
125: Grover Prefers Capital G

_{Monday, May 4th, 1970}
126: Episode 126

_{Tuesday, May 5th, 1970}
127: Episode 127

_{Wednesday, May 6th, 1970}
128: Episode 128

_{Thursday, May 7th, 1970}
129: Oscar Hosts the Show

_{Friday, May 8th, 1970}
130: Episode 130

Season 2

_{Monday, November 9th, 1970}
1: Oscar's Grandmother Visits

Mr. Hooper spills milk on his counter and Big Bird sings a song to explain that it's okay to make mistakes. He sings that you shouldn't get mad or sad when you make a mistake because everyone makes mistakes, even your mother, father, and siblings. When Big Bird climbs into his nest, he accidentally steps on a letter J. Everyone assures him that it's okay, it was just a mistake. Meanwhile, Bob gets an important message for Oscar the Grouch: His grandmother, Granny Grouch, is coming to visit. Granny Grouch gives Oscar a big kiss, but Oscar does not like it very much. Granny knows all her grandchildren do not like her kisses, but she kisses anyway. Even though they cannot agree on kisses, Oscar and his Granny can enjoy a nice hot cup of mud together.

_{Tuesday, November 10th, 1970}
2: Gordon Shows the Number 4

_{Wednesday, November 11th, 1970}
3: Big Bird Finds Bob's J

_{Thursday, November 12th, 1970}
4: Leon Bibb Sings About Trains

_{Friday, November 13th, 1970}
5: Big Bird Wants to Say 'Adios'

_{Monday, November 16th, 1970}
6: Oscar Has a Cold

_{Tuesday, November 17th, 1970}
7: Oscar Gets Angry

_{Wednesday, November 18th, 1970}
8: Who Owns the Garage?

_{Thursday, November 19th, 1970}
9: Big Bird's "Next" Poem

_{Friday, November 20th, 1970}
10: Pete Seeger Visits Sesame Street

_{Monday, November 23rd, 1970}
11: Episode 141

_{Tuesday, November 24th, 1970}
12: Oscar Tries Being Different

_{Wednesday, November 25th, 1970}
13: Picking Up Papers

_{Thursday, November 26th, 1970}
14: Big Bird Loses His R / Oscar Gets Angry

_{Friday, November 27th, 1970}
15: Gordon Doesn't Open Susan's Package

_{Monday, November 30th, 1970}
16: Whose Ribbon?

_{Tuesday, December 1st, 1970}
17: Gordon Explains Parts

_{Wednesday, December 2nd, 1970}
18: Gordon Makes a Window Box

_{Thursday, December 3rd, 1970}
19: Explaining Money

_{Friday, December 4th, 1970}
20: Big Bird Helps Susan Prepare for a Party

_{Monday, December 7th, 1970}
21: Oscar's Poem-Writing Machine

_{Tuesday, December 8th, 1970}
22: Big Bird Dusts Chairs

_{Wednesday, December 9th, 1970}
23: Episode 153

_{Thursday, December 10th, 1970}
24: Oscar's Odds and Ends Store

_{Friday, December 11th, 1970}
25: Episode 155

_{Monday, December 14th, 1970}
26: Episode 156

_{Tuesday, December 15th, 1970}
27: Gordon Paints a Chest

_{Wednesday, December 16th, 1970}
28: Oscar Puts Up a "Wet Paint" Sign

_{Thursday, December 17th, 1970}
29: Building a Box

_{Friday, December 18th, 1970}
30: Mr. Hooper's Birthday

_{Monday, December 21st, 1970}
31: Gordon Tries to Cure Oscar's Hiccups

_{Tuesday, December 22nd, 1970}
32: Oscar Puts Up Stop Signs

_{Wednesday, December 23rd, 1970}
33: Susan Gets a Pair of Pet Kittens

_{Thursday, December 24th, 1970}
34: The Spanish Word 'Silla'

_{Friday, December 25th, 1970}
35: Big Bird Plans His Day

_{Monday, December 28th, 1970}
36: Big Bird Learns the Spanish Word for "Door”

_{Tuesday, December 29th, 1970}
37: Rainy Day

_{Wednesday, December 30th, 1970}
38: Gordon and Susan Argue Over a Lamp

_{Thursday, December 31st, 1970}
39: Gordon Goes Over His Shopping List

_{Friday, January 1st, 1971}
40: Episode 170

_{Monday, January 4th, 1971}
41: The Remembering Game

_{Tuesday, January 5th, 1971}
42: African Drummers Visit

_{Wednesday, January 6th, 1971}
43: Episode 173

_{Thursday, January 7th, 1971}
44: Episode 174

_{Friday, January 8th, 1971}
45: Pete Seeger and Brother Kirk Visit

_{Monday, January 11th, 1971}
46: Episode 176

_{Tuesday, January 12th, 1971}
47: Episode 177

_{Wednesday, January 13th, 1971}
48: Episode 178

_{Thursday, January 14th, 1971}
49: Big Bird Spells "Love"

_{Friday, January 15th, 1971}
50: Miguel and Big Bird Make a Sign

_{Monday, January 18th, 1971}
51: Episode 181

_{Tuesday, January 19th, 1971}
52: Episode 182

_{Wednesday, January 20th, 1971}
53: Episode 183

_{Thursday, January 21st, 1971}
54: Episode 184

_{Friday, January 22nd, 1971}
55: Big Bird's Club

_{Monday, January 25th, 1971}
56: Episode 186

_{Tuesday, January 26th, 1971}
57: Episode 187

_{Wednesday, January 27th, 1971}
58: Episode 188

_{Thursday, January 28th, 1971}
59: Episode 189

_{Friday, January 29th, 1971}
60: Episode 190

_{Monday, February 1st, 1971}
61: Mr. Finster and His Family Stay in Big Bird's Nest

_{Tuesday, February 2nd, 1971}
62: Episode 192

_{Wednesday, February 3rd, 1971}
63: Episode 193

_{Thursday, February 4th, 1971}
64: Big Bird and Susan Listen to Sounds

_{Friday, February 5th, 1971}
65: Episode 195

_{Monday, February 8th, 1971}
66: Molly Scott Visits

_{Tuesday, February 9th, 1971}
67: Love Is on Sesame Street

_{Wednesday, February 10th, 1971}
68: Big Bird Opens Hooper's Store

Mr. Hooper asks Big Bird to open Hooper's Store for him. Sponsors: L, O, 3

_{Thursday, February 11th, 1971}
69: Big Bird Builds a Seesaw

_{Friday, February 12th, 1971}
70: Episode 200

_{Monday, February 15th, 1971}
71: Episode 201

_{Tuesday, February 16th, 1971}
72: Oscar's New Pet Worm ‘Slimey’

_{Wednesday, February 17th, 1971}
73: Another Visit from Pete Seeger

_{Thursday, February 18th, 1971}
74: Oscar's Lid Gets Stuck

_{Friday, February 19th, 1971}
75: Episode 205

_{Monday, February 22nd, 1971}
76: Episode 206

_{Tuesday, February 23rd, 1971}
77: Episode 207

_{Wednesday, February 24th, 1971}
78: Episode 208

_{Thursday, February 25th, 1971}
79: Episode 209

_{Friday, February 26th, 1971}
80: Episode 210

_{Monday, March 1st, 1971}
81: Big Bird Learns How to Play Baseball

_{Tuesday, March 2nd, 1971}
82: Episode 212

_{Wednesday, March 3rd, 1971}
83: Episode 213

_{Thursday, March 4th, 1971}
84: Episode 214

_{Friday, March 5th, 1971}
85: Big Bird’s Backwards Day

Michael Cooney visits.

_{Monday, March 8th, 1971}
86: Episode 216

_{Tuesday, March 9th, 1971}
87: Polly Watson Is Lost

_{Wednesday, March 10th, 1971}
88: Mr. Hooper's Missing Doughnuts

_{Thursday, March 11th, 1971}
89: Oscar's Record Player / Big Bird's Shopping List

_{Friday, March 12th, 1971}
90: Music Day on Sesame Street

_{Monday, March 15th, 1971}
91: Episode 221

_{Tuesday, March 16th, 1971}
92: National Clean Up Your Nest Week

_{Wednesday, March 17th, 1971}
93: Episode 223

_{Thursday, March 18th, 1971}
94: Episode 224

_{Friday, March 19th, 1971}
95: Cleaning Up on Sesame Street

_{Monday, March 22nd, 1971}
96: Episode 226

_{Tuesday, March 23rd, 1971}
97: Cookie Monster Watches Hooper's Store

_{Wednesday, March 24th, 1971}
98: A Visit from Listen My Brother

_{Thursday, March 25th, 1971}
99: Grover the Doorman

_{Friday, March 26th, 1971}
100: Oscar Takes a Vacation

_{Monday, March 29th, 1971}
101: Mr. Hooper Helps Big Bird to Write Poetry

_{Tuesday, March 30th, 1971}
102: Episode 232

_{Wednesday, March 31st, 1971}
103: Monster Food

_{Thursday, April 1st, 1971}
104: The Lost Parakeet

_{Friday, April 2nd, 1971}
105: A Soapbox Racer for Big Bird

_{Monday, April 5th, 1971}
106: Episode 236

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 1971}
107: Episode 237

_{Wednesday, April 7th, 1971}
108: Episode 238

_{Thursday, April 8th, 1971}
109: Oscar Builds a Wall

Oscar has a wall built around his trash can.

_{Friday, April 9th, 1971}
110: Episode 240

_{Monday, April 12th, 1971}
111: Episode 241

_{Tuesday, April 13th, 1971}
112: Episode 242

_{Wednesday, April 14th, 1971}
113: The Little Theatre of the Deaf Visits

_{Thursday, April 15th, 1971}
114: Bob Meets the Mudman / David Sings "My Name"

_{Friday, April 16th, 1971}
115: Episode 245

_{Monday, April 19th, 1971}
116: Big Bird's Disguise

Big Bird fools Tom with a disguise.

_{Tuesday, April 20th, 1971}
117: Another Visit from Pete Seeger

_{Wednesday, April 21st, 1971}
118: Episode 248

_{Thursday, April 22nd, 1971}
119: Oscar Runs for Head of Council

_{Friday, April 23rd, 1971}
120: The New Trashcan

_{Monday, April 26th, 1971}
121: Big Bird Tries to Be Like Gordon

_{Tuesday, April 27th, 1971}
122: Episode 252

_{Wednesday, April 28th, 1971}
123: Episode 253

_{Thursday, April 29th, 1971}
124: Episode 254

_{Friday, April 30th, 1971}
125: Big Bird Starts a Newspaper

_{Monday, May 3rd, 1971}
126: Sanitation Strike

_{Tuesday, May 4th, 1971}
127: Episode 257

_{Wednesday, May 5th, 1971}
128: Farley Gets His Tonsils Out

_{Thursday, May 6th, 1971}
129: Episode 259

_{Friday, May 7th, 1971}
130: Oscar Bakes Cookies

_{Monday, May 10th, 1971}
131: Oscar Sets Up His Own Postal Service

_{Tuesday, May 11th, 1971}
132: Sesame Street Pet Show

_{Wednesday, May 12th, 1971}
133: Mr. Hooper Gives Oscar Some Letters

_{Thursday, May 13th, 1971}
134: Oscar Makes a Can Opener

_{Friday, May 14th, 1971}
135: Ice Cream Machine on Sesame Street

Bob is on his way to Mr. Hooper's for ice cream when Moe, an ice cream company employee, shows him a new ice cream vending machine on Sesame Street. Bob puts a dime into the machine and gets an ice cream sandwich. Mr. Hooper worries that the new vending machine will put him out of business. Oscar the Grouch stops by the ice cream machine but doesn't see his favorite flavor: sardine ice cream! Mr. Hooper, however, shouts that he has Sardine ice cream and Oscar heads over. Big Bird stops by the ice cream machine, but Moe doesn't have his favorite flavor either: bird seed ice cream. Mr. Hooper calls over Big Bird with his 'Bird Seed Ice Cream' special. Moe calls his company to say their ice cream machine can't compete with Mr. Hooper's great personality and different flavored ice creams.

_{Monday, May 17th, 1971}
136: Big Bird and Marty Help Susan in the Kitchen

_{Tuesday, May 18th, 1971}
137: Bob and Gordon Remember Their Pets

_{Wednesday, May 19th, 1971}
138: Big Bird Cleans the Street / Mr. Hooper Makes Oscar a Sundae

_{Thursday, May 20th, 1971}
139: Flowers for Susan

_{Friday, May 21st, 1971}
140: Big Bird Builds a Rocket

_{Monday, May 24th, 1971}
141: Don't Touch

_{Tuesday, May 25th, 1971}
142: Oscar Goes Fishing

_{Wednesday, May 26th, 1971}
143: Sounds on Sesame Street

_{Thursday, May 27th, 1971}
144: Theodore Bikel Visits

Theodore Bikel visits Sesame Street. Sponsors: O, 12

_{Friday, May 28th, 1971}
145: Episode 275

Season 3

_{Monday, November 15th, 1971}
1: Big Bird Meets Mr. Snuffleupagus

While Big Bird is trying to water some flowers, he meets a big brown creature who introduces himself as Mr. Snuffleupagus. Mr. Snuffleupagus is feeling sad, so Big Bird tries to cheer him up by inviting him to help water the flowers, which he does by spraying water out of his snuffle. Big Bird runs to tell everyone about his new friend, but they are skeptical that the Snuffleupagus really exists. Big Bird brings them to where Mr. Snuffleupagus was, but he is gone. Everyone leaves telling Big Bird it was probably just his imagination, but later when Mr. Snuffleupagus returns, Big Bird announces happily that he knows that he's real.

_{Tuesday, November 16th, 1971}
2: The Mystery of the Open Ice Cream Bin

_{Wednesday, November 17th, 1971}
3: Mr. Hooper Misses Mr. Snuffleupagus

_{Thursday, November 18th, 1971}
4: Grover Climbs the Sesame Street Sign

_{Friday, November 19th, 1971}
5: Construction Work

_{Monday, November 22nd, 1971}
6: A Rusty Pipe

_{Tuesday, November 23rd, 1971}
7: Big Bird Becomes a Fireman

_{Wednesday, November 24th, 1971}
8: Molly Imagines Being on a Ranch

_{Thursday, November 25th, 1971}
9: Cleaning Hooper's Store

_{Friday, November 26th, 1971}
10: Big Bird's Chair Delivery

_{Monday, November 29th, 1971}
11: No Customers at Hooper's Store

_{Tuesday, November 30th, 1971}
12: Molly’s Feet Hurt

_{Wednesday, December 1st, 1971}
13: Mr. Hooper's Recycling Bins

_{Thursday, December 2nd, 1971}
14: A Rainy Day

_{Friday, December 3rd, 1971}
15: A New Library on Sesame Street

_{Monday, December 6th, 1971}
16: Trash Collection Day

_{Tuesday, December 7th, 1971}
17: The Bug Spray

_{Wednesday, December 8th, 1971}
18: Molly's Noisy Packages

_{Thursday, December 9th, 1971}
19: Episode 294

_{Friday, December 10th, 1971}
20: Episode 295

_{Monday, December 13th, 1971}
21: Episode 296

_{Tuesday, December 14th, 1971}
22: Episode 297

_{Wednesday, December 15th, 1971}
23: Episode 298

_{Thursday, December 16th, 1971}
24: Episode 299

_{Friday, December 17th, 1971}
25: Episode 300

_{Monday, December 20th, 1971}
26: Episode 301

_{Tuesday, December 21st, 1971}
27: Episode 302

_{Wednesday, December 22nd, 1971}
28: Episode 303

_{Thursday, December 23rd, 1971}
29: Episode 304

_{Friday, December 24th, 1971}
30: Episode 305

_{Monday, December 27th, 1971}
31: Episode 306

_{Tuesday, December 28th, 1971}
32: Episode 307

_{Wednesday, December 29th, 1971}
33: Episode 308

_{Thursday, December 30th, 1971}
34: Episode 309

_{Friday, December 31st, 1971}
35: Episode 310

_{Monday, January 3rd, 1972}
36: Episode 311

_{Tuesday, January 4th, 1972}
37: Episode 312

_{Wednesday, January 5th, 1972}
38: Episode 313

_{Thursday, January 6th, 1972}
39: Episode 314

_{Friday, January 7th, 1972}
40: Episode 315

_{Monday, January 10th, 1972}
41: Episode 316

_{Tuesday, January 11th, 1972}
42: Episode 317

_{Wednesday, January 12th, 1972}
43: Episode 318

_{Thursday, January 13th, 1972}
44: Episode 319

_{Friday, January 14th, 1972}
45: Episode 320

_{Monday, January 17th, 1972}
46: Episode 321

_{Tuesday, January 18th, 1972}
47: Episode 322

_{Wednesday, January 19th, 1972}
48: Episode 323

_{Thursday, January 20th, 1972}
49: Episode 324

_{Friday, January 21st, 1972}
50: Episode 325

_{Monday, January 24th, 1972}
51: Episode 326

_{Tuesday, January 25th, 1972}
52: Episode 327

_{Wednesday, January 26th, 1972}
53: Episode 328

_{Thursday, January 27th, 1972}
54: Episode 329

_{Friday, January 28th, 1972}
55: Fix-It Shop Opens

Susan's picture frame is broken! She heads to the library to find a book about repairing broken picture frames. The library has been converted into the "L and R Fix-It Shop" by Luis and Rafael who offer to fix her frame. Outside the shop, Rafael and Luis give out free flashlights to new customers for their grand opening. Big Bird gets a flashlight but then asks for another. Rafael explains it's only one per customer. Big Bird has an idea; he will disguise himself to obtain more flashlights! Big Bird returns disguised as a farmer, an old man, an elephant and an old lady, collecting many flashlights. Finally, Big Bird hands over all the flashlights back to Rafael and Luis as an opening day present. Susan stops by the Fix-It Shop and receives her newly fixed picture frame.

_{Monday, January 31st, 1972}
56: Episode 331

_{Tuesday, February 1st, 1972}
57: Episode 332

_{Wednesday, February 2nd, 1972}
58: Episode 333

_{Thursday, February 3rd, 1972}
59: Episode 334

_{Friday, February 4th, 1972}
60: Episode 335

_{Monday, February 7th, 1972}
61: Episode 336

_{Tuesday, February 8th, 1972}
62: Episode 337

_{Wednesday, February 9th, 1972}
63: Episode 338

_{Thursday, February 10th, 1972}
64: Episode 339

_{Friday, February 11th, 1972}
65: Episode 340

_{Monday, February 14th, 1972}
66: Episode 341

_{Tuesday, February 15th, 1972}
67: Episode 342

_{Wednesday, February 16th, 1972}
68: Episode 343

_{Thursday, February 17th, 1972}
69: Episode 344

_{Friday, February 18th, 1972}
70: Episode 345

_{Monday, February 21st, 1972}
71: Episode 346

_{Tuesday, February 22nd, 1972}
72: Episode 347

_{Wednesday, February 23rd, 1972}
73: Episode 348

_{Thursday, February 24th, 1972}
74: Cookie Monster Makes Grouchy Food

Oscar the Grouch hires a private chef to cook him grouch food. Dressed in a chef's hat, Cookie Monster is ready to make wonderful food. Oscar catches Cookie Monster eating dough while he is supposed to be cooking. Then Cookie teaches Oscar how to mix the dough, milk, sugar, and raisins in a bowl. Then, Cookie Monster uses a rolling pin as a spoon to stir the ingredients! Oscar does not want cookies because he prefers mud soup with a rock burger. Cookie Monster learns not everyone eats cookies for dinner. Later, Cookie Monster shows the boxes and boxes of cookies he baked! Tom visits and trades a jar of sour pickles for a box of cookies. Oscar realizes he has enough cookies to sell for a year and fires Cookie Monster. Cookie decides to be a cookie eater and eats the cookies he baked.

_{Friday, February 25th, 1972}
75: Episode 350

_{Monday, February 28th, 1972}
76: Episode 351

_{Tuesday, February 29th, 1972}
77: Cookie Monster Gets Amnesia

Cookie Monster loses his memory when he slips and fall on a roller skate! Is Cookie Monster a Grouch? Cookie Monster fails all the "grouchy" tests, concluding he is not a Grouch like Oscar. Next Cookie wants to know if he is a bird. He unconvincingly tries tweeting and flapping his wings, and disliked eating birdseed. He is not a bird. Mr. Hooper walks over to the mailbox to find Cookie Monster now believing he is a mailbox. However, they soon realize this is not true either. Maria explains that he is "the Cookie Monster" and gives him a cookie hoping to jog his memory, but he was not impressed. Cookie Monster slips on the skate again and hits the sidewalk, but this time he remembers everything! Mr. Hooper hands him a whole plate of cookies and Cookie Monster happily eats them all.

_{Wednesday, March 1st, 1972}
78: Episode 353

_{Thursday, March 2nd, 1972}
79: Episode 354

_{Friday, March 3rd, 1972}
80: Episode 355

A big rainstorm hits Sesame Street. Tom waters plants in the rain; Rafael puts on rain gear; Molly worries that people will slip on the sidewalk. Sponsors: B, M, 4

_{Monday, March 6th, 1972}
81: Episode 356

_{Tuesday, March 7th, 1972}
82: Episode 357

_{Wednesday, March 8th, 1972}
83: Episode 358

_{Thursday, March 9th, 1972}
84: Bert Leaves Ernie to Live with Big Bird and Oscar

Bert is frustrated with Ernie's shenanigans and decides to move out of the apartment. Bob asks if the two could possibly resolve it, but Bert already decided to never go back to Ernie. He imagines living outdoors but rain or snow would be a nuisance. Oscar the Grouch says Bert can stay with him in his trash can. While Oscar shops for groceries, Bert starts to clean up the trash can by removing rusty cans from the swimming pool and old shoes from the piano. Oscar explains that he likes his junk as is, and suggests Bert find another place to live. Next Bert stays with Big Bird but leaves once he tastes the birdseed and sees the rubber worm Big Bird offers for them to play. Bert eventually decides he wants to go home, and Bert promises he will never leave Ernie again.

_{Friday, March 10th, 1972}
85: Episode 360

_{Monday, March 13th, 1972}
86: Episode 361

_{Tuesday, March 14th, 1972}
87: Episode 362

_{Wednesday, March 15th, 1972}
88: Episode 363

_{Thursday, March 16th, 1972}
89: Episode 364

_{Friday, March 17th, 1972}
90: Episode 365

_{Monday, March 20th, 1972}
91: Episode 366

_{Tuesday, March 21st, 1972}
92: Episode 367

_{Wednesday, March 22nd, 1972}
93: Episode 368

_{Thursday, March 23rd, 1972}
94: Episode 369

_{Friday, March 24th, 1972}
95: Episode 370

_{Monday, March 27th, 1972}
96: Episode 371

_{Tuesday, March 28th, 1972}
97: Episode 372

_{Wednesday, March 29th, 1972}
98: Episode 373

_{Thursday, March 30th, 1972}
99: Episode 374

_{Friday, March 31st, 1972}
100: Episode 375

_{Monday, April 3rd, 1972}
101: Episode 376

_{Tuesday, April 4th, 1972}
102: Episode 377

_{Wednesday, April 5th, 1972}
103: Episode 378

_{Thursday, April 6th, 1972}
104: Episode 379

_{Friday, April 7th, 1972}
105: Episode 380

_{Monday, April 10th, 1972}
106: Episode 381

Sponsors: B, M, 8

_{Tuesday, April 11th, 1972}
107: Episode 382

_{Wednesday, April 12th, 1972}
108: Episode 383

_{Thursday, April 13th, 1972}
109: Episode 384

_{Friday, April 14th, 1972}
110: Episode 385

_{Monday, April 17th, 1972}
111: Episode 386

_{Tuesday, April 18th, 1972}
112: Episode 387

_{Wednesday, April 19th, 1972}
113: Episode 388

_{Thursday, April 20th, 1972}
114: Episode 389

_{Friday, April 21st, 1972}
115: Episode 390

_{Monday, April 24th, 1972}
116: Episode 391

_{Tuesday, April 25th, 1972}
117: Episode 392

_{Wednesday, April 26th, 1972}
118: Episode 393

_{Thursday, April 27th, 1972}
119: Episode 394

_{Friday, April 28th, 1972}
120: Episode 395

_{Monday, May 1st, 1972}
121: Episode 396

_{Tuesday, May 2nd, 1972}
122: Episode 397

_{Wednesday, May 3rd, 1972}
123: Episode 398

_{Thursday, May 4th, 1972}
124: Episode 399

_{Friday, May 5th, 1972}
125: Episode 400

_{Monday, May 8th, 1972}
126: Episode 401

_{Tuesday, May 9th, 1972}
127: Episode 402

_{Wednesday, May 10th, 1972}
128: Episode 403

_{Thursday, May 11th, 1972}
129: Episode 404

_{Friday, May 12th, 1972}
130: Episode 405

Season 4

_{not specified}
39: Episode 444

_{not specified}
40: Episode 445

_{not specified}
41: Episode 446

_{not specified}
42: Episode 447

_{not specified}
43: Episode 448

_{not specified}
44: Episode 449

_{not specified}
45: Episode 450

_{not specified}
46: Episode 451

_{not specified}
47: Episode 452

_{not specified}
48: Episode 453

_{not specified}
49: Episode 454

_{not specified}
50: Episode 455

_{not specified}
51: Episode 456

_{not specified}
52: Episode 457

_{not specified}
53: Episode 458

_{not specified}
54: Episode 459

_{not specified}
55: Episode 460

_{not specified}
56: Episode 461

_{not specified}
57: Episode 462

_{not specified}
58: Episode 463

_{not specified}
59: Episode 464

_{not specified}
60: Episode 465

_{not specified}
61: Episode 466

_{not specified}
62: Episode 467

_{not specified}
63: Episode 468

_{not specified}
64: Episode 469

_{not specified}
65: Episode 470

_{not specified}
66: Episode 471

_{not specified}
67: Episode 472

_{not specified}
68: Episode 473

_{not specified}
69: Episode 474

_{not specified}
70: Episode 475

_{not specified}
71: Episode 476

_{not specified}
72: Episode 477

_{not specified}
73: Episode 478

_{not specified}
74: Episode 479

_{not specified}
75: Episode 480

_{not specified}
76: Episode 481

_{not specified}
77: Episode 482

_{not specified}
78: Episode 483

_{not specified}
80: Episode 485

_{not specified}
81: Episode 486

_{not specified}
82: Episode 487

_{not specified}
83: Episode 488

_{not specified}
84: Episode 489

_{not specified}
85: Episode 490

_{not specified}
86: Episode 491

_{not specified}
87: Episode 492

_{not specified}
88: Episode 493

_{not specified}
89: Episode 494

_{not specified}
90: Episode 495

_{not specified}
91: Episode 496

_{not specified}
92: Episode 497

_{not specified}
93: Episode 498

_{not specified}
94: Episode 499

_{not specified}
95: Episode 500

_{not specified}
96: Episode 501

_{not specified}
97: Episode 502

_{not specified}
98: Episode 503

_{not specified}
99: Episode 504

_{not specified}
100: Episode 505

_{not specified}
101: Episode 506

_{not specified}
102: Episode 507

_{not specified}
103: Episode 508

_{not specified}
104: Episode 509

_{not specified}
105: Episode 510

_{not specified}
106: Episode 511

_{not specified}
107: Episode 512

_{not specified}
108: Episode 513

_{not specified}
110: Episode 515

_{not specified}
111: Episode 516

_{not specified}
112: Episode 517

_{not specified}
113: Episode 518

_{not specified}
114: Episode 519

_{not specified}
115: Episode 520

_{not specified}
116: Episode 521

_{not specified}
117: Episode 522

_{not specified}
118: Episode 523

_{not specified}
119: Episode 524

_{not specified}
120: Episode 525

_{not specified}
121: Episode 526

_{not specified}
122: Episode 527

_{not specified}
123: Episode 528

_{not specified}
124: Episode 529

_{not specified}
125: Episode 530

_{not specified}
126: Episode 531

_{not specified}
127: Episode 532

_{not specified}
128: Episode 533

_{not specified}
129: Episode 534

_{Monday, November 13th, 1972}
1: Gordon and Susan Meet Sam the Robot (406)

Everyone on Sesame Street is playing an alphabet game by holding up the letter that their name starts with. The get almost all the way through, and then Big Bird realizes that no one's name starts with the letter "Z." Gordon, Susan, Maria, David and Luis demonstrate the number two. Meanwhile, Bob plays a game with Bert and Ernie where he asks for examples of things everyone does. Snuffy plays London Bridge while looking for Big Bird. Oscar shows Gordon his new hat and the Count shows up to count some blocks. Later Gordon and Susan meet Super Automatic Machine, known as Sam the Robot who believes machines are better than people.

_{Tuesday, November 14th, 1972}
2: Officer Bird on patrol (407)

_{Wednesday, November 15th, 1972}
3: Bob sounds out words (408)

_{Thursday, November 16th, 1972}
4: Big Bird washes his face (409)

_{Friday, November 17th, 1972}
5: Oscar pretends to be guard animals (410)

_{Monday, November 20th, 1972}
6: Episode 411

_{Tuesday, November 21st, 1972}
7: Episode 412

_{Wednesday, November 22nd, 1972}
8: Episode 413

_{Thursday, November 23rd, 1972}
9: Episode 414

_{Friday, November 24th, 1972}
10: Episode 415

_{Monday, November 27th, 1972}
11: Episode 416

_{Monday, November 27th, 1972}
12: Episode 417

_{Wednesday, November 29th, 1972}
13: Episode 418

_{Thursday, November 30th, 1972}
14: Episode 419

_{Friday, December 1st, 1972}
15: Episode 420

_{Monday, December 4th, 1972}
16: Episode 421

_{Tuesday, December 5th, 1972}
17: Episode 422

_{Wednesday, December 6th, 1972}
18: Episode 423

_{Thursday, December 7th, 1972}
19: Episode 424

_{Friday, December 8th, 1972}
20: Episode 425

_{Monday, December 11th, 1972}
21: Episode 426

_{Tuesday, December 12th, 1972}
22: Episode 427

_{Wednesday, December 13th, 1972}
23: Episode 428

_{Thursday, December 14th, 1972}
24: Episode 429

_{Friday, December 15th, 1972}
25: Episode 430

_{Monday, December 18th, 1972}
26: Episode 431

_{Tuesday, December 19th, 1972}
27: Episode 432

_{Wednesday, December 20th, 1972}
28: Episode 433

_{Thursday, December 21st, 1972}
29: Episode 434

_{Friday, December 22nd, 1972}
30: Episode 435

_{Monday, December 25th, 1972}
31: Episode 436

_{Tuesday, December 26th, 1972}
32: Episode 437

_{Wednesday, December 27th, 1972}
33: Episode 438

_{Thursday, December 28th, 1972}
34: Episode 439

_{Friday, December 29th, 1972}
35: Episode 440

_{Monday, January 1st, 1973}
36: Episode 441

_{Tuesday, January 2nd, 1973}
37: Episode 442

_{Wednesday, January 3rd, 1973}
38: Episode 443

_{Thursday, March 1st, 1973}
79: Cookie Monster's Birthday

Luis, Gordon, Bob and Susan have different opinions and reactions regarding stormy days. It's Cookie Monster's birthday, and he receives many cards in the mail. Everyone is planning a party for Cookie. He excitedly overhears his friends talking about giving him lots of cookies as a gift. Instead of a bunch of cookies, his friends give Cookie Monster one cookie from the group. At first, he is disappointed to only receive one cookie but then is excited when he sees the one cookie is humongous! Cookie Monster eats it all at the party. Later, Cookie Monster prods Oscar for a gift and gives clues as to what he would like, it starts with C, is round, and you eat it. Oscar produces a crab, then a clock, and a cactus. Oscar finally gives him some cookies that he was using as bookends.

_{Thursday, April 12th, 1973}
109: Episode 514

Stevie Wonder visits. Sponsors: G, I, 11

_{Friday, May 25th, 1973}
130: Episode 535

Oscar imagines that there are no people living on Sesame Street. Sponsors: X, Z, 10

Season 5

_{Monday, November 19th, 1973}
1: Just Another Quiet Day on Sesame Street

5th season premiere. Sponsors: D, 2

_{Tuesday, November 20th, 1973}
2: Episode 537

_{Wednesday, November 21st, 1973}
3: Episode 538

_{Thursday, November 22nd, 1973}
4: Episode 539

_{Friday, November 23rd, 1973}
5: Episode 540

_{Monday, November 26th, 1973}
6: Episode 541

_{Tuesday, November 27th, 1973}
7: Episode 542

_{Wednesday, November 28th, 1973}
8: Episode 543

_{Thursday, November 29th, 1973}
9: Episode 544

_{Friday, November 30th, 1973}
10: Episode 545

_{Monday, December 3rd, 1973}
11: Episode 546

_{Tuesday, December 4th, 1973}
12: Episode 547

_{Wednesday, December 5th, 1973}
13: Episode 548

_{Thursday, December 6th, 1973}
14: Episode 549

_{Friday, December 7th, 1973}
15: Episode 550

_{Monday, December 10th, 1973}
16: Episode 551

_{Tuesday, December 11th, 1973}
17: Episode 552

_{Wednesday, December 12th, 1973}
18: Episode 553

_{Thursday, December 13th, 1973}
19: Episode 554

_{Friday, December 14th, 1973}
20: Episode 555

_{Monday, December 17th, 1973}
21: Episode 556

_{Tuesday, December 18th, 1973}
22: Episode 557

_{Wednesday, December 19th, 1973}
23: Episode 558

_{Thursday, December 20th, 1973}
24: Episode 559

_{Friday, December 21st, 1973}
25: Episode 560

Big Bird tells the shortest and longest stories ever told. Sponsors: V, X, 4

_{Monday, December 24th, 1973}
26: Episode 561

_{Tuesday, December 25th, 1973}
27: Episode 562

_{Wednesday, December 26th, 1973}
28: Episode 563

_{Thursday, December 27th, 1973}
29: Episode 564

_{Friday, December 28th, 1973}
30: Episode 565

_{Monday, December 31st, 1973}
31: Episode 566

_{Tuesday, January 1st, 1974}
32: Episode 567

_{Wednesday, January 2nd, 1974}
33: Episode 568

_{Thursday, January 3rd, 1974}
34: Episode 569

_{Friday, January 4th, 1974}
35: Episode 570

_{Monday, January 7th, 1974}
36: Episode 571

_{Tuesday, January 8th, 1974}
37: Episode 572

_{Wednesday, January 9th, 1974}
38: Episode 573

Gordon and the kids make rope letters; Oscar fakes having a cold; David loses his class ring. Sponsors: C, U, 6

_{Thursday, January 10th, 1974}
39: Episode 574

_{Friday, January 11th, 1974}
40: Episode 575

_{Monday, January 14th, 1974}
41: Episode 576

_{Tuesday, January 15th, 1974}
42: Episode 577

_{Wednesday, January 16th, 1974}
43: Episode 578

_{Thursday, January 17th, 1974}
44: Episode 579

_{Friday, January 18th, 1974}
45: Episode 580

_{Monday, January 21st, 1974}
46: Episode 581

_{Tuesday, January 22nd, 1974}
47: Episode 582

_{Wednesday, January 23rd, 1974}
48: Episode 583

_{Thursday, January 24th, 1974}
49: Cookie Monster's Cousin Apple Monster Visits

Cookie Monster is waiting for the arrival of his country cousin, Apple Monster, and asks Luis to keep a look out. Apple Monster arrives and Luis is convinced that he is Cookie Monster in disguise with a scheme to obtain more cookies. Luis baits Apple Monster with a cookie but he declines and instead wants Luis' apple. He eats it to the core. Apple Monster then finishes another apple from Hooper's Store, and starts to dig in on the selections from Mr. McIntosh's fruit cart. Still not convinced, Luis and David offer more cookies, but Apple Monster declines. When Cookie Monster returns, he gladly takes the cookies offered to his cousin and they were both pleased with the snacks given to them. Grover takes the job as an elevator operator in Oscar's trash can but Oscar soon fires him.

_{Friday, January 25th, 1974}
50: Episode 585

_{Monday, January 28th, 1974}
51: Episode 586

_{Tuesday, January 29th, 1974}
52: Episode 587

_{Wednesday, January 30th, 1974}
53: Episode 588

_{Thursday, January 31st, 1974}
54: Episode 589

_{Friday, February 1st, 1974}
55: Episode 590

_{Monday, February 4th, 1974}
56: Episode 591

_{Tuesday, February 5th, 1974}
57: A Cold Day on Sesame Street

It is windy and cold on Sesame Street! Big Bird and friends cannot stay warm. Maria suggests exercising to get warm. Her idea works! Big Bird exercises so much he gets hot and needs to cool off. Meanwhile, Oscar decides to prank his friends. Using a microphone and radio, he broadcasts a phony weather bulletin about a snowstorm. The adults realize Oscar is playing a prank! When Oscar is caught in his lie giving them advice on how to prepare for a snowstorm, he vows to make them think a snowstorm is really coming. He uses a block of ice, a fan, and fake snow! The adults huddle and play along with Oscar's prank. After bundling up and getting a snow shovel, Maria decides they should ask Oscar why he created a fake snowstorm. As they approach his trash can, it really begins to snow!

_{Wednesday, February 6th, 1974}
58: Heavy Snow Falls on Sesame Street

_{Thursday, February 7th, 1974}
59: Grover's Snow Friend

_{Friday, February 8th, 1974}
60: Maria Prepares to Go Skiing

_{Monday, February 11th, 1974}
61: Oscar Imagines a Slippery Scenario

_{Tuesday, February 12th, 1974}
62: Shoveling Snow on Sesame Street

There is fresh snow on Sesame Street! Oscar prefers when the snow is mixed with mud, garbage, and soot. He saves a fresh bucket of snow to mix with mud and soot. Bob is unhappy he got dirty holding Oscar's snow bucket and dumps it out on the street. At that moment, a car drives through the mud and splashes Bob with it! Bob is frustrated to get mud splashed. He cheers up and sings and plays in the snow with the neighborhood children. They even go sledding! Bob also plays "Three of These Things" as he teaches children the difference between different kinds of shovels. Later, Susan finds her car buried in snow! Big Bird offers her tools to dig it out, such as an axe and a spoon. He finally gives her a shovel to dig out the car but then another snowplow buries her car in snow again.

_{Wednesday, February 13th, 1974}
63: A Sesame Winter Wonderland

_{Thursday, February 14th, 1974}
64: Maria Borrows Oscar's Gloves

_{Friday, February 15th, 1974}
65: Big Bird Mails a Snowball

It is a snowy day on Sesame Street. Maria analyzes footprints belonging to David, Gordon, and Big Bird. David's footprints lead to Mr. Hooper's store. Gordon's footprints lead to a path where he shovels snow. Big Bird's footprints lead to the mailbox where he is mailing a package to his cousin in Florida! Maria reminds Big Bird not to mail a snowball because it will melt. Instead, he is mailing an icicle. Maria and David see Oscar's new Dial-a-Grouch phone service and try it. They like the service as it makes them feel better when they have small problems! David and Maria realize that, no matter how bad something is, it could always be worse. Oscar was disappointed that his business made people happy, so he goes out of business. Later, as Bob pronounces a word, snow is dumped on his head.

_{Monday, February 18th, 1974}
66: Episode 601

_{Tuesday, February 19th, 1974}
67: Big Bird and Oscar Clear the Snow

_{Wednesday, February 20th, 1974}
68: Episode 603

_{Thursday, February 21st, 1974}
69: Episode 604

_{Friday, February 22nd, 1974}
70: Episode 605

_{Monday, February 25th, 1974}
71: Episode 606

_{Tuesday, February 26th, 1974}
72: Episode 607

_{Wednesday, February 27th, 1974}
73: Episode 608

_{Thursday, February 28th, 1974}
74: Episode 609

_{Friday, March 1st, 1974}
75: Episode 610

_{Monday, March 4th, 1974}
76: Episode 611

_{Tuesday, March 5th, 1974}
77: Episode 612

_{Wednesday, March 6th, 1974}
78: Episode 613

_{Thursday, March 7th, 1974}
79: Episode 614

_{Friday, March 8th, 1974}
80: Episode 615

_{Monday, March 11th, 1974}
81: Episode 616

_{Tuesday, March 12th, 1974}
82: Episode 617

_{Wednesday, March 13th, 1974}
83: Episode 618

_{Thursday, March 14th, 1974}
84: Episode 619

_{Friday, March 15th, 1974}
85: Episode 620

_{Monday, March 18th, 1974}
86: Episode 621

_{Tuesday, March 19th, 1974}
87: Episode 622

_{Wednesday, March 20th, 1974}
88: Episode 623

_{Thursday, March 21st, 1974}
89: Episode 624

_{Friday, March 22nd, 1974}
90: Episode 625

_{Monday, March 25th, 1974}
91: Episode 626

_{Tuesday, March 26th, 1974}
92: Episode 627

_{Wednesday, March 27th, 1974}
93: Episode 628

_{Thursday, March 28th, 1974}
94: Episode 629

_{Friday, March 29th, 1974}
95: Episode 630

_{Monday, April 1st, 1974}
96: Episode 631

_{Tuesday, April 2nd, 1974}
97: Episode 632

_{Wednesday, April 3rd, 1974}
98: Episode 633

_{Thursday, April 4th, 1974}
99: Episode 634

_{Friday, April 5th, 1974}
100: Episode 635

_{Monday, April 8th, 1974}
101: Episode 636

_{Tuesday, April 9th, 1974}
102: Electric Company Meets Sesame Street

Early in the morning, Big Bird greets the viewers and says his job today is to make sure things are quiet for everyone who's still asleep. Then, Millie, the milk delivery person from Electric Company asks what's going on. Big Bird tells her. She thinks they will need more help to keep everything quiet. She loudly calls out, "Hey You Guys!" and she disturbs and wakes up many of the sleeping neighbors. She realizes her mistake, and splits. Next, a delivery man delivers stacks of newspapers to Hooper's Store as The Count counts to 1,253 newspapers! David is shocked to see this and wonders who could buy up all these newspapers. Easy Reader strolls by and purchases them all after reading the headlines "Gorilla Escapes from Electric Company" and "Naomi Found and Lost Again."

_{Wednesday, April 10th, 1974}
103: Episode 638

_{Thursday, April 11th, 1974}
104: Episode 639

_{Friday, April 12th, 1974}
105: Episode 640

_{Monday, April 15th, 1974}
106: Episode 641

_{Tuesday, April 16th, 1974}
107: Episode 642

_{Wednesday, April 17th, 1974}
108: Episode 643

_{Thursday, April 18th, 1974}
109: Episode 644

_{Friday, April 19th, 1974}
110: Episode 645

_{Monday, April 22nd, 1974}
111: Episode 646

_{Tuesday, April 23rd, 1974}
112: Episode 647

_{Wednesday, April 24th, 1974}
113: Episode 648

_{Thursday, April 25th, 1974}
114: Episode 649

_{Friday, April 26th, 1974}
115: Episode 650

_{Monday, April 29th, 1974}
116: Episode 651

_{Tuesday, April 30th, 1974}
117: Episode 652

_{Wednesday, May 1st, 1974}
118: Episode 653

_{Thursday, May 2nd, 1974}
119: Episode 654

_{Friday, May 3rd, 1974}
120: Episode 655

_{Monday, May 6th, 1974}
121: Episode 656

Sponsors: H

_{Tuesday, May 7th, 1974}
122: Episode 657

_{Wednesday, May 8th, 1974}
123: Episode 658

_{Thursday, May 9th, 1974}
124: Episode 659

_{Friday, May 10th, 1974}
125: Episode 660

_{Monday, May 13th, 1974}
126: Episode 661

_{Tuesday, May 14th, 1974}
127: Episode 662

_{Wednesday, May 15th, 1974}
128: Episode 663

_{Thursday, May 16th, 1974}
129: Episode 664

_{Friday, May 17th, 1974}
130: Episode 665

Season 6

_{Monday, November 4th, 1974}
1: The Count Counts Streetlights (666)

The Count climbs to the top of the Sesame Street lamppost. He wants to count all the lights on the street when they come on. The cast sings "What's the Name of That Song?". Oscar and the cast demonstrate "none," "some," and "all" with their emotions. At first, no one is happy but then, David and Maria smile and giggle. Others break out into laughter until, finally, everyone is happy. Oscar even laughs from inside his can. Happiness and laughter are contagious! It is dark now. The Count is still up on the lamppost sign where he watches everyone turn off their lights. He counts 9 lights and waits for the street light to turn off. Luis tells him the streetlight remains on until daylight. The Count sleeps on the lamppost.

_{Tuesday, November 5th, 1974}
2: David is too sleepy to take care of Hooper's Store (667)

_{Tuesday, November 5th, 1974}
3: Oscar is delighted by the rainy day outside (668)

_{Thursday, November 7th, 1974}
4: Sam the Machine tries to act like a grandmother (669)

_{Friday, November 8th, 1974}
5: Big Bird tries to leave a trail of bread crumbs so he won't get lost (670)

_{Monday, November 11th, 1974}
6: Oscar invites Bob into his trash can (671)

_{Tuesday, November 12th, 1974}
7: Oscar gets his hand stuck in a jar (672)

_{Wednesday, November 13th, 1974}
8: Big Bird writes a love note to Maria (673)

_{Thursday, November 14th, 1974}
9: The Amazing Mumford decides that he's all washed up as a magician (674)

_{Friday, November 15th, 1974}
10: The Count helps Big Bird write a poem (675)

_{Monday, November 18th, 1974}
11: Big Bird imagines that he's living one hundred years ago (676)

_{Monday, November 18th, 1974}
131: Episode 676

_{Tuesday, November 19th, 1974}
12: Oscar is afraid of thunder (677)

Sponsored by C, U, 2

_{Wednesday, November 20th, 1974}
13: Sam the Robot confuses everyone by imitating sounds (678)

_{Thursday, November 21st, 1974}
14: The Count counts things in Oscar's trash can (679)

_{Friday, November 22nd, 1974}
15: David turns into a hot dog (680)

Biff and Sully repair underground pipes

_{Monday, November 25th, 1974}
16: The Count helps Luis by putting away nails and screws (681)

_{Tuesday, November 26th, 1974}
17: Big Bird helps David to keep from falling asleep (682)

_{Wednesday, November 27th, 1974}
18: Oscar impersonates other people on the Street (683)

_{Thursday, November 28th, 1974}
19: Grover the photographer (684)

_{Friday, November 29th, 1974}
20: Luis becomes an umpire for Oscar's baseball game (685)

_{Monday, December 2nd, 1974}
21: Oscar plants a tree in front of his trash can (686)

_{Tuesday, December 3rd, 1974}
22: The Little Theatre of the Deaf visits (687)

_{Wednesday, December 4th, 1974}
23: Sam the Machine plays a game with Oscar (688)

_{Thursday, December 5th, 1974}
24: Oscar puts up a "PELIGRO" sign (689)

_{Friday, December 6th, 1974}
25: Maria hits her finger with a hammer (690)

Snuffy waits for the bus at Hooper's Store

_{Monday, December 9th, 1974}
26: Maria imagines that she's a bus driver (691)

_{Tuesday, December 10th, 1974}
27: Oscar is expecting a group of Grouches from Cincinnati (692)

_{Wednesday, December 11th, 1974}
28: Bert loses his favorite bottlecap (693)

Cookie Monster fills suitcases with cookies

_{Thursday, December 12th, 1974}
29: Oscar dulls his senses (694)

_{Friday, December 13th, 1974}
30: Oscar opens a Break-It Shop (695)

_{Monday, December 16th, 1974}
31: Oscar reprograms Sam the Robot (696)

_{Tuesday, December 17th, 1974}
32: Big Bird, Gordon and the kids play in a cold playground (697)

_{Wednesday, December 18th, 1974}
33: Oscar tries to have peace and quiet (698)

_{Thursday, December 19th, 1974}
34: Episode 699

_{Friday, December 20th, 1974}
35: Maria borrows a cup of sugar from Oscar's kitchen (700)

_{Monday, December 23rd, 1974}
36: David and Big Bird have a misunderstanding (701)

_{Tuesday, December 24th, 1974}
37: Maria gets a job as a construction worker (702)

_{Wednesday, December 25th, 1974}
38: Big Bird builds an airplane (703)

_{Thursday, December 26th, 1974}
39: Oscar plays the trumpet (704)

_{Friday, December 27th, 1974}
40: Grover has a bird on him (705)

_{Monday, December 30th, 1974}
41: David tries to learn Spanish (706)

_{Tuesday, December 31st, 1974}
42: Oscar hates his alarm clock (707)

_{Wednesday, January 1st, 1975}
43: Mr. Snuffleupagus loses every game that he plays with Big Bird (708)

_{Thursday, January 2nd, 1975}
44: Herry Monster makes a mess of Hooper's Store and helps to change a flat tire (709)

_{Friday, January 3rd, 1975}
45: Oscar opens a Grouch school (710)

_{Monday, January 6th, 1975}
46: Sam the Robot celebrates the day he was wired (711)

_{Tuesday, January 7th, 1975}
47: Prince Charming learns about more and less (712)

_{Wednesday, January 8th, 1975}
48: Big Bird gives everybody gifts (713)

_{Thursday, January 9th, 1975}
49: Oscar plays awful noises on his tape recorder (714)

_{Friday, January 10th, 1975}
50: The Count threatens to give up counting (715)

_{Monday, January 13th, 1975}
51: The Count has a new vehicle, the Countmobile (716)

_{Tuesday, January 14th, 1975}
52: Big Bird tries to make sure he gets a good night's sleep (717)

_{Wednesday, January 15th, 1975}
53: The Count helps out at Hooper's Store (718)

_{Thursday, January 16th, 1975}
54: Brother Kirk and Ed Lipton visit the Street (719)

_{Friday, January 17th, 1975}
55: Uses for a pencil. (720)

_{Monday, January 20th, 1975}
56: The Count looks for a job (721)

_{Tuesday, January 21st, 1975}
57: Oscar buys paintings at the Grouch Fair (722)

_{Wednesday, January 22nd, 1975}
58: Bad Barney blackmails Big Bird (723)

_{Thursday, January 23rd, 1975}
59: Big Bird wants to send flowers to Susan's sick mother (724)

_{Friday, January 24th, 1975}
60: David leaves Cookie Monster in charge of Hooper's Store (725)

_{Monday, January 27th, 1975}
61: Big Bird makes birdseed brownies (726)

_{Tuesday, January 28th, 1975}
62: Big Bird babysits an egg, which hatches (727)

_{Wednesday, January 29th, 1975}
63: Bob and Big Bird discuss which is better to have, a beak or a nose (728)

_{Thursday, January 30th, 1975}
64: Mr. Snuffleupagus practices feelings (729)

_{Friday, January 31st, 1975}
65: Sam the Robot demonstrates some and more (730)

_{Monday, February 3rd, 1975}
66: Oscar pretends to be a pirate (731)

_{Tuesday, February 4th, 1975}
67: A Prince visits the Street to rescue a lady in distress (732)

_{Wednesday, February 5th, 1975}
68: The Count promises Luis that he won't count for the whole day (733)

_{Thursday, February 6th, 1975}
69: Big Bird presents "The Number Four Show" (734)

_{Friday, February 7th, 1975}
70: The Count cries when there's nothing to count (735)

_{Monday, February 10th, 1975}
71: Herry Monster gets a box of bricks as a gift (736)

_{Tuesday, February 11th, 1975}
72: Oscar helps David talk about the letter N (737)

_{Wednesday, February 12th, 1975}
73: The Count visits Hooper's Store to find something to count (738)

_{Thursday, February 13th, 1975}
74: Herry shows off how strong he is (739)

_{Friday, February 14th, 1975}
75: Big Bird tries to be older (740)

_{Monday, February 17th, 1975}
76: Pete Seeger visits the Street again (741)

_{Tuesday, February 18th, 1975}
77: Cookie Monster tries to find a cookie blindfolded (742)

_{Wednesday, February 19th, 1975}
78: Oscar calls the Grouch Market (743)

_{Thursday, February 20th, 1975}
79: The Count follows an ant in hopes of counting a million ants (744)

_{Friday, February 21st, 1975}
80: Big Bird's cousin Herman visits (745)

_{Monday, February 24th, 1975}
81: Snuffleupagus tries to introduce himself to Mr. Hooper (746)

_{Tuesday, February 25th, 1975}
82: Big Bird wants to learn about clocks (747)

_{Wednesday, February 26th, 1975}
83: The Cookie Touch/Big Bird serves Grover (748)

_{Thursday, February 27th, 1975}
84: Oscar has a symphony orchestra in his trash can (749)

_{Friday, February 28th, 1975}
85: Oscar doesn't want David to become a lawyer (750)

_{Monday, March 3rd, 1975}
86: The Count celebrates National Counting Day (751)

_{Tuesday, March 4th, 1975}
87: Sam the Robot tries to play music for David (752)

_{Wednesday, March 5th, 1975}
88: Biff and Sully try to move Gordon's piano (753)

_{Thursday, March 6th, 1975}
89: Oscar makes believe that he has duck pox (754)

_{Friday, March 7th, 1975}
90: Oscar pretends that it's night (755)

_{Monday, March 10th, 1975}
91: Oscar moves away from 123 Sesame Street and tries to find a new roommate (756)

_{Tuesday, March 11th, 1975}
92: Big Bird presents a rhyming show (757)

_{Wednesday, March 12th, 1975}
93: Big Bird is offended by Simon Soundman (758)

_{Thursday, March 13th, 1975}
94: The Count wants to stay awake at night and count stars (759)

_{Friday, March 14th, 1975}
95: Herry Monster plays games (760)

_{Monday, March 17th, 1975}
96: Big Bird is locked in Hooper's Store (761)

_{Tuesday, March 18th, 1975}
97: Luis' missing shoe (762)

_{Wednesday, March 19th, 1975}
98: José Feliciano visits Sesame Street (763)

_{Thursday, March 20th, 1975}
99: Big Bird goes to the store for milk and birdseed (764)

_{Friday, March 21st, 1975}
100: Herry Monster doesn’t want to eat breakfast (765)

_{Monday, March 24th, 1975}
101: Snuffy and the kids play London Bridge (766)

Repeat of 406

_{Tuesday, March 25th, 1975}
102: Bob sounds out words (767)

Repeat of 408

_{Wednesday, March 26th, 1975}
103: Mr. Snuffleupagus brings a Snuffy-sized trash can to Sesame Street (768)

Repeat of 415

_{Thursday, March 27th, 1975}
104: Snuffleupagus drinks soapy water from a bucket (769)

Repeat of 418

_{Friday, March 28th, 1975}
105: Maria and Big Bird play a rhyming game (770)

Repeat of 420

_{Monday, March 31st, 1975}
106: Oscar warns everyone that it's going to rain (771)

Repeat of 422

_{Tuesday, April 1st, 1975}
107: Big Bird makes his own drum (772)

Repeat of 423

_{Wednesday, April 2nd, 1975}
108: What's the password? (773)

Repeat of 426

_{Thursday, April 3rd, 1975}
109: Big Bird offers to be Luis' songbird (774)

Repeat of 429

_{Friday, April 4th, 1975}
110: Up and down with Oscar (775)

Repeat of 435

_{Monday, April 7th, 1975}
111: Luis, Susan, and the kids work together to clean the street (776)

Repeat of 431

_{Tuesday, April 8th, 1975}
112: Susan tests Big Bird's memory (777)

Repeat of 436

_{Wednesday, April 9th, 1975}
113: Cookie Monster tries to trick David for a box of cookies (778)

Repeat of 437

_{Thursday, April 10th, 1975}
114: Oscar gets a job as a dishwasher (779)

Repeat of 442

_{Friday, April 11th, 1975}
115: Oscar invents a noise machine (780)

Repeat of 450

_{Monday, April 14th, 1975}
116: Oscar is tired of people dumping garbage in his can (781)

Repeat of 446

_{Tuesday, April 15th, 1975}
117: Luis buys a new hat (782)

Repeat of 504

_{Wednesday, April 16th, 1975}
118: Oscar wins the Grouch of the Year Award (783)

Repeat of 476

_{Thursday, April 17th, 1975}
119: Big Bird redecorates Hooper's Store to give it bird appeal (784)

Repeat of 479

_{Friday, April 18th, 1975}
120: Oscar auditions new Grouches (785)

Repeat of 480

_{Monday, April 21st, 1975}
121: Mr. Hooper loses his glasses (786)

Repeat of 502

_{Tuesday, April 22nd, 1975}
122: Oscar builds a hat rack (787)

Repeat of 482

_{Wednesday, April 23rd, 1975}
123: A rainy day on Sesame Street (788)

Repeat of 489

_{Thursday, April 24th, 1975}
124: David tries to study for a law school exam (789)

Repeat of 494

_{Friday, April 25th, 1975}
125: Mr. Snuffleupagus does animal imitations (790)

Repeat of 485

_{Monday, April 28th, 1975}
126: Mr. Hooper finds Snuffleupagus' postcard (791)

Repeat of 513

_{Tuesday, April 29th, 1975}
127: Oscar conducts the Grouch Philharmonic Orchestra (792)

Repeat of 518

_{Wednesday, April 30th, 1975}
128: Slimey the Worm has disappeared (793)

Repeat 0f 523

_{Thursday, May 1st, 1975}
129: Mr. Snuffleupagus can't find anyone to play with (794)

Repeat of 533

_{Friday, May 2nd, 1975}
130: The Count counts water drops and leaves (795)

The Count counts water drops and leaves. Sponsors: D, 7 Repeat of 510

Season 7

_{Monday, December 1st, 1975}
1: Headline Howie Gets the Scoop on Snuffy (796)

After Big Bird heads off to the library, Snuffy sadly counts his friends who didn't see him, including Susan, Gordon, Mr. MacIntosh, Cookie Monster, Bob, David, Maria, Mr. Hooper, Willy, and Luis.

_{Tuesday, December 2nd, 1975}
2: Big Bird Runs for President (797)

Big Bird finds David, Luis and Maria listening to the tail end of a speech by the President of the United States on the radio. Big Bird thinks being President would be great and launches into song ("President Bird"). He then begins planning his campaign as David and Luis carry him around on their shoulders.

_{Wednesday, December 3rd, 1975}
3: The Count Loses His Voice (798)

On her way home from work, Susan encounters The Count who's having trouble speaking. She inspects his throat and reiterates what his doctor has already told him, but figures out that without his voice, he's also having trouble counting.

_{Thursday, December 4th, 1975}
4: Oscar and the Kids Pretend to Be in the Old West / Big Bird is Sick (799)

Oscar and the kids pretend to be in the Old West. The kids pretend their chairs are a stagecoach, while Oscar is the bad guy they pursue. Rodeo Rosie, thinking this a real scenario, ropes Oscar and threatens to take him to the sheriff. Big Bird is sick in his nest. He feels nobody cares about him or his condition since he's all alone, when suddenly everybody drops by for a visit.

_{Friday, December 5th, 1975}
5: Herry Decides How to Wake Up Luis (800)

Big Bird has been told to wake up Luis in the Fix-It Shop, but he's busy practicing bird calls, so he asks Herry Monster to do it. Just before Herry knocks on the door, he realizes his strength could accidentally put a hole in the door. He considers other items he could use to knock with a leaf, which is too light, then a tomato (which could make a mess). Herry leans agains the door and sobs that he's failed. This wakes up Luis, who thanks Herry for his helpfulness. Herry goes to tell Big Bird about what he's done, knocking his front door off the hinges in the process.

_{Monday, December 8th, 1975}
6: Oscar trains kids to be Grouches (801)

_{Tuesday, December 9th, 1975}
7: Buffy arrives on Sesame Street, and makes friends with Oscar (802)

_{Wednesday, December 10th, 1975}
8: Big Bird and the letter J (803)

_{Thursday, December 11th, 1975}
9: Cookie Monster shows what he loves to do with cookies (804)

_{Friday, December 12th, 1975}
10: Herry and Oscar become friends (805)

_{Monday, December 15th, 1975}
11: Herry and Maurice Monster are afraid of the dark (806)

_{Tuesday, December 16th, 1975}
12: The Count forgets a number / Bob sees the Snuffleupagus (807)

_{Wednesday, December 17th, 1975}
13: Sam the Machine tries to prove he has feelings (808)

_{Thursday, December 18th, 1975}
14: Oscar sets up a toll booth (809)

_{Friday, December 19th, 1975}
15: Luis and his friends leave for New Mexico (810)

_{Monday, December 22nd, 1975}
16: Big Bird arrives at the ranch in New Mexico and makes friends with the animals (811)

_{Tuesday, December 23rd, 1975}
17: Oscar tries to get comfortable at the New Mexico ranch (812)

_{Wednesday, December 24th, 1975}
18: At the New Mexico ranch, Big Bird misses Mr. Snuffleupagus (813)

_{Thursday, December 25th, 1975}
19: Big Bird, Maria and Buffy visit the Taos Pueblo (814)

_{Friday, December 26th, 1975}
20: Big Bird wants to help build the new house (815)

_{Monday, December 29th, 1975}
21: Big Bird wants to know what he's best at (816)

_{Tuesday, December 30th, 1975}
22: Herry thinks that the only way he can get attention is by lifting heavy things (817)

_{Wednesday, December 31st, 1975}
23: DIAL-A-BIRD (818)

_{Thursday, January 1st, 1976}
24: Big Bird Worries That Susan and Gordon Will Forget About Him (819)

Big Bird is going to the post office to buy postage stamps. He passes by Susan and Gordon, who forget to say hello to him. He's afraid that they'll forget all about him in the time it takes to get to the post office.

_{Friday, January 2nd, 1976}
25: Luis yells at Herry Monster (820)

_{Monday, January 5th, 1976}
26: Jerry Monster comes to visit (821)

_{Tuesday, January 6th, 1976}
27: Mr. Hooper accuses Oscar of littering all over the street (822)

_{Wednesday, January 7th, 1976}
28: Mr. Hooper goes to the hospital for a checkup (823)

_{Thursday, January 8th, 1976}
29: Big Bird lets Duane's cat loose (824)

_{Friday, January 9th, 1976}
30: Rodeo Rosie and the "horse thief" (825)

_{Monday, January 12th, 1976}
31: The Count counts early in the morning (826)

_{Tuesday, January 13th, 1976}
32: Harvey Kneeslapper sings "Tell a Joke" (827)

_{Wednesday, January 14th, 1976}
33: A day with Big Bird (828)

_{Thursday, January 15th, 1976}
34: Biff tries to remember … (829)

_{Friday, January 16th, 1976}
35: Mr. Hooper is angry to hear Big Bird mispronounce his name (830)

_{Monday, January 19th, 1976}
36: A toucan flies north to visit Sesame Street (831)

_{Tuesday, January 20th, 1976}
37: Luis Hires Maria to Work at the Fix-It Ship (832)

_{Wednesday, January 21st, 1976}
38: Big Bird Makes Wooden Snowflakes (833)

Big Bird, David, and the kids play a game where they match the bottom and top halves of pictures of Big Bird, Mr. Hooper, and Ernie. They match the Big Bird and Ernie pictures, so Big Bird asks David to match the last one. He puts them together and Big Bird gets him to admit that it's a picture of Mr. Snuffleupagus. When Maria comes by and hears what's been going on, she gives David a look of disbelief. The Magnificent Splasho demonstrates before and after.

_{Thursday, January 22nd, 1976}
39: Big Bird plans for snow (834)

Big Bird plans for the snow.

_{Friday, January 23rd, 1976}
133: Freshly Fallen Snow on Sesame Street

Big Bird lures Maria to his nest to show her the snowman he's built. Maria says that it's upside down and that he should have looked at a picture of a snowman to see what one looks like. Big Bird produces a book called "World's Great Snowmen" and says it looks just alike a picture in the book - which Maria notes is upside down. She offers to help fix it, placing the head on the top, etc. Big Bird says he liked it better his first way, and Maria assures him that's fine: he's invented a new way to build a snowman. A mad scientist (voice of Arnold Stang) puts together a capital H.

_{Friday, January 23rd, 1976}
40: Freshly fallen snow (835)

Big Bird wakes up in his nest and looks at all the smooth, untouched snow around him. When Bob comes by, Big Bird wonders how he could have gotten into his nest last night without leaving footprints, so he guesses he either flew (Bob reminds him that he can't) or hired a helicopter to parachute him into his nest. Bob begins shovelling snow over the footprints he made on the way in to give him a hint. Big Bird is impressed that he spent all night going around Sesame Street filling in everyone's footprints. Guy Smiley hosts The Weather Show.

_{Monday, January 26th, 1976}
132: Big Bird and Oscar Clear the Snow

_{Monday, January 26th, 1976}
41: A Muppet is Hired to Shovel Snow (836)

Big Bird lures Maria to his nest to show her the snowman he's built. Maria says that it's upside down and that he should have looked at a picture of a snowman to see what one looks like. Big Bird produces a book called "World's Great Snowmen" and says it looks just alike a picture in the book - which Maria notes is upside down. She offers to help fix it, placing the head on the top, etc. Big Bird says he liked it better his first way, and Maria assures him that's fine: he's invented a new way to build a snowman. What Do You Do With a Pet?

_{Tuesday, January 27th, 1976}
131: How to Make a Snowman

The Count greets Bob while he's talking to the audience about near and far. He's a little sad and comments on how there are no footprints in the freshly fallen snow yet. Bob excuses himself to continue the lesson, but the Count offers to help. Once he's shown that he's "near" Bob, he asks him to walk away from him to demonstrate "far". They repeat this a few times until the Count says that should be enough. When Bob asks what he means, the Count explains that he now has plenty of footprints in the snow to count. A little horse gets near and far from the camera.

_{Tuesday, January 27th, 1976}
42: Big Bird and Snuffy Make a Snowman (837)

_{Wednesday, January 28th, 1976}
43: Snow Pageant (838)

_{Thursday, January 29th, 1976}
44: Sesame Street Is Frozen (839)

Big Bird and Mr. Snuffleupagus see that the snow on the sidewalk has been shoveled, and it has frozen over with ice, so they decide it would be fun to slide on it. Big Bird goes first, but when Snuffy tries, he falls shaking the street with him. Big Bird can't get him back up by himself, so he recruits the help of some kids. With much pushing and pulling, Snuffy is back on his feet again. When he tries to slide a second time, he falls again. Big Bird suggests he just try sliding on his tummy - it would be easier for everyone. A girl wonders what would happen if she popped her balloon. She imagines it would scare her sister, who would end up breaking a vase and getting in trouble.

_{Friday, January 30th, 1976}
45: Snow continues on the street (840)

_{Monday, February 2nd, 1976}
46: Oscar joins in a hopscotch game (841)

_{Tuesday, February 3rd, 1976}
47: Buffy visits again (842)

_{Wednesday, February 4th, 1976}
48: Two flies drive Oscar crazy (843)

_{Thursday, February 5th, 1976}
49: Luis shows Oscar his tape recorder (844)

_{Friday, February 6th, 1976}
50: Mr. Hooper Goes Back to School (845)

_{Monday, February 9th, 1976}
51: Herry loves Susan / Some, more, and most (846)

_{Tuesday, February 10th, 1976}
52: The Wicked Witch of the West Loses Her Broomstick (847)

In this episode of Sesame Street, The Wicked Witch of the West (Margaret Hamilton, reprising her role from The Wizard of Oz) wreaks havoc on the street when she loses her flying broomstick.

_{Wednesday, February 11th, 1976}
53: Mr. Macintosh and Willy cooperate (848)

_{Thursday, February 12th, 1976}
54: Cookie Monster raises money for endangered species (849)

_{Friday, February 13th, 1976}
55: Cookie Monster's disguises (850)

_{Monday, February 16th, 1976}
56: David's poem about Maria / Oscar argues with his voice recording (851)

Repeat of Episode 571

_{Tuesday, February 17th, 1976}
57: David tells the Count to find words that rhyme with tree (852)

Repeat of Episode 617

_{Wednesday, February 18th, 1976}
58: Sam the Machine wants to go to the movies (853)

Repeat of Episode 641

_{Thursday, February 19th, 1976}
59: Waldo Woodpecker visits Big Bird (854)

Repeat of Episode 634

_{Friday, February 20th, 1976}
60: Oscar plays "Simon Says" with the kids (855)

Repeat of Episode 605

_{Monday, February 23rd, 1976}
61: Oscar moves into a dirtier trash can (856)

Repeat of Episode 646

_{Tuesday, February 24th, 1976}
62: David and Luis swap jobs (857)

Repeat of Episode 582

_{Wednesday, February 25th, 1976}
63: Mr. Hooper loses his glasses, finds Mr. Snuffleupagus (858)

Repeat of Episode 628

_{Thursday, February 26th, 1976}
64: Blackout on Sesame Street (859)

Repeat of Episode 652

_{Friday, February 27th, 1976}
65: Maria acquires an old rocking chair (860)

Repeat of Episode 610

_{Monday, March 1st, 1976}
66: Big Bird and the Kids draw Mr. Snuffleupagus (861)

Repeat of Episode 609

_{Tuesday, March 2nd, 1976}
67: Big Bird tries to run away (862)

Repeat of Episode 633

_{Wednesday, March 3rd, 1976}
68: Big Bird tries to remember how to pronounce Mr. Hooper's name (863)

Repeat of Episode 623

_{Thursday, March 4th, 1976}
69: Big Bird learns about what other birds eat (864)

Repeat of Episode 574

_{Friday, March 5th, 1976}
70: Big Bird is proud of riding a unicycle / Oscar sabotages David's date (865)

Repeat of Episode 660

_{Monday, March 8th, 1976}
71: Big Bird is jealous of the Count (866)

_{Tuesday, March 9th, 1976}
72: The Count wants to count everybody in the world (867)

_{Wednesday, March 10th, 1976}
73: Buffy visits again (868)

_{Thursday, March 11th, 1976}
74: Big Bird tries to hang a picture upside down (869)

_{Friday, March 12th, 1976}
75: The Sesame Street Bake-Off (870)

_{Monday, March 15th, 1976}
76: Mr. Hooper stays up all night studying (871)

Mr. Hooper goes back to school. Sponsors: Q, Y, 11

_{Tuesday, March 16th, 1976}
77: Buffy stays with Maria (872)

_{Wednesday, March 17th, 1976}
78: Snuffy leans against Big Bird's door; Biff and Sully build a subway tunnel (873)

_{Thursday, March 18th, 1976}
79: Snuffy goes sleepwalking (874)

_{Friday, March 19th, 1976}
80: A Martian explores Sesame Street (875)

_{Monday, March 22nd, 1976}
81: Oscar wants the leftover eggshells (876)

_{Tuesday, March 23rd, 1976}
82: Oscar waits for the bus (877)

_{Wednesday, March 24th, 1976}
83: Oscar takes the Hooper's Store phone (878)

_{Thursday, March 25th, 1976}
84: Oscar makes mud (879)

_{Friday, March 26th, 1976}
85: Maria imagines that she's as strong as Herry Monster (880)

_{Monday, March 29th, 1976}
86: Oscar starts a fire in his trash can (881)

_{Tuesday, March 30th, 1976}
87: Big Bird finds a lost boy / Winnie Wiggins introduces herself (882)

_{Wednesday, March 31st, 1976}
88: Maria's cousin Ada visits from Puerto Rico (883)

_{Thursday, April 1st, 1976}
89: Linda visits the Street (884)

_{Friday, April 2nd, 1976}
90: Oscar joins the Grouch Club; Buffy joins the Sesamettes (885)

_{Monday, April 5th, 1976}
91: The Amazing Mumford makes Sesame Street disappear (886)

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 1976}
92: Big Bird makes a sign for David (887)

_{Wednesday, April 7th, 1976}
93: Big Bird takes the bus (888)

_{Thursday, April 8th, 1976}
94: David's grandmother comes to visit (889)

_{Friday, April 9th, 1976}
95: Big Bird opens the Sesame Street Pretend Zoo (890)

_{Monday, April 12th, 1976}
96: Buffy finds a part-time job (891)

_{Tuesday, April 13th, 1976}
97: Luis and the kids play the "Feely Box" game (892)

_{Wednesday, April 14th, 1976}
98: Big Bird knits (893)

_{Thursday, April 15th, 1976}
99: Super Grover helps David close Hooper's Store (894)

_{Friday, April 16th, 1976}
100: Oscar's animal films (895)

_{Monday, April 19th, 1976}
101: The Little Theatre of the Deaf visits (896)

_{Tuesday, April 20th, 1976}
102: Big Bird imagines that he's married (897)

_{Wednesday, April 21st, 1976}
103: Bob and Oscar remember (898)

_{Thursday, April 22nd, 1976}
104: Big Bird records the alphabet on tape (899)

_{Friday, April 23rd, 1976}
105: Sing-Along in Ernie and Bert's Bathroom (900)

Ernie hosts a sing-along in Bert's bathroom, and it takes a while for Bert to enjoy it. Meanwhile, Cookie Monster shares a cookie and Kermit shows heavy and light and teaches Luis about fear.

_{Monday, April 26th, 1976}
106: David leaves Linda in charge of Hooper's Store (901)

_{Tuesday, April 27th, 1976}
107: Big Bird wants to play, but everyone is busy (902)

_{Wednesday, April 28th, 1976}
108: Bob and the kids play "Follow the Leader" (903)

_{Thursday, April 29th, 1976}
109: Oscar takes a photo of Mr. Hooper and Bob (904)

_{Friday, April 30th, 1976}
110: Cookie Monster cheers up Oscar (905)

_{Monday, May 3rd, 1976}
111: Oscar's magic stoplight (906)

_{Tuesday, May 4th, 1976}
112: David and Maria spend some time together; Snuffy's rocking chair (907)

_{Wednesday, May 5th, 1976}
113: Luis fixes Gordon's Record Player (908)

_{Thursday, May 6th, 1976}
114: A day with Linda (909)

_{Friday, May 7th, 1976}
115: Painting the Hooper's Store wall (910)

_{Monday, May 10th, 1976}
116: David gives away a rug (911)

_{Tuesday, May 11th, 1976}
117: A cow looks for a role to fill (912)

_{Wednesday, May 12th, 1976}
118: Oscar's washing machine/Gordon and Susan invite Big Bird for a trip (913)

_{Thursday, May 13th, 1976}
119: Linda's dad visits for her birthday (914)

_{Friday, May 14th, 1976}
120: Bob, Ernie, and the Kids Sort (915)

_{Monday, May 17th, 1976}
121: Big Bird helps Grover get his kite down from a tree (916)

_{Tuesday, May 18th, 1976}
122: Mr. Hooper studies with a friend (917)

_{Wednesday, May 19th, 1976}
123: Big Bird's broken table (918)

_{Thursday, May 20th, 1976}
124: Big Bird tries to be a detective (919)

_{Friday, May 21st, 1976}
125: A day with Linda / Maria's surprises (920)

_{Monday, May 24th, 1976}
126: Snuffy tries to be seen (921)

_{Tuesday, May 25th, 1976}
127: Sam the Robot disguises himself as a tree (922)

_{Wednesday, May 26th, 1976}
128: President Cookie Monster (923)

_{Thursday, May 27th, 1976}
129: Oscar’s home movies (924)

_{Friday, May 28th, 1976}
130: Maria asserts she can do anything a male can; Herry helps Oscar move his piano (925)

Season 8

_{Monday, November 29th, 1976}
1: The 25th Anniversary of Hooper's Store - Episode 926

Mr. Hooper celebrates the 25th anniversary of his store. (season premiere) Sponsored by I, 2.

_{Tuesday, November 30th, 1976}
2: Gordon goes cycling - Episode 927

_{Wednesday, December 1st, 1976}
3: Luis and Herry cooperate to put up a flyer - Episode 928

_{Thursday, December 2nd, 1976}
4: Mr. Hooper leaves the store for five minutes - Episode 929

_{Friday, December 3rd, 1976}
5: Linda's birthday - Episode 930

_{Monday, December 6th, 1976}
6: Everybody tries to cool off - Episode 931

_{Tuesday, December 7th, 1976}
7: Big Bird explains to Mr. Hooper what happened to a bucket of water - Episode 932

_{Wednesday, December 8th, 1976}
8: Maria watches Susan on the job - Episode 933

_{Thursday, December 9th, 1976}
9: Gordon tries to guess what Susan has bought - Episode 934

_{Friday, December 10th, 1976}
10: Luis and Maria demonstrate musical instruments from Puerto Rico and Mexico - Episode 935

_{Monday, December 13th, 1976}
11: Grover’s balloon - Episode 936

_{Tuesday, December 14th, 1976}
12: A macaw bird asks Big Bird to sit on his egg - Episode 937

_{Wednesday, December 15th, 1976}
13: Mr. Snuffleupagus has a drink before bedtime - Episode 938

_{Thursday, December 16th, 1976}
14: Luis describes the sounds of tools in the Fix-It Shop - Episode 9393

_{Friday, December 17th, 1976}
15: Big Bird tries to surprise people - Episode 940

_{Monday, December 20th, 1976}
16: Oscar learns some Grouch phrases in Spanish - Episode 941

_{Tuesday, December 21st, 1976}
17: Biff and Sully knock over a tree - Episode 942

_{Wednesday, December 22nd, 1976}
18: The adults petition for a new tree to be placed on Sesame Street - Episode 943

_{Thursday, December 23rd, 1976}
19: Gordon and his car - Episode 944

_{Friday, December 24th, 1976}
20: Cookie Monster needs one more cookie for his cookie collection - Episode 945

_{Monday, December 27th, 1976}
21: Maria, David, and Big Bird go to City Island - Episode 946

_{Tuesday, December 28th, 1976}
22: Oscar, Big Bird and Snuffy deal with the winter weather - Episode 947

_{Wednesday, December 29th, 1976}
23: David breaks the window - Episode 948

_{Thursday, December 30th, 1976}
24: Mr. Hooper greets his customer in Spanish - Episode 949

_{Friday, December 31st, 1976}
25: Olivia resents Gordon looking after her - Episode 950

_{Monday, January 3rd, 1977}
26: Big Bird tries to figure out why Luis left a sign reading "Open" - Episode 951

_{Tuesday, January 4th, 1977}
27: Gordon misses three buses because he took time to help his friends - Episode 952

_{Wednesday, January 5th, 1977}
28: Count von Count falls in love with a Countess who loves to count - Episode 953

_{Thursday, January 6th, 1977}
29: Ernest Grouch visits - Episode 954

_{Friday, January 7th, 1977}
30: The Count counts all the suggestions he gives to Maria about resting - Episode 955

_{Monday, January 10th, 1977}
31: Big Bird has to move away - Episode 956

_{Tuesday, January 11th, 1977}
32: Oscar welcomes Olivia to Sesame Street - Episode 957

_{Wednesday, January 12th, 1977}
33: Luis, Grover and the kids play Musical Chairs - Episode 958

_{Thursday, January 13th, 1977}
34: The gang goes camping - Episode 959

_{Friday, January 14th, 1977}
35: Big Bird wants Luis to fix his broken toy truck - Episode 960

_{Monday, January 17th, 1977}
36: Judy Collins tries to rehearse (961)

_{Tuesday, January 18th, 1977}
37: David and Herry Monster try to figure out how to get a package to Herry's cousin (962)

_{Wednesday, January 19th, 1977}
38: Big Bird learns what makes people mad (963)

_{Thursday, January 20th, 1977}
39: Oscar's good mood (964)

_{Friday, January 21st, 1977}
40: Mrs. Sharp helps out at Hooper's Store (965)

_{Monday, January 24th, 1977}
41: Big and little / Ray Barretto visits (966)

_{Tuesday, January 25th, 1977}
42: Jar of beans / Oscar's birthday (967)

_{Wednesday, January 26th, 1977}
43: Bob, Oscar and the kids play a "freeze" game (968)

_{Thursday, January 27th, 1977}
44: Oscar’s can is missing (969)

_{Friday, January 28th, 1977}
45: Linda looks for a job (970)

_{Monday, January 31st, 1977}
46: Oscar shows a home movie (971)

_{Tuesday, February 1st, 1977}
47: David's grandmother, Grace, visits Sesame Street (972)

_{Wednesday, February 2nd, 1977}
48: Olivia talks about being grown up (973)

_{Thursday, February 3rd, 1977}
49: The Count loses his thunder (974)

_{Friday, February 4th, 1977}
50: Episode 975

_{Monday, February 7th, 1977}
51: Repeat of 676 (976)

_{Tuesday, February 8th, 1977}
52: Repeat of 734 (977)

_{Wednesday, February 9th, 1977}
53: Repeat of 689 (978)

_{Thursday, February 10th, 1977}
54: Repeat of 698 (979)

_{Friday, February 11th, 1977}
55: Repeat of 700 (980)

_{Monday, February 14th, 1977}
56: Repeat of 706 (981)

_{Tuesday, February 15th, 1977}
57: Repeat of 727 (982)

_{Wednesday, February 16th, 1977}
58: Repeat of 692 (983)

_{Thursday, February 17th, 1977}
59: Repeat of 723 (984)

_{Friday, February 18th, 1977}
60: Repeat of 720 (985)

_{Monday, February 21st, 1977}
61: Repeat of 731 (986)

_{Tuesday, February 22nd, 1977}
62: Repeat of 688 (987)

_{Wednesday, February 23rd, 1977}
63: Repeat of 708 (988)

_{Thursday, February 24th, 1977}
64: Repeat of 737 (989)

_{Friday, February 25th, 1977}
65: Repeat of 740 (990)

_{Monday, February 28th, 1977}
66: Repeat of 757 (991)

_{Tuesday, March 1st, 1977}
67: Repeat of 743 (992)

_{Wednesday, March 2nd, 1977}
68: Repeat of 671 (993)

_{Thursday, March 3rd, 1977}
69: Repeat of 729 (994)

_{Friday, March 4th, 1977}
70: Repeat of 745 (995)

_{Monday, March 7th, 1977}
71: Oscar is grouchy at the bus stop (996)

_{Tuesday, March 8th, 1977}
72: Oscar's crabapple tree (997)

_{Wednesday, March 9th, 1977}
73: Mr. Snuffleupagus ruins Big Bird's painting (998)

_{Thursday, March 10th, 1977}
74: Oscar writes a beautiful nature poem; Mr. Hooper learns Spanish (999)

_{Friday, March 11th, 1977}
75: Bob finds a puppy (1000)

_{Monday, March 14th, 1977}
76: Big Bird and Baxter Bird swap nests (1001)

_{Tuesday, March 15th, 1977}
77: Big Bird helps Gordon cure his headache (1002)

_{Wednesday, March 16th, 1977}
78: The Amazing Mumford uses magic to help Maria with her chores (1003)

_{Thursday, March 17th, 1977}
79: Cookie Monster goes on a "one cookie a day" diet (1004)

_{Friday, March 18th, 1977}
80: Episode 1005

_{Monday, March 21st, 1977}
81: Mr. Hooper nearly sells his store (1006)

_{Tuesday, March 22nd, 1977}
82: The Count counts leaves (1007)

_{Wednesday, March 23rd, 1977}
83: Episode 1008

_{Thursday, March 24th, 1977}
84: Biff and Sully fix the newsstand (1009)

_{Friday, March 25th, 1977}
85: Buffy and Sheldon are expecting a baby (1010)

_{Monday, March 28th, 1977}
86: Cookie Monster imagines cookies (1011)

_{Tuesday, March 29th, 1977}
87: Gordon invites Mr. Hooper to a party (1012)

_{Wednesday, March 30th, 1977}
88: Everybody imagines that there's a carnival on Sesame Street (1013)

_{Thursday, March 31st, 1977}
89: Gordon and Susan wake up too early (1014)

_{Friday, April 1st, 1977}
90: Mr. Snuffleupagus tries to ride on a gigantic skateboard (1015)

_{Monday, April 4th, 1977}
91: Linda's friend Timi visits the Street (1016)

_{Tuesday, April 5th, 1977}
92: Big Bird counts for the Count (1017)

_{Wednesday, April 6th, 1977}
93: Episode 1018

_{Thursday, April 7th, 1977}
94: Herry Monster stops all the noise on Sesame Street (1019)

_{Friday, April 8th, 1977}
95: Luis sings about things he likes and dislikes (1020)

_{Monday, April 11th, 1977}
96: Cody is born; Big Bird thinks he's going to have a baby (1021)

_{Tuesday, April 12th, 1977}
97: Oscar writes a maple syrup jingle (1022)

_{Wednesday, April 13th, 1977}
98: Episode 1023

_{Thursday, April 14th, 1977}
99: Linda uses sign language to sing with Bob (1024)

_{Friday, April 15th, 1977}
100: Mr. Hooper graduates (1025)

_{Monday, April 18th, 1977}
101: Oscar's bowling alley (1026)

_{Tuesday, April 19th, 1977}
102: Buffy returns (1027)

_{Wednesday, April 20th, 1977}
103: Big Bird arranges a dinner party for Buffy and Mr. Snuffleupagus (1028)

_{Thursday, April 21st, 1977}
104: Episode 1029

_{Friday, April 22nd, 1977}
105: Big Bird wants to play with Buffy (1030)

_{Monday, April 25th, 1977}
106: Bob realizes Linda can't hear his song (1031)

_{Tuesday, April 26th, 1977}
107: Gifts for Buffy's baby (1032)

_{Wednesday, April 27th, 1977}
108: Oscar buys some healthy food; Herry's niece (1033)

_{Thursday, April 28th, 1977}
109: Buffy helps Oscar get Slimey to take a nap (1034)

_{Friday, April 29th, 1977}
110: Big Bird meets Cody and Sheldon (1035)

_{Monday, May 2nd, 1977}
111: Episode 1036

_{Tuesday, May 3rd, 1977}
112: Big Bird feels jealous of Buffy's new baby Cody (1037)

Big Bird feels jealous of Buffy's new baby Cody. Sponsors: E, F, 3

_{Wednesday, May 4th, 1977}
113: Fred the Wonder Horse explains body parts (1038)

_{Thursday, May 5th, 1977}
114: The Amazing Mumford makes things go up and down (1039)

_{Friday, May 6th, 1977}
115: Big Bird decides to become grouchy (1040)

_{Monday, May 9th, 1977}
116: Oscar's grouch club (1041)

_{Tuesday, May 10th, 1977}
117: Big Bird and Poco Loco talk about short and tall (1042)

_{Wednesday, May 11th, 1977}
118: Big Bird and Sheldon draw pictures together (1043)

_{Thursday, May 12th, 1977}
119: A visit from the Presidentc (1044)

_{Friday, May 13th, 1977}
120: The Count's Countdown; Buffy and Sheldon say goodbye to Sesame Street (1045)

_{Monday, May 16th, 1977}
121: Rodeo Rosie and Grover pretend that they're riding a horse (1046)

_{Tuesday, May 17th, 1977}
122: Mr. Hooper tries to exercise (1047)

_{Wednesday, May 18th, 1977}
123: Life without Ernie (1048)

_{Thursday, May 19th, 1977}
124: Linda stars in Joan of Arc (1049)

_{Friday, May 20th, 1977}
125: David's grandmother visits (1050)

_{Monday, May 23rd, 1977}
126: Judy Collins sings duets (1051)

_{Tuesday, May 24th, 1977}
127: Big Bird's Amateur Show (1052)

_{Wednesday, May 25th, 1977}
128: Big Bird wears costumes to pose for pictures (1053)

_{Thursday, May 26th, 1977}
129: Linda's dad visits (1054)

_{Friday, May 27th, 1977}
130: M Loves O (1055)

8th season finale

Season 9

_{not specified}
8: Episode 1063

_{not specified}
9: Episode 1064

_{not specified}
10: Episode 1065

_{not specified}
11: Episode 1066

_{not specified}
12: Episode 1067

_{not specified}
13: Episode 1068

_{not specified}
14: Episode 1069

_{not specified}
16: Episode 1071

_{not specified}
17: Episode 1072

_{not specified}
18: Episode 1073

_{not specified}
19: Episode 1074

_{not specified}
20: Episode 1075

_{not specified}
21: Episode 1076

_{not specified}
22: Episode 1077

_{not specified}
23: Episode 1078

_{not specified}
24: Episode 1079

_{not specified}
25: Episode 1080

_{not specified}
26: Episode 1081

_{not specified}
27: Episode 1082

_{not specified}
28: Episode 1083

_{not specified}
29: Episode 1084

_{not specified}
30: Episode 1085

_{not specified}
31: Episode 1086

_{not specified}
32: Episode 1087

_{not specified}
33: Episode 1088

_{not specified}
41: Returning from Hawaii

_{not specified}
42: Oscar Launches a Rocket

_{not specified}
43: Mr. Hooper Hires Mr. Ortiz, a Spanish-Speaking Helper

_{not specified}
44: Gordon and Big Bird Use a Telescope

_{not specified}
45: Big Bird Makes Snowflakes

_{not specified}
46: Big Bird Plans for Snow

_{not specified}
47: A Muppet Is Hired to Shovel Snow

_{Monday, November 28th, 1977}
1: Grover Drives

Season 9 premiere: Bert leads a marching band; Oscar has a cooking show; Grover drives Gordon's car. Sponsored by H, 2.

_{Tuesday, November 29th, 1977}
2: Do the Dishes

_{Wednesday, November 30th, 1977}
3: Mr. Hooper Wants to Stay Young

_{Thursday, December 1st, 1977}
4: The Count Distracts Maria by Exercising

_{Friday, December 2nd, 1977}
5: Oscar Tells a Story About Pieces of Trash

_{Monday, December 5th, 1977}
6: Maria and the Kids Help Oscar Complete His Poems About Noise

_{Tuesday, December 6th, 1977}
7: Big Bird Gives Mr. Hooper a Present

_{Friday, December 16th, 1977}
15: Episode 1070

_{Thursday, January 12th, 1978}
34: Preparing for Hawaii

It rains on Sesame Street on the day before leaving for Hawaii

_{Friday, January 13th, 1978}
35: Flying to Hawaii

Big Bird and his friends take a trip to Hawaii.

_{Monday, January 16th, 1978}
36: Snuffy Arrives in Hawaii

The gang arrives in Hawaii; Big Bird hears the legend of the Snuffleupagus Mountain

_{Tuesday, January 17th, 1978}
37: Search for the Snuffleupagus Mountain

_{Wednesday, January 18th, 1978}
38: Mr. Hooper Learns to Hula

Big Bird and Snuffy continue searching for the Snuffleupagus Mountain

_{Thursday, January 19th, 1978}
39: Finding Snuffleupagus Mountain at Last

_{Friday, January 20th, 1978}
40: Farewell Luau

_{Wednesday, April 5th, 1978}
91: James Earl Jones Visits Hooper's Store

_{Friday, April 7th, 1978}
93: Olivia and Maria Repair a Bike

Season 10

_{Monday, November 27th, 1978}
1: Naming Barkley

The Count counts hellos from everyone on Sesame Street, and the gang decides what to name the large Muppet dog: Barkley or Woof-Woof? Sponsored by D, 2.

_{Tuesday, November 28th, 1978}
2: Episode 1187

Bob and Big Bird try to train Barkley. Sponsored by D, R, 3.

_{Wednesday, November 29th, 1978}
3: Episode 1188

Sponsored by R, T, 4.

_{Thursday, November 30th, 1978}
4: Episode 1189

David teaches Barkley to roll over. Sponsored by B, T, 5.

_{Friday, December 1st, 1978}
5: Episode 1190

Biff and Sully dig a subway tunnel. Sponsored by B, P, 6.

_{Monday, December 4th, 1978}
6: Episode 1191

Big Bird redecorates his nest. Sponsored by C, J, 7.

_{Tuesday, December 5th, 1978}
7: Episode 1192

Sponsored by J, S, 8.

_{Wednesday, December 6th, 1978}
8: Episode 1193

Sponsored by S, X, 9.

_{Thursday, December 7th, 1978}
9: Episode 1194

Big Bird and Snuffy enact fairy tales. Sponsored by G, X, 4.

_{Friday, December 8th, 1978}
10: Episode 1195

Oscar's friend Georgie visits. Sponsored by G, Q, 11.

_{Monday, December 11th, 1978}
11: Episode 1196

Mumford fills Oscar's trash can. Sponsored by I, Q, 12.

_{Tuesday, December 12th, 1978}
12: Episode 1197

Bob tells Oscar not to litter. Sponsored by I, U, 2.

_{Wednesday, December 13th, 1978}
13: Episode 1198

Brad's baby teeth. Sponsored by E, F, 3.

_{Thursday, December 14th, 1978}
14: Episode 1199

Big Bird takes a telephone message for Olivia. Sponsored by E, O, 4.

_{Friday, December 15th, 1978}
15: Episode 1200

Sponsored by F, M, 5.

_{Monday, December 18th, 1978}
16: Episode 1201

The Count counts and sorts items at Hooper's Store. Sponsored by L, W, 6.

_{Tuesday, December 19th, 1978}
17: Episode 1202

Big Bird prepares a tortilla for Luis's lunch. Sponsored by B, F, 6.

_{Wednesday, December 20th, 1978}
18: Episode 1203

Bob practices conducting an orchestra. Sponsored by H, K, 8.

_{Thursday, December 21st, 1978}
19: Episode 1204

_{Friday, December 22nd, 1978}
20: Episode 1205

_{Monday, December 25th, 1978}
21: Episode 1206

_{Tuesday, December 26th, 1978}
22: Bert Meets Bertha

_{Wednesday, December 27th, 1978}
23: Episode 1208

_{Thursday, December 28th, 1978}
24: Episode 1209

_{Friday, December 29th, 1978}
25: Episode 1210

_{Monday, January 1st, 1979}
26: Episode 1211

_{Tuesday, January 2nd, 1979}
27: Episode 1212

_{Wednesday, January 3rd, 1979}
28: Episode 1213

_{Thursday, January 4th, 1979}
29: Episode 1214

_{Friday, January 5th, 1979}
30: Episode 1215

_{Monday, January 8th, 1979}
31: Episode 1216

_{Tuesday, January 9th, 1979}
32: Episode 1217

_{Wednesday, January 10th, 1979}
33: Episode 1218

_{Thursday, January 11th, 1979}
34: Episode 1219

_{Friday, January 12th, 1979}
35: Episode 1220

_{Monday, January 15th, 1979}
36: Episode 1221

_{Tuesday, January 16th, 1979}
37: Episode 1222

_{Wednesday, January 17th, 1979}
38: Episode 1223

_{Thursday, January 18th, 1979}
39: Episode 1224

_{Friday, January 19th, 1979}
40: Episode 1225

_{Monday, January 22nd, 1979}
41: Episode 1226

_{Tuesday, January 23rd, 1979}
42: Episode 1227

_{Wednesday, January 24th, 1979}
43: Episode 1228

_{Thursday, January 25th, 1979}
44: Episode 1229

_{Friday, January 26th, 1979}
45: Episode 1230

_{Monday, January 29th, 1979}
46: Episode 1231

_{Tuesday, January 30th, 1979}
47: Episode 1232

_{Wednesday, January 31st, 1979}
48: Episode 1233

_{Thursday, February 1st, 1979}
49: Episode 1234

Mr. Hooper tries to exercise Sponsored by D, T, 2.

_{Friday, February 2nd, 1979}
50: Episode 1235

Linda signs the weather report for Oscar. Sponsored by D, T, 2.

_{Monday, February 5th, 1979}
51: Episode 1236

_{Tuesday, February 6th, 1979}
52: Episode 1237

_{Wednesday, February 7th, 1979}
53: Episode 1238

_{Thursday, February 8th, 1979}
54: Episode 1239

_{Friday, February 9th, 1979}
55: Episode 1240

_{Monday, February 12th, 1979}
56: Episode 1241

_{Tuesday, February 13th, 1979}
57: Episode 1242

_{Wednesday, February 14th, 1979}
58: Episode 1243

_{Thursday, February 15th, 1979}
59: Episode 1244

_{Friday, February 16th, 1979}
60: Episode 1245

_{Monday, February 19th, 1979}
61: Episode 1246

_{Tuesday, February 20th, 1979}
62: Episode 1247

_{Wednesday, February 21st, 1979}
63: Episode 1248

_{Thursday, February 22nd, 1979}
64: Episode 1249

_{Friday, February 23rd, 1979}
65: Episode 1250

_{Monday, February 26th, 1979}
66: Episode 1251

_{Tuesday, February 27th, 1979}
67: Episode 1252

_{Wednesday, February 28th, 1979}
68: Episode 1253

_{Thursday, March 1st, 1979}
69: Episode 1254

_{Friday, March 2nd, 1979}
70: Big Bird Gets His Tonsils Removed

_{Monday, March 5th, 1979}
71: Episode 1256

_{Tuesday, March 6th, 1979}
72: Telly Moves to Sesame Street

A TV-addicted Telly Monster moves to Sesame Street. Cookie eats his way through an avalance as train conductor "Casey McFee". The Count sings "The Song of the Count". Kermit reports on Sleeping Beauty for Sesame Street News". Plus the Harvey Kneeslapper skit.

_{Wednesday, March 7th, 1979}
73: Episode 1258

_{Thursday, March 8th, 1979}
74: Episode 1259

_{Friday, March 9th, 1979}
75: Episode 1260

_{Monday, March 12th, 1979}
76: Herry Goes to the Eye Doctor

Big Bird and Snuffy hit the dance floor and groove to a disco version of "Rubber Ducky". Guy Smiley and Cookie Monster appear in the classic "Beat the Time" skit. Grover sings about the letter "I". Bob and Big Bird encounter a dragon in New York's Chinatown. Ernie's opera singing wakes the neighbors. Harry Monster visits the eye doctor and an animated version of "We All Live in a Capital I".

_{Tuesday, March 13th, 1979}
77: A Movie Is Being Filmed at Hooper's Store

Mr. Hooper sees a mysterious man surveying his store inside and out; the man introduces himself as Richard Altman, a movie director, and asks if he can shoot a movie scene at Mr. Hooper's store.

_{Wednesday, March 14th, 1979}
78: Episode 1263

_{Thursday, March 15th, 1979}
79: Episode 1264

_{Friday, March 16th, 1979}
80: Episode 1265

_{Monday, March 19th, 1979}
81: Episode 1266

_{Tuesday, March 20th, 1979}
82: I Am Six

_{Wednesday, March 21st, 1979}
83: Episode 1268

_{Thursday, March 22nd, 1979}
84: Episode 1269

_{Friday, March 23rd, 1979}
85: Episode 1270

_{Monday, March 26th, 1979}
86: Episode 1271

_{Tuesday, March 27th, 1979}
87: Episode 1272

_{Wednesday, March 28th, 1979}
88: Episode 1273

_{Thursday, March 29th, 1979}
89: Episode 1274

_{Friday, March 30th, 1979}
90: Episode 1275

_{Monday, April 2nd, 1979}
91: Episode 1276

_{Tuesday, April 3rd, 1979}
92: Episode 1277

_{Wednesday, April 4th, 1979}
93: Episode 1278

_{Thursday, April 5th, 1979}
94: Episode 1279

_{Friday, April 6th, 1979}
95: Episode 1280

_{Monday, April 9th, 1979}
96: Episode 1281

_{Tuesday, April 10th, 1979}
97: Episode 1282

_{Wednesday, April 11th, 1979}
98: Episode 1283

_{Thursday, April 12th, 1979}
99: Episode 1284

_{Thursday, April 12th, 1979}
100: Grover the Waiter at Your Service

Grover serves up burgers of all sizes. Bert and Ernie ransack their own apartment. Ernie tricks Bert out of a bigger piece of pie. Biff helps Salvador DaDa create a museum. Plus the Twiddlebugs, pinball animation and a live-action feature about recycling paper.

_{Monday, April 16th, 1979}
101: Episode 1286

_{Tuesday, April 17th, 1979}
102: Episode 1287

_{Wednesday, April 18th, 1979}
103: Episode 1288

_{Thursday, April 19th, 1979}
104: Episode 1289

_{Friday, April 20th, 1979}
105: Episode 1290

_{Monday, April 23rd, 1979}
106: Episode 1291

_{Tuesday, April 24th, 1979}
107: Episode 1292

_{Wednesday, April 25th, 1979}
108: Episode 1293

_{Thursday, April 26th, 1979}
109: Episode 1294

_{Friday, April 27th, 1979}
110: Episode 1295

_{Monday, April 30th, 1979}
111: Episode 1296

_{Tuesday, May 1st, 1979}
112: Episode 1297

_{Wednesday, May 2nd, 1979}
113: Episode 1298

_{Thursday, May 3rd, 1979}
114: Episode 1299

_{Friday, May 4th, 1979}
115: Episode 1300

_{Monday, May 7th, 1979}
116: Episode 1301

_{Tuesday, May 8th, 1979}
117: Episode 1302

_{Wednesday, May 9th, 1979}
118: Episode 1303

_{Thursday, May 10th, 1979}
119: Episode 1304

_{Friday, May 11th, 1979}
120: Episode 1305

_{Monday, May 14th, 1979}
121: Episode 1306

_{Tuesday, May 15th, 1979}
122: Episode 1307

_{Wednesday, May 16th, 1979}
123: Episode 1308

_{Thursday, May 17th, 1979}
124: Episode 1309

_{Friday, May 18th, 1979}
125: Episode 1310

_{Monday, May 21st, 1979}
126: Episode 1311

_{Tuesday, May 22nd, 1979}
127: Episode 1312

_{Wednesday, May 23rd, 1979}
128: Episode 1313

_{Thursday, May 24th, 1979}
129: Episode 1314

_{Friday, May 25th, 1979}
130: Episode 1315

Season 11

_{Thursday, November 30th, 1978}
5: Festival in Puerto Rico

_{Monday, November 26th, 1979}
1: Maria's Birthday in Puerto Rico

Olivia and Maria travel to Puerto Rico to visit Maria's family to celebrate her birthday. Big Bird and her other friends from Sesame Street secretly follow them... Sponsored by A, 2.

_{Tuesday, November 27th, 1979}
2: Exploring in Puerto Rico

_{Wednesday, November 28th, 1979}
3: Oscar and Osvaldo Go Trashing

_{Thursday, November 29th, 1979}
4: An Island Picnic in Puerto Rico

_{Monday, December 3rd, 1979}
6: Home from Puerto Rico

_{Tuesday, December 4th, 1979}
7: Episode 1322

_{Wednesday, December 5th, 1979}
8: Episode 1323

_{Thursday, December 6th, 1979}
9: Episode 1324

_{Friday, December 7th, 1979}
10: Episode 1325

_{Monday, December 10th, 1979}
11: Episode 1326

_{Tuesday, December 11th, 1979}
12: Episode 1327

_{Wednesday, December 12th, 1979}
13: Episode 1328

_{Thursday, December 13th, 1979}
14: Episode 1329

_{Friday, December 14th, 1979}
15: Episode 1330

_{Monday, December 17th, 1979}
16: Episode 1331

_{Tuesday, December 18th, 1979}
17: Episode 1332

_{Wednesday, December 19th, 1979}
18: Episode 1333

_{Thursday, December 20th, 1979}
19: Episode 1334

_{Friday, December 21st, 1979}
20: Episode 1335

_{Monday, December 24th, 1979}
21: Episode 1336

_{Tuesday, December 25th, 1979}
22: Episode 1337

_{Wednesday, December 26th, 1979}
23: Episode 1338

_{Thursday, December 27th, 1979}
24: Episode 1339

_{Friday, December 28th, 1979}
25: Episode 1340

_{Monday, December 31st, 1979}
26: Episode 1341

_{Tuesday, January 1st, 1980}
27: Episode 1342

_{Wednesday, January 2nd, 1980}
28: Episode 1343

_{Thursday, January 3rd, 1980}
29: Episode 1344

_{Friday, January 4th, 1980}
30: Episode 1345

_{Monday, January 7th, 1980}
31: Episode 1346

_{Tuesday, January 8th, 1980}
32: Episode 1347

_{Wednesday, January 9th, 1980}
33: Episode 1348

_{Thursday, January 10th, 1980}
34: Episode 1349

_{Friday, January 11th, 1980}
35: Episode 1350

_{Monday, January 14th, 1980}
36: Episode 1351

_{Tuesday, January 15th, 1980}
37: Episode 1352

_{Wednesday, January 16th, 1980}
38: Episode 1353

_{Thursday, January 17th, 1980}
39: Episode 1354

_{Friday, January 18th, 1980}
40: Episode 1355

_{Monday, January 21st, 1980}
41: Episode 1356

_{Tuesday, January 22nd, 1980}
42: Episode 1357

_{Wednesday, January 23rd, 1980}
43: Episode 1358

_{Thursday, January 24th, 1980}
44: Episode 1359

_{Friday, January 25th, 1980}
45: Episode 1360

_{Monday, January 28th, 1980}
46: Episode 1361

_{Tuesday, January 29th, 1980}
47: Episode 1362

_{Wednesday, January 30th, 1980}
48: Episode 1363

_{Thursday, January 31st, 1980}
49: C-3PO and R2-D2 visit Sesame Street, part 1 - Episode 1364

Episode 1364 is the first of two episodes in which C-3PO and R2-D2 from Star Wars visit Sesame Street. The droids returned in Episode 1396. Sponsored by J, Z, 4.

_{Friday, February 1st, 1980}
50: Episode 1365

_{Monday, February 4th, 1980}
51: Episode 1366

_{Tuesday, February 5th, 1980}
52: Episode 1367

_{Wednesday, February 6th, 1980}
53: Episode 1368

_{Thursday, February 7th, 1980}
54: Episode 1369

_{Friday, February 8th, 1980}
55: Episode 1370

_{Monday, February 11th, 1980}
56: Episode 1371

_{Tuesday, February 12th, 1980}
57: Episode 1372

_{Wednesday, February 13th, 1980}
58: Episode 1373

_{Thursday, February 14th, 1980}
59: Episode 1374

_{Friday, February 15th, 1980}
60: Episode 1375

_{Monday, February 18th, 1980}
61: Episode 1376

_{Tuesday, February 19th, 1980}
62: Episode 1377

_{Wednesday, February 20th, 1980}
63: Episode 1378

_{Thursday, February 21st, 1980}
64: Episode 1379

_{Friday, February 22nd, 1980}
65: Episode 1380

_{Monday, February 25th, 1980}
66: Episode 1381

_{Tuesday, February 26th, 1980}
67: Episode 1382

_{Wednesday, February 27th, 1980}
68: Episode 1383

_{Thursday, February 28th, 1980}
69: Episode 1384

_{Friday, February 29th, 1980}
70: Episode 1385

_{Monday, March 3rd, 1980}
71: Episode 1386

_{Tuesday, March 4th, 1980}
72: Episode 1387

_{Wednesday, March 5th, 1980}
73: Episode 1388

_{Thursday, March 6th, 1980}
74: Episode 1389

_{Friday, March 7th, 1980}
75: Episode 1390

_{Monday, March 10th, 1980}
76: Episode 1391

_{Tuesday, March 11th, 1980}
77: Episode 1392

_{Wednesday, March 12th, 1980}
78: Episode 1393

_{Thursday, March 13th, 1980}
79: Episode 1394

_{Friday, March 14th, 1980}
80: Episode 1395

_{Monday, March 17th, 1980}
81: C-3PO and R2-D2 visit Sesame Street, part 2 - Episode 1396

Episode 1396 is the second of two episodes in which C-3PO and R2-D2 from Star Wars visit Sesame Street. The droids first appeared in Episode 1364. Sponsored by U, V, 2.

_{Tuesday, March 18th, 1980}
82: Episode 1397

_{Wednesday, March 19th, 1980}
83: Episode 1398

_{Thursday, March 20th, 1980}
84: Episode 1399

_{Friday, March 21st, 1980}
85: Episode 1400

_{Monday, March 24th, 1980}
86: Episode 1401

_{Tuesday, March 25th, 1980}
87: Episode 1402

_{Wednesday, March 26th, 1980}
88: Episode 1403

_{Thursday, March 27th, 1980}
89: Episode 1404

_{Friday, March 28th, 1980}
90: Episode 1405

_{Monday, March 31st, 1980}
91: Episode 1406

_{Tuesday, April 1st, 1980}
92: Episode 1407

_{Wednesday, April 2nd, 1980}
93: Episode 1408

_{Thursday, April 3rd, 1980}
94: Episode 1409

_{Friday, April 4th, 1980}
95: Episode 1410

_{Monday, April 7th, 1980}
96: Episode 1411

_{Tuesday, April 8th, 1980}
97: Episode 1412

_{Wednesday, April 9th, 1980}
98: Episode 1413

_{Thursday, April 10th, 1980}
99: Episode 1414

_{Friday, April 11th, 1980}
100: Episode 1415

_{Monday, April 14th, 1980}
101: Episode 1416

_{Tuesday, April 15th, 1980}
102: Episode 1417

_{Wednesday, April 16th, 1980}
103: Episode 1418

_{Thursday, April 17th, 1980}
104: Episode 1419

_{Friday, April 18th, 1980}
105: Episode 1420

_{Monday, April 21st, 1980}
106: Episode 1421

_{Tuesday, April 22nd, 1980}
107: Episode 1422

_{Wednesday, April 23rd, 1980}
108: Episode 1423

_{Thursday, April 24th, 1980}
109: Episode 1424

_{Friday, April 25th, 1980}
110: Episode 1425

_{Monday, April 28th, 1980}
111: Episode 1426

_{Tuesday, April 29th, 1980}
112: Episode 1427

_{Wednesday, April 30th, 1980}
113: Episode 1428

_{Thursday, May 1st, 1980}
114: Episode 1429

_{Friday, May 2nd, 1980}
115: Episode 1430

_{Monday, May 5th, 1980}
116: Episode 1431

_{Tuesday, May 6th, 1980}
117: Episode 1432

_{Wednesday, May 7th, 1980}
118: Episode 1433

_{Thursday, May 8th, 1980}
119: Episode 1434

_{Friday, May 9th, 1980}
120: Episode 1435

_{Monday, May 12th, 1980}
121: Episode 1436

_{Tuesday, May 13th, 1980}
122: Episode 1437

_{Wednesday, May 14th, 1980}
123: Episode 1438

_{Thursday, May 15th, 1980}
124: Oscar's Spanish sign / Elmo and the letter H - Episode 1439

In this episode of Sesame Street, Gordon and Susan navigate household chores, while various segments creatively explore the letter R and the number 5. Highlights include Grover's energetic demonstrations, a whimsical love story involving R2-D2, and Big Bird's imaginative adventures. The Count, Kermit, and other beloved characters engage in fun educational activities, songs, and skits. The episode wraps up with a lively basketball game and a special announcement of the sponsors.

_{Friday, May 16th, 1980}
125: Episode 1440

_{Monday, May 19th, 1980}
126: Episode 1441

_{Tuesday, May 20th, 1980}
127: Episode 1442

_{Wednesday, May 21st, 1980}
128: Episode 1443

_{Thursday, May 22nd, 1980}
129: Episode 1444

_{Friday, May 23rd, 1980}
130: Episode 1445

Season 12

_{Monday, November 24th, 1980}
1: Big Bird Goes to School - Episode 1446

In this episode, Big Bird feels left out as he watches Kathy head to school, but is thrilled to learn it's visitors' day and he can join her. With the help of Mr. Hooper and Maria, he quickly gets ready and heads to school, where he experiences a series of amusing and educational moments. Big Bird struggles with fitting in at his desk, learns classroom etiquette, and proudly counts to ten, impressing his teacher, Mrs. Merkel. He also navigates recess, the drinking fountain, and the restroom situation with Kathy's help. Throughout the day, Big Bird participates in various activities, including singing, answering questions, and making new friends. By the end of the day, he returns home excitedly sharing his experiences with Maria and presenting her with a woodworking project he made. The episode is filled with songs, muppet skits, and educational segments that enrich Big Bird's school adventure. Sponsored by E, F, 8

_{Tuesday, November 25th, 1980}
2: A Visit From Cowboy X - Episode 1447

In this episode of Sesame Street, Big Bird starts the day by singing a welcoming song and is soon joined by 19 friends. Ernie tries to replicate Bert's felt board picture, but Cookie Monster disrupts his efforts by eating the cookies off both pictures. The Countess Dahling von Dahling visits Hooper's Store, delighting everyone with her counting skills and gifts of umbrellas, which come in handy when it starts raining indoors. Cowboy X arrives on Sesame Street, marking everything with Xs, and learns about the alphabet and words containing the letter X from Big Bird, Luis, and Mr. Hooper. Various segments include Ernie and Bert's telephone antics, a Sesame Street News Flash with Prince Charming, and a musical number by Herry Monster. The episode concludes with Cowboy X giving Big Bird his autograph and Oscar the Grouch attempting to end the show with a grouchy goodbye song, only to be interrupted by Bob re-announcing the sponsors.

_{Wednesday, November 26th, 1980}
3: Telly and Max Have a Problem - Episode 1448

The episode opens with Ringmaster Big Bird showcasing his acts to Olivia, Mr. Hooper, and Luis. Highlights include daredevils walking a tightrope and Barkley the Wonder Dog crossing it with encouragement. Poco Loco demonstrates his sound imitation skills, causing confusion for Luis and Big Bird. Grover tries to sell Kermit a nose warmer, and Ernie plays a prank on Bert. Oscar, with help from Maria and Mr. Hooper, searches for a mysterious noise in his trash can, only to find it was his creaky bed. Additional segments feature a boy visiting his newborn sibling in the hospital, Billy Jo Jive helping at a bike race, and Big Bird pushing Grover to demonstrate numbers through chin-ups. Finally, Telly and Max navigate a dilemma over who gets to play jacks, culminating in a friendly solution. The episode closes with Ernie and a kid holding the Sesame Street sign, while Oscar holds the CTW sign.

_{Thursday, November 27th, 1980}
4: Big Bird and the Mystery of Poco Loco - Episode 1449

In this episode of Sesame Street, Big Bird brings his Bird Book to the Fix-It Shop to identify Poco Loco, who he amusingly resembles a "silly parrot." Bob kicks things off singing "Have a Nice Day," followed by kids roller-skating to ragtime music. We see cartoons about an H for hair and a man on a trampoline, and the Two-Headed Monster helps each other get clean. Grover plays "Beat the Time" and a duckling dresses itself. Gordon and friends share their fishing adventure, and a photographer is followed by animals. Big Bird sings with Poco, and a scuba diver showcases up and down. Ernie ponders while Bert carries groceries, and Telly sorts Oscar's laundry with Susan's help. Grover invents the wheel, kids share what they can do at five, and the Martians enjoy radio static. In the end, Big Bird helps Poco befriend Barkley, and Maria and Mr. Hooper close the episode.

_{Friday, November 28th, 1980}
5: Linda Returns From Japan - Episode 1450

In this episode, Big Bird celebrates the return of Linda from her tour of Japan with the National Theatre of the Deaf. Linda shares her experiences and teaches everyone how to sign "thank you" in Japanese. Throughout the episode, viewers are treated to a variety of segments, including "There's a Bird On Me" sung by Joe Raposo, and an Alphabet Dancers performance featuring the lowercase letter i. Telly Monster hosts "Cooking with Telly," demonstrating proper sandwich serving. Grover and Lisa share a heartfelt moment appreciating each other's features. Bob and Big Bird enjoy photos Linda took in Japan, highlighting cultural elements like kimonos and the Golden Pavilion tea house. Telly learns basic radio maintenance from David, and Linda demonstrates ingenuity by using skateboards to move a heavy crate, assisted by children. The episode ends with Big Bird exploring the use of chopsticks and the standard closing signs by Grover and the Count.

_{Monday, December 1st, 1980}
6: P. T. Bunkum Looks for an Act - Episode 1451

When the Bunkum and Ballyhoo Circus arrives in town, Big Bird eagerly gathers friends to audition their unique acts for P. T. Bunkum. Maria, Luis, Gordon, and Olivia try their luck juggling, performing tricks, and more, but Bunkum finds their acts too ordinary for his circus. As the auditions go on, animated and musical interludes offer lighthearted fun, including Biff's rendition of "This Is My J," a magical painting that Grover interacts with, and comedic skits with Ernie and Bert. The episode culminates with Bunkum's disappointment in not finding a unique act until Big Bird, riding off on his unicycle, catches his eye. As the episode wraps, Big Bird seems destined to be the newest star of the circus, leaving the residents of Sesame Street excited about his potential adventure.

_{Tuesday, December 2nd, 1980}
7: The Healthy Choices on Sesame Street - Episode 1452

Oscar debates his lunch options, leading to a street-wide song by Gilbert and Sullivan about the importance of a healthy diet. Violet climbs a vine with V words, while Ernie disregards Bert's advice and eats cookies in bed. Forgetful Jones forgets the dog he's supposed to take care of, and Manny miscasts animals for a circus role. Telly Monster fronts a WORM-TV promo for a non-existent album, and Kermit draws a square on-screen. Gordon and Luis clean litter together, and the Two-Headed Monster argues over playing the trumpet versus sleeping. Ernie's lullaby keeps Bert awake, and R2-D2 falls for a fire hydrant. Oscar, now a trashman, delivers a wet bag of trash to Bob's dismay, as Maria closes the show by announcing the sponsors.

_{Wednesday, December 3rd, 1980}
8: Surprise Day on Sesame Street - Episode 1453

Luis opens the Fix-It Shop and explains the concept of a "surprise" to Poco Loco, who amusingly pops up everywhere. Count von Count and the Countess perform a song, while Big Bird showcases a new invention that counts to the number of the day, leading to a chaotic burst of surprises when they reach nine. Special guest Richard Pryor shares strawberries with a child, and Leslie Mostly interviews Grover about his job as a waiter. Throughout the episode, various cartoons and short films highlight letters Y and W, and concepts of same and different. The Anything Muppets explore surprising with cakes and learning Spanish phrases. The episode concludes with Luis and Poco Loco announcing the sponsors, with Linda and Bob holding up the iconic Sesame Street signs.

_{Thursday, December 4th, 1980}
9: Gordon and Susan Pretend to Have Tea With Snuffy - Episode 1454

Gordon and Susan join Big Bird for a whimsical pretend tea party, but Big Bird's imaginary friend, Mr. Snuffleupagus, remains unseen. Gordon later attempts to grade papers in peace at Hooper's Store, where Mr. Hooper's well-meaning interruptions keep him from his tasks. Meanwhile, Telly learns about the concept of "between," and Oscar leads a musical rally for Grouch rights in Central Park. Big Bird and Snuffy have a brief fallout but quickly reconcile, realizing that friends can differ in opinions. Susan works on her car and ends up pleasantly surprising Oscar with some spirited banter. The episode concludes with Oscar playfully admiring a greasy car part Susan gifts him. Alongside these scenes, various cartoons, songs, and Muppet sketches explore the letter V, counting, and imagination, creating a delightful mix of education and entertainment on Sesame Street.

_{Friday, December 5th, 1980}
10: Deena Sleeps Over at Maria’s - Episode 1455

Luis and the kids discover Dr. Nobel Price's latest invention, which is ingeniously repurposed as a tricycle. Meanwhile, Grover assists Herbert Birdsfoot with a story filled with "M" words, and the Two-Headed Monster learns table manners with a spoon. At Maria's, Deena is having a sleepover and mimics Maria's cooking in "The Same Game," humorously noting the differences in their utensils. As bedtime approaches, Maria introduces a game of "Counting Sheep," which successfully puts Deena to sleep. Through the night, Deena engages in playful antics, including shooing away imaginary sheep. In the end, Maria and Deena play a game called "Sleep," leading to Deena falling asleep to Maria's delight. The episode concludes with Luis announcing the sponsors and a nighttime theme credit crawl. Various segments throughout include animations, films, and muppet sketches, adding educational and entertaining content for young viewers.

_{Monday, December 8th, 1980}
11: Episode 1456

_{Tuesday, December 9th, 1980}
12: The Adventures of Big Bird and Friends - Episode 1457

In this episode, Mr. Hooper explains the word "closed" to Big Bird, who initially misunderstands. The segments that follow include a series of educational and entertaining moments: a cartoon about size comparisons, a Muppet moment with Ernie, Bert, and Shola discussing size, and a Spanish song about body parts. Jasper and Julius teach about elbows, and viewers enjoy a song called "Here Come the Beans." Leslie Mostly interviews Count von Count, and a film showcases the otter. Linda and a boy sign "CLOSED," while various characters explore measurements, letters, and cooperation through skits and songs. Grover's magical mishap with the Amazing Mumford and his waiter antics with hamburgers bring humor. Celebrity Ray Barretto performs, Ernie learns he's special, and cooperation is highlighted by Bob and Maria. The episode winds down with Big Bird narrating a leaf scene, Bob discussing deafness, and Mr. Hooper closing the store, ensuring to announce the sponsors.

_{Wednesday, December 10th, 1980}
13: Episode 1458

_{Thursday, December 11th, 1980}
14: Episode 1459

_{Friday, December 12th, 1980}
15: Episode 1460

_{Monday, December 15th, 1980}
16: Episode 1461

_{Tuesday, December 16th, 1980}
17: Episode 1462

_{Wednesday, December 17th, 1980}
18: Big Bird Becomes a Superhero

_{Thursday, December 18th, 1980}
19: Episode 1464

_{Friday, December 19th, 1980}
20: Episode 1465

_{Monday, December 22nd, 1980}
21: Episode 1466

_{Tuesday, December 23rd, 1980}
22: Episode 1467

_{Wednesday, December 24th, 1980}
23: Episode 1468

_{Thursday, December 25th, 1980}
24: Episode 1469

_{Friday, December 26th, 1980}
25: Episode 1470

_{Monday, December 29th, 1980}
26: Episode 1471

_{Tuesday, December 30th, 1980}
27: Episode 1472

_{Wednesday, December 31st, 1980}
28: Episode 1473

_{Thursday, January 1st, 1981}
29: Episode 1474

_{Friday, January 2nd, 1981}
30: Episode 1475

_{Monday, January 5th, 1981}
31: Episode 1476

_{Tuesday, January 6th, 1981}
32: Big Bird the night watchman

In this episode of Sesame Street, Oscar the Grouch shares his noisy poem "Ode to the City" with Luis and Olivia, leading to a cacophony that drives them away. Big Bird and Mr. Snuffleupagus try to recall their first meeting, while the Two-Headed Monster learns to cooperate on a piano. Grover attempts to sell earmuffs to Kermit, and the Count hypnotizes Grover to get more hot dogs. The Hines Brothers learn to cooperate in their dance, and Big Bird volunteers to guard Hooper's Store overnight, announcing the time until he falls asleep. Various segments include kids forming a capital I, a scuba diver, a woodpecker, and a monkey performing backflips. The episode concludes with Olivia and Gordon holding the Sesame Street and CTW signs.

_{Wednesday, January 7th, 1981}
33: Episode 1478

_{Thursday, January 8th, 1981}
34: Episode 1479

_{Friday, January 9th, 1981}
35: Episode 1480

_{Monday, January 12th, 1981}
36: Episode 1481

_{Tuesday, January 13th, 1981}
37: Episode 1482

_{Wednesday, January 14th, 1981}
38: Episode 1483

_{Thursday, January 15th, 1981}
39: Episode 1484

_{Friday, January 16th, 1981}
40: Episode 1485

_{Monday, January 19th, 1981}
41: Episode 1486

_{Tuesday, January 20th, 1981}
42: Episode 1487

_{Wednesday, January 21st, 1981}
43: Episode 1488

_{Thursday, January 22nd, 1981}
44: Episode 1489

_{Friday, January 23rd, 1981}
45: Episode 1490

_{Monday, January 26th, 1981}
46: Episode 1491

_{Tuesday, January 27th, 1981}
47: Episode 1492

_{Wednesday, January 28th, 1981}
48: Episode 1493

_{Thursday, January 29th, 1981}
49: Episode 1494

_{Friday, January 30th, 1981}
50: Episode 1495

_{Monday, February 2nd, 1981}
51: Episode 1496

_{Tuesday, February 3rd, 1981}
52: Episode 1497

_{Wednesday, February 4th, 1981}
53: Episode 1498

_{Thursday, February 5th, 1981}
54: Episode 1499

_{Friday, February 6th, 1981}
55: Episode 1500

_{Monday, February 9th, 1981}
56: Episode 1501

_{Tuesday, February 10th, 1981}
57: Episode 1502

_{Wednesday, February 11th, 1981}
58: Episode 1503

_{Thursday, February 12th, 1981}
59: Episode 1504

_{Friday, February 13th, 1981}
60: Episode 1505

_{Monday, February 16th, 1981}
61: Episode 1506

_{Tuesday, February 17th, 1981}
62: Episode 1507

_{Wednesday, February 18th, 1981}
63: Episode 1508

_{Thursday, February 19th, 1981}
64: Episode 1509

_{Friday, February 20th, 1981}
65: Episode 1510

_{Monday, February 23rd, 1981}
66: Episode 1511

_{Tuesday, February 24th, 1981}
67: Episode 1512

_{Wednesday, February 25th, 1981}
68: Episode 1513

_{Thursday, February 26th, 1981}
69: Episode 1514

_{Friday, February 27th, 1981}
70: Episode 1515

_{Monday, March 2nd, 1981}
71: Episode 1516

_{Tuesday, March 3rd, 1981}
72: Episode 1517

_{Wednesday, March 4th, 1981}
73: Episode 1518

_{Thursday, March 5th, 1981}
74: Episode 1519

_{Friday, March 6th, 1981}
75: Episode 1520

_{Monday, March 9th, 1981}
76: Episode 1521

_{Tuesday, March 10th, 1981}
77: Episode 1522

_{Wednesday, March 11th, 1981}
78: Episode 1523

_{Thursday, March 12th, 1981}
79: Episode 1524

_{Friday, March 13th, 1981}
80: Episode 1525

_{Monday, March 16th, 1981}
81: Episode 1526

_{Tuesday, March 17th, 1981}
82: Episode 1527

_{Wednesday, March 18th, 1981}
83: Episode 1528

_{Thursday, March 19th, 1981}
84: Episode 1529

_{Friday, March 20th, 1981}
85: Episode 1530

_{Monday, March 23rd, 1981}
86: Episode 1531

_{Tuesday, March 24th, 1981}
87: Episode 1532

_{Wednesday, March 25th, 1981}
88: Episode 1533

_{Thursday, March 26th, 1981}
89: Episode 1534

_{Friday, March 27th, 1981}
90: Episode 1535

_{Monday, March 30th, 1981}
91: Episode 1536

_{Tuesday, March 31st, 1981}
92: Episode 1537

_{Wednesday, April 1st, 1981}
93: Episode 1538

_{Thursday, April 2nd, 1981}
94: Episode 1539

_{Friday, April 3rd, 1981}
95: Episode 1540

_{Monday, April 6th, 1981}
96: Episode 1541

_{Tuesday, April 7th, 1981}
97: Episode 1542

_{Wednesday, April 8th, 1981}
98: Episode 1543

_{Thursday, April 9th, 1981}
99: Episode 1544

_{Friday, April 10th, 1981}
100: Episode 1545

_{Monday, April 13th, 1981}
101: Episode 1546

_{Tuesday, April 14th, 1981}
102: Episode 1547

_{Wednesday, April 15th, 1981}
103: Episode 1548

_{Thursday, April 16th, 1981}
104: Episode 1549

_{Friday, April 17th, 1981}
105: Episode 1550

_{Monday, April 20th, 1981}
106: Episode 1551

_{Tuesday, April 21st, 1981}
107: Episode 1552

_{Wednesday, April 22nd, 1981}
108: Episode 1553

_{Thursday, April 23rd, 1981}
109: Episode 1554

_{Friday, April 24th, 1981}
110: Episode 1555

_{Monday, April 27th, 1981}
111: Episode 1556

_{Tuesday, April 28th, 1981}
112: Episode 1557

_{Wednesday, April 29th, 1981}
113: Episode 1558

_{Thursday, April 30th, 1981}
114: Episode 1559

_{Friday, May 1st, 1981}
115: Episode 1560

_{Monday, May 4th, 1981}
116: Episode 1561

_{Tuesday, May 5th, 1981}
117: Episode 1562

_{Wednesday, May 6th, 1981}
118: Episode 1563

Maria asks Luis for a raise Sponsored by O, P, 8

_{Thursday, May 7th, 1981}
119: Episode 1564

_{Friday, May 8th, 1981}
120: Episode 1565

_{Monday, May 11th, 1981}
121: Episode 1566

_{Tuesday, May 12th, 1981}
122: Episode 1567

_{Wednesday, May 13th, 1981}
123: Episode 1568

_{Thursday, May 14th, 1981}
124: Episode 1569

_{Friday, May 15th, 1981}
125: Oscar Goes to Space

_{Monday, May 18th, 1981}
126: Episode 1571

_{Tuesday, May 19th, 1981}
127: Episode 1572

_{Wednesday, May 20th, 1981}
128: Episode 1573

_{Thursday, May 21st, 1981}
129: Episode 1574

_{Friday, May 22nd, 1981}
130: Mr. Rogers Visits

During a heat wave, Oscar finds he has no one to bother. Later, Fred Rogers of Mister Rogers' Neighborhood judges a race between Big Bird and Snuffy. Sponsored by H, K, 12

Season 13

_{not specified}
10: Episode 368

_{not specified}
11: Episode 369

_{not specified}
12: Episode 370

_{not specified}
13: Episode 371

_{not specified}
14: Episode 372

_{not specified}
15: Episode 373

_{not specified}
16: Episode 374

_{not specified}
17: Episode 375

_{not specified}
18: Episode 376

_{not specified}
19: Episode 377

_{not specified}
20: Episode 378

_{not specified}
21: Episode 379

_{not specified}
22: Episode 380

_{not specified}
23: Episode 381

_{not specified}
24: Episode 382

_{not specified}
25: Episode 383

_{not specified}
26: Episode 384

_{not specified}
27: Episode 385

_{not specified}
28: Episode 386

_{not specified}
29: Episode 387

_{not specified}
30: Episode 388

_{not specified}
3: Episode 362

_{not specified}
4: Grandma Coming Back

Today the cast leaves Puerto Rico and heads back to Sesame Street. They arrive home to freezing weather. Today's sponsors are the letters E and F and the number 7.

_{not specified}
5: Episode 364

_{not specified}
6: Episode 365

_{not specified}
7: Episode 366

_{not specified}
8: Episode 367

_{not specified}
9: Episode 367

_{Monday, November 23rd, 1981}
1: Birdwatchers Watch Big Bird

13th season premiere; Birdwatchers watch Big Bird

_{Tuesday, November 24th, 1981}
2: Episode 361

_{Monday, January 4th, 1982}
31: Episode 389

_{Tuesday, January 5th, 1982}
32: The Count's gooney bird

After witnessing Herry Monster lifting a large barbell, Telly wishes he could do the same, though doesn't believe he can do it. Bob sings "Don't Be Afraid to Try," encouraging him to give it a try and keep trying until he's able to do. With newfound confidence, Telly is able to lift the barbell.

_{Wednesday, January 6th, 1982}
33: Big Bird's great ideas

Big Bird and Nicholas color together on the ground, when Barkley bounds over and sits on their coloring book. They try moving locations to keep him away, but he does the same thing again. They realize they can put their things on the crate and color there, but Barkley has now assumed a spot on there. A wizard turns into R things.

_{Thursday, January 7th, 1982}
34: Hal, the pilot

Olivia introduces Big Bird and the kids to her special (romantic) friend, Hal. They give clues as to what Hal's job is (an airline pilot), and Big Bird makes an outlandish (and incorrect) guess. Muppet lettuce, bread, cheese, butter, and ham argue on who an Anything Muppet girl should have for a snack. They all cooperate to make a sandwich.

_{Friday, January 8th, 1982}
35: A visit from Sue

Maria has made a birdhouse for a friend of hers from the country, who is coming to visit Sesame Street today. Biff and Sully enter the Fix-It Shop, where Biff assumes the birdhouse is instead a boat and a racecar. "I'm six years old today!"

_{Monday, January 11th, 1982}
36: Incoming Rain

Gordon notices an incoming rainfall, while Forgetful Jones tries to remember what he was supposed to get when the rain hits. He thinks he needs his lawnmower to cut the newly-refreshed grass, then a bucket to unflood the basement if the stream behind the ranch overflows. He finally realizes he needs an umbrella to stay dry, but remains standing in the rain anyhow - he's forgotten where is umbrella is.

_{Tuesday, January 12th, 1982}
37: Grandma's vegetable stand

Olivia greets the viewer and reports that David's grandmother Grace will be visiting from the country. Oscar will return any minute in his taxi with her. Once they arrive, Grandma shows Olivia all vegetables she's packed; every one of her many suitcases is filled with vegetables. Olivia makes her realize that she neglected to pack any clothes or toiletries, so she and Oscar must drive back to the country. Oscar bemoans another trip, but looks forward to sitting in traffic.

_{Wednesday, January 13th, 1982}
38: Maria's beach daydream; The Count exercises

Luis needs to step out of the Fix-It Shop for a few minutes and asks Maria to mind the telephone. It only takes Maria a few moments to get overworked between repairs and phone calls. She muses about being somewhere peaceful, far away from the shop. She and the viewer imagine being at the beach, where she traipses through the water and finds a sandcastle. Luis returns to the shop just as Maria snaps out of it.

_{Thursday, January 14th, 1982}
39: Answer the PHONE

Maria needs to place an important call, but every telephone on the block seems to be out of order, except for Oscar's, which David spots being used in conversation. Maria approaches him to use the phone, but he's too wrapped up in his call with his friend Grumpy arguing over Grouch baseball teams. He eventually hands her the receiver, which is also broken - he was simply pretending to talk to someone.

_{Friday, January 15th, 1982}
40: Visiting Grandma Grace's farm

Maria, David, Big Bird, and the kids are waiting for the bus to take them to Grandma Grace's farm for the day. They invite Oscar along for the trip, but he has no interest in watching little kids have fun all day. Just as everyone boards the bus, he realizes the Grouchy potential a trip to the farm has (such as seeing pig stys and broken farm equipment). He misses the bus, so he makes the trip on foot (while in his can).

_{Monday, January 18th, 1982}
41: Bruno dances

Gordon plays a guessing game with the kids - he plays sounds off his tape recorder and the kids guess their origin. Oscar chimes in with a sound he wants to hear - the sound of their footsteps walking away from his can area. Film / Song \At the Animal Doctor\": Two boys take their dog to the vet. Z for Zebu. Artist: Jeff Hale."

_{Tuesday, January 19th, 1982}
42: Maria's cousin Mercedes comes to visit

Maria tells the viewer that her cousin Mercedes is coming to visit all the way from Puerto Rico. She states that the Count was supposed to drive her to the airport, but he instead opted to count the parts of his car. She has also tried to borrow Gordon's car, but it isn't working. Unable to hail a taxi, she comes to realize the only other vehicle around is Oscar's Sloppy Jalopy. He passes at first, but agrees to go when he sees how angry Maria gets.

_{Wednesday, January 20th, 1982}
43: A very chilly day on Sesame Street

On a chilly and windy day on Sesame Street, Telly worries that the wind will be strong enough to blow him away to a strange place he's never been to. Maria assures him this wouldn't happen, but holds onto his hand anyhow. Cartoon- \Four Seasons\"."

_{Thursday, January 21st, 1982}
44: Zero the Penguin comes to visit

Maria does some work in Fix-It Shop, when in walks Zero, a penguin cousin of Big Bird's. He's come to visit all the way from the South Pole. Maria spots Big Bird coming over and proposes that Zero hide and surprise him (despite the store being too hot for him). Big Bird struggles to put together the clues, while Zero boils from behind the worktable. He finally reveals himself and rushes outside where it's cold.

_{Friday, January 22nd, 1982}
45: The snow storm reaches Sesame Street

As snow falls on Sesame Street, Maria's cousin Mercedes goes outside to observe it, since it never snows in Puerto Rico. In Hooper's Store, Mr. Hooper gives Big Bird and Zero their take out order. Zero is ready to get back out in the cold, but more and more people pile into the store as he tries to get out.

_{Monday, January 25th, 1982}
46: Making deliveries in the blizzard

The blizzard has put the entire city at a standstill. David tries his best to shovel a path to Hooper's Store, which currently has no heat. Bob also has no heat up in his apartment. Maria invites them into the Fix-It Shop, where the heat is working. They all wonder about Big Bird and how he's dealing with the snow in his nest. They trudge over and find a large pile of snow covering his nest, with a sole yellow feather sticking out. They start to dig him out, when Big Bird appears behind them. He digs as well, stating that Radar is buried in the snow.

_{Tuesday, January 26th, 1982}
47: Big Bird pretends to be a penguin

Everyone fawns over the igloo that Zero has made, paying no attention to Big Bird. He tries various things to get them to notice him, but with no luck. He thinks becoming a penguin might help and darts off. A man (Barry Simpson) puts on snowshoes to bring his trash out. Music: Joe Raposo.

_{Wednesday, January 27th, 1982}
48: Pretend penguins

Bob dresses in his finest tuxedo to sing in a concert. Zero mistakes him for a penguin at first and muses about having some other penguins around to play with. Bob and the kids get lessons on how to act like a penguin from Zero. He leads the kids to Hooper's Store for some raw fish, while Bob heads off to his concert (moving like a penguin would), eliciting strange looks for Maria.

_{Thursday, January 28th, 1982}
49: Big Bird and Snuffy bring Puerto Rico to Sesame

Mr. Snuffleupagus comes over to meet Big Bird's friends, but no one seems to be around in the chilly weather. Maria's cousin Mercedes makes a mad dash back to 123 Sesame Street from Hooper's Store, barely noticing the two because of her fur hood. Big Bird explains to Snuffy how she's not used to the cold because it's always warm in Puerto Rico. Snuffy thinks they can bring Puerto Rico to Sesame Street by getting 500 Snuffleupaguses to move it, but comes up with a better idea - making Sesame Street look like Puerto Rico.

_{Friday, January 29th, 1982}
50: Mercedes and Zero head back home

Big Bird wakes up to find Zero's igloo has gotten considerably smaller, as a puddle of water surrounds it. Zero returns from his morning walk, shocked to see what's happened. Olivia explains that the weather has started getting warmer, which is causing the igloo to melt (something Zero has never witnessed).

_{Tuesday, February 2nd, 1982}
51: Maria's birthday in Puerto Rico

Maria and Olivia take a trip to Puerto Rico to celebrate Maria's twenty-first birthday. Their friends secretly follow to add to the surprise. Today's sponsors are the letter A and the number 2.

_{Wednesday, February 3rd, 1982}
52: Day two in Puerto Rico

On a sunny morning in Puerto Rico, Maria comes out onto the porch. She spots David across the way from his residence in the country and invites him and the others over for breakfast with the family. A boy thinks it's raining outside, so he puts on his rain gear and goes outside, only to find sunny weather.

_{Thursday, February 4th, 1982}
53: In Puerto Rico

Oscar and Osvaldo are going to go "trashing," but because his push cart is "Grouch-powered," one of them must be responsible for pushing it. They argue over who will push and who will look out for trash, and eventually agree to take turns. Oscar has the sickening realization that they're cooperating and both agree to keep their yaps shut about it.

_{Friday, February 5th, 1982}
54: The Week in Puerto Rico

Oscar and Osvaldo float on a Grouch raft (still in their trashcans) toward the dock on a nearby island of the coast of Puerto Rico. The two crawl to the edge of the dock and are pleased to find some peace and quiet away from all their happy acquaintances. Suddenly, the whole gang shows up on a boat, arriving on the island for a picnic as Maria used to do in her youth. The Grouches groan and slide off the dock.

_{Tuesday, February 9th, 1982}
55: Festival in Puerto Rico

A magician performs a trick that makes birds appear, and fish can be glimpsed between them. Artist: Vince Collins. An Anything Muppet girl (Kathryn Mullen) imagines she's a doctor, movie director or firefighter. A man finds and eats five apples, counting the number left after each one.

_{Wednesday, February 10th, 1982}
56: Grandma Coming Back

Today the cast leaves Puerto Rico and heads back to Sesame Street. They arrive home to freezing weather. Today's sponsors are the letters E and F and the number 7.

_{Thursday, February 11th, 1982}
57: Oscar in the Hospital

Olivia and David hear the sound of a racing car nearby and trace the sound to Oscar's trash can. David peeks inside and sure enough spots Oscar zooming around until he crashes into the refrigerator. Oscar finds his arm really hurts now and the others insist on bringing him to the hospital, which he dreads (since it's so nice and clean).

_{Friday, February 12th, 1982}
58: Star Wars on the Street

Big Bird sees a flying saucer land in the yard behind the courtyard, and two metal men getting out. The adults just think it's his imagination, but are soon shocked when two droids from Star Wars (C-3PO and R2-D2) quickly shuffle (and roll) by. Things say that other things are small, but then something comes along that's bigger, or smaller, or whatever.

_{Monday, February 15th, 1982}
59: Winkle's nursery

After being bothered by the kids, Oscar meets Winkle (Mary Wickes), a woman from upstate who claims to be in "the dirt business" and is looking to sell her wares in the big city. Oscar is immediately invested and promises to watch her bag of dirt as she gets more of her stuff to set up shop nearby.

_{Tuesday, February 16th, 1982}
60: The Palace

Big Bird brings the mail into Hooper's Store and Mr. Hooper proceeds to read a postcard from his friend Harry who's vacationing at the beach. Big Bird encourages Mr. Hooper to imagine himself on a beach since he can't really go and leave the store alone. They imagine themselves together on a bland beach, until Big Bird talks him through adding more and more.

_{Thursday, February 18th, 1982}
61: Large Blob

A large blob shoves a tiny one out of the way and declares, "I'm big!" The tiny one thinks for a moment and declares, "I'm me!" Artist: Janet Perlman. Suzanne Farrell takes small and big steps, then has a little lunch and a big lunch. A needle and spool of thread cooperate to fix the king's torn pants. Artist: Bruce Cayard.

_{Friday, February 19th, 1982}
62: Head Case

Marshal Grover and Fred the Wonder Horse spot a kitty stuck in a tree. Grover tries to find ways to get the kitty down such as shaking the tree trunk. He finally came to the conclusion that to get the kitty down, he would climb up the tree to bring it down. However, Fred has another idea to bring the kitty down by calling the kitty by saying "Kitty" and the kitty comes down. Now that the kitty is down, they now have another problem - how is Grover going to get down?

_{Monday, February 22nd, 1982}
63: On Your Toes

Big Bird, Bob and David watch a ballet performance of Swan Lake on television. Big Bird is very impressed with the way the dancers almost seem like they're flying and is even more amazed that one can get paid to dance. Bob and David inform him that dancing such as that takes years of practice and mention that Marcus goes to ballet classes. Big Bird attempts some leaps and imagines being a great ballet dancer. He finds Marcus and accompanies him to class.

_{Tuesday, February 23rd, 1982}
64: Grace Is Coming

David is about to make a delivery, when Big Bird starts a guessing game involving a hypothetical visit from a family member. It turns out that his grandmother Grace is visiting the street today. A boy imagines staying in the jungle at night when he goes to sleep. Artist: Bruce Cayard.

_{Wednesday, February 24th, 1982}
65: To the Doctor Again

It's time for Big Bird's annual physical and he's feeling a little nervous. Susan assures him it'll be fine and begins escorting him to the doctor's. Big Bird brings along Radar for company. Ernie's doctor comes over. Ernie keeps trying to tell the doctor why he called him, but the doctor is too occupied with checking on Ernie, hardly allowing him to get a word in edgewise.

_{Thursday, February 25th, 1982}
66: Look Sir "Droids"

Big Bird is at the bus stop to wait for C-3PO and R2-D2. When the bus arrives he sees them again but he gets into the bus as it keeps moving. Cartoon: A story of a man who hates frogs (voiced by Daws Butler), until his swamp becomes infested with flies.

_{Monday, March 1st, 1982}
67: Cabbage

Big Bird helps Mr. Snuffleupagus get ready for a big cabbage-eating contest later today. They practice by feeding him cabbage after cabbage after cabbage - Anything Muppets (including Farley) shout "E!" A door opens behind a mouse, who shrieks when she sees the E. Artist: Bruce Cayard.

_{Tuesday, March 2nd, 1982}
68: Barkley Is Sick Again

In "A Postcard from Amy," Grover reads a postcard he got from his friend Amy. The message on the card is passed around from person to person, getting more and more mixed up, until everyone is led to believe that Amy is in the hospital. An aviator and his son cooperate to start their plane. Artist: Tom Gabbay.

_{Wednesday, March 3rd, 1982}
69: Maria is interrupted at work

Maria hastily greets the viewer, as she has a lot of work to do today at the Fix-It Shop. She hopes she doesn't get any interruptions as she heads into the back room and starts sawing. Bob enters the shop and interrupts Maria, asking if he can use her telephone. He calls to reschedule a music lesson, when Telly arrives.

_{Thursday, March 4th, 1982}
70: Oscar has dinner with the Robinsons

Oscar the Grouch explains to Susan and Gordon that he and Spot haven't slept in two night because of renovations going on in his can. He doesn't know what will happen if he doesn't get any sleep tonight, so when the Robinsons suggest he stay at someone's apartment, Oscar offers their own place up. He promises to help with the chores and be polite because it will make him extra grouchy the next day. They reluctantly agree while Oscar packs for the night.

_{Friday, March 5th, 1982}
71: Missing Snuffy

Gordon, Susan and Mr. Hooper have been invited to Big Bird's nest for a tea party and to finally meet Mr. Snuffleupagus, or so they believe. Big Bird wonders what's keeping Snuffy so long, when he receives a large snufflegram from another Snuffleupagus (whom the others don't see). The snufflegram tells Big Bird that Snuffy and his family are off visiting Uncle Fred in Hawaii for the week. Big Bird wonders what he'll do all week without his best friend.

_{Monday, March 8th, 1982}
72: Meet Mr. Snuffleupagus event

Buster and Fred, dressed as cows, approach Olivia, asking if she knows where Gladys the Cow is. They're helping with a song of hers and the lack of local cows forces them to play some. Gladys arrives and Olivia questions Gladys' loyalty to her species, due to the fact that she's always pretending to be other animals. Gladys is surprised and tells her she is proud, which is the subject of her song. The animals set up by some boxes and Gladys performs "I'm Proud to Be a Cow." Afterward, Olivia is speechless.

_{Tuesday, March 9th, 1982}
73: No More Eggs

Mr. Hooper discovers the store has no more eggs, bread or orange juice, and the breakfast crowd will be due soon. A Honker appears to run the counter while Mr. Hooper gets some groceries. Bob enters and is able to divine from the Honker's gestures that they have no breakfast foods he wants. He's not able to understand the Honker's honking about what is in stock and asks that he write it down instead. The Honker is unable to write in English either, writing out "honk" several times. Bob is about to leave to see if he can get any breakfast at Susan's, when the Honker brings in someone else who Bob might communicate better with - a Dinger, who dings away wildly.

_{Wednesday, March 10th, 1982}
74: Big Bird goes into business

Big Bird has opened up his own version of the Fix-It Shop right next to the original. Susan comes by with her broken toaster and forbids him from touching it, since he isn't even aware of how to fix things. Maria suggests he go into the much easier business of selling lemonade.

_{Thursday, March 11th, 1982}
75: Gordon's new motorcycle

Old West: Sinister Sam announces that someone has bought the last box of crayons, and he wants to know why. It turns out that he just wants a crayon so he can learn how to write the letter Y. Richard Pryor uses his hat to participate in playing cars with kids.

_{Thursday, March 11th, 1982}
76: Bird's New Phone

Big Bird walks down the street, describing the difference between the actual street and sidewalks. Cartoon- A fat man and a small man demonstrate top and bottom. The Pointer Sisters sing "Hush Little Baby." Fish swim around. Music: Joe Raposo.

_{Monday, March 15th, 1982}
77: Hand Signs

Olivia sings "Hand Signs" (a variation on "Hand Jive") as Linda demonstrates different signs for the kids. Cartoon-The O falls off a man's grocery store sign; he tries replacing it with a donut, then a pizza, neither of which work. Finally, the sign man paints it on.

_{Tuesday, March 16th, 1982}
78: Sounds of the Street

Mr. Hooper opens the front window of Hooper's Store to listen to the sounds of the street. He's startled by the sound of a roaring lion, which turns out to be Poco Loco. Various alien creatures perform in an otherworldly music performance conducted by a trumpet-nosed creature.

_{Wednesday, March 17th, 1982}
79: Episode 1658

Super Grover: A boy is confused -- his mother told him to take a bus home, but he doesn't know where to find the bus. Super Grover arrives, and they soon discover a sign that says "Bus Stop". The boy believes they found the answer, but Super Grover insists that his mother told him to take a bus home, not a sign.

_{Thursday, March 18th, 1982}
80: A photo of snuffy

Big Bird's latest scheme to prove Mr. Snuffleupagus' existence to everyone is to show them a photograph of him. Because of Snuffy's large size, he had to take the picture in various increments and pieces together the parts with Jessica. As he goes to get someone to show it to, Snuffy wanders in and finds the photo. He thinks his mommy would like to see it and borrows it, leaving a large note behind. Big Bird brings Gordon over, where they see the picture is gone and only the note. Big Bird is certain Snuffy will return and convinces Gordon to sit and wait with him.

_{Friday, May 21st, 1982}
130: Episode 1705

Telly has been instructed by Oscar, as a part of his Grouchketeer duty, to learn the word printed on his sign - "NO." Telly doesn't know what the word means and becomes frustrated by Maria, Olivia and Bob's responses (thinking they're telling him "No" in response to his question). When Oscar asks if he's learned the word yet, Telly sadly admits, "No." Oscar gives him his approval, leaving Telly befuddled.

Season 14

_{not specified}
6: Episode 395

_{not specified}
7: Episode 396

_{not specified}
8: Episode 397

_{not specified}
9: Episode 398

_{not specified}
10: Episode 399

_{not specified}
11: Episode 400

_{not specified}
12: Episode 401

_{not specified}
13: Episode 402

_{not specified}
14: Episode 403

_{not specified}
15: Episode 404

_{not specified}
16: Episode 405

_{not specified}
17: Episode 406

_{not specified}
18: Episode 407

_{not specified}
19: Episode 408

_{not specified}
20: Episode 409

_{not specified}
21: Episode 410

_{not specified}
22: Episode 411

_{not specified}
23: Episode 412

_{not specified}
24: Episode 413

_{not specified}
25: Episode 414

_{not specified}
26: Episode 415

_{not specified}
27: Episode 416

_{not specified}
28: Episode 417

_{not specified}
29: Episode 418

_{not specified}
30: Episode 419

_{Monday, November 22nd, 1982}
1: Big Bird Goes to Camp Echo Rock

Big Bird at Camp, part 1

_{Tuesday, November 23rd, 1982}
2: Big Bird's First Day at Camp

Big Bird at Camp, part 2

_{Wednesday, November 24th, 1982}
3: Big Bird Gets a Postcard from Snuffy

Big Bird at Camp, part 3

_{Thursday, November 25th, 1982}
4: Big Bird and the Camp Go for a Hike

Big Bird at Camp, part 4

_{Friday, November 26th, 1982}
5: Big Bird's Last Day at Camp Echo Rock

Big Bird at Camp, part 5

_{Monday, January 3rd, 1983}
31: Bob Gives Music Lessons

Today, Bob is giving out music lessons to his friends on Sesame Street.

_{Friday, January 28th, 1983}
50: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind

Oscar is having a boring day, until he sees something in the sky -- a trash can!

_{Wednesday, April 13th, 1983}
103: Sing-Along Party

Season 15

_{not specified}
2: Episode 421

_{not specified}
3: Episode 422

_{not specified}
5: Episode 424

_{not specified}
6: Episode 425

_{not specified}
7: Episode 426

_{not specified}
8: Episode 427

_{not specified}
9: Episode 428

_{not specified}
10: Episode 429

_{not specified}
11: Episode 430

_{not specified}
12: Episode 431

_{not specified}
13: Episode 432

_{not specified}
14: Episode 433

_{not specified}
15: Episode 434

_{not specified}
16: Episode 435

_{not specified}
17: Snuffy Catches a Cold

_{not specified}
18: Episode 437

_{not specified}
20: Episode 439

_{not specified}
21: Episode 440

_{not specified}
22: Episode 441

_{not specified}
23: Episode 442

_{not specified}
24: Episode 443

_{not specified}
25: Episode 444

_{not specified}
26: Episode 445

_{not specified}
27: Episode 446

_{not specified}
28: Episode 447

_{not specified}
29: Episode 448

_{not specified}
30: Episode 449

_{Monday, November 21st, 1983}
1: Gordon and Snuffy Run the NYC Marathon

Gordon and Snuffy run in the NYC Marathon

_{Monday, November 21st, 1983}
31: Show 1836

15th season premiere; Gordon and Snuffy run the NYC marathon

_{Tuesday, November 22nd, 1983}
32: Show 1837

_{Wednesday, November 23rd, 1983}
33: Show 1838

_{Thursday, November 24th, 1983}
4: Saying Goodbye to Mr. Hooper

Bob and the other adults explain Mr. Hooper's death to Big Bird, who doesn't understand why his friend isn't around anymore.

_{Thursday, November 24th, 1983}
34: Show 1839

_{Friday, November 25th, 1983}
35: Show 1840

_{Monday, November 28th, 1983}
36: Show 1841

_{Tuesday, November 29th, 1983}
37: Show 1842

_{Wednesday, November 30th, 1983}
38: Show 1843

_{Thursday, December 1st, 1983}
39: Show 1844

_{Friday, December 2nd, 1983}
40: Show 1845

Dr. Nobel Price discovers the law of gravity

_{Thursday, December 15th, 1983}
19: The Ten Commandments of Health

Snuffy is sick

_{Thursday, February 16th, 1984}
64: Cookie Monster in Disguise

Bob talks to the Phone

_{Wednesday, April 4th, 1984}
98: The New Computer

Big Bird, Snuffy and Telly learn about the new computer; Oscar has his own grouch computer. Trivia: The computer Sesame Street gets appears to be an Apple ][+, while Oscar's computer looks like it is based on a Commodore 64.

_{Thursday, April 26th, 1984}
114: Remembering Mr. Hooper's Egg Cream

_{Tuesday, May 1st, 1984}
117: Hooper's Has a Broken Window

Hooper's has a broken window.

_{Tuesday, May 8th, 1984}
121: Get Out and Vote

Election Day on Sesame Street

_{Tuesday, May 8th, 1984}
122: Get Out and Vote

Election Day on Sesame Street

_{Wednesday, May 9th, 1984}
123: Luis's Birthday

Season 16

_{not specified}
131: Episode 450

_{not specified}
132: Episode 451

_{not specified}
133: Episode 452

_{not specified}
134: Episode 453

_{not specified}
135: Episode 454

_{not specified}
136: Episode 455

_{not specified}
137: Episode 456

_{not specified}
138: Episode 457

_{not specified}
139: Episode 458

_{not specified}
140: Episode 459

_{not specified}
141: Episode 460

_{not specified}
142: Episode 461

_{not specified}
143: Episode 462

_{not specified}
144: Episode 463

_{not specified}
145: Episode 464

_{not specified}
146: Episode 465

_{not specified}
147: Episode 466

_{not specified}
148: Episode 467

_{not specified}
149: Episode 468

_{not specified}
150: Episode 469

_{not specified}
151: Episode 470

_{not specified}
152: Episode 471

_{not specified}
153: Episode 472

_{not specified}
154: Episode 473

_{not specified}
155: Episode 474

_{not specified}
156: Episode 475

_{not specified}
157: Episode 476

_{not specified}
158: Episode 477

_{not specified}
159: Episode 478

_{not specified}
160: Episode 479

_{Monday, November 19th, 1984}
1: Show 1966

_{Tuesday, November 20th, 1984}
2: Show 1967

While getting his Super Grover cape cleaned, Grover becomes Iron Monster, a new super hero with a metal suit.

_{Wednesday, November 21st, 1984}
3: David Meets Crystal

David Meets Crystal Sponsors: B, C, 4

_{Thursday, November 22nd, 1984}
4: Oscar learns Abominable

Oscar learns the word Abominable / Big Bird learns a riddle / Oscar wants a blender fixed / Crystal Gayle sings with Big Bird / Snuffie gets a puppet Sponsors: C, D, 5

_{Friday, November 23rd, 1984}
5: Picnic for Martians

Picnic for Martians / Waiting for a guest / Grover does chin-ups / Telly and Smokey Robinson / Crystal the sculptor Sponsors: D, E, 6

_{Monday, November 26th, 1984}
6: Max the Magnificent

Max the Magnificent Sponsors: E, F, 7

_{Tuesday, November 27th, 1984}
7: Whitman Mayo's animal guessing game

Mumford makes 3 kids disappear / Big Bird takes a walk through the city / Whitman Mayo's animal guessing game / Big Bird and Snuffy tell a story / Telly counts bats Sponsors: M, N, 4

_{Wednesday, November 28th, 1984}
8: David prepares breakfast

David prepares breakfast Sponsors: K, L, 2

_{Thursday, November 29th, 1984}
9: Irvine crosses the street

Irvine crosses the street Sponsors: H, I, 10

_{Friday, November 30th, 1984}
10: Grandpa Grouch’s joke machine

Grandpa Grouch’s joke machine Sponsors: I, J, 11

_{Monday, December 3rd, 1984}
11: Oscar launches into space

Oscar launches into space (repeat of 1714) / Sponsors: K, Q, 9

_{Tuesday, December 4th, 1984}
12: Big Bird at camp, part 2

Big Bird at camp, part 2 (repeat of 1707) / Sponsors: C, V, 3

_{Wednesday, December 5th, 1984}
13: Big Bird at camp, part 3

Big Bird at camp, part 3 (repeat of 1708) / Sponsors: H, Y, 8

_{Thursday, December 6th, 1984}
14: Big Bird at camp, part 4

Big Bird at camp, part 4 (repeat of 1709) / Sponsors: J, Y, 4

_{Friday, December 7th, 1984}
15: Big Bird at camp, part 5

Big Bird at camp, part 5 (repeat of 1710) / Sponsors: V, W, 5

_{Monday, December 10th, 1984}
16: Sing-along party

Sing-along party (repeat of 1808) / Sponsors: A, S, 5

_{Tuesday, December 11th, 1984}
17: Slimey gets hurt while skydiving

Slimey gets hurt while skydiving (repeat of 1789) / Sponsors: H, K, 9

_{Wednesday, December 12th, 1984}
18: The Sesame Street 500

The Sesame Street 500 (repeat of 1716) / Sponsors: L, Q, 6

_{Thursday, December 13th, 1984}
19: Gordon and Susan's wedding anniversary

Gordon and Susan's wedding anniversary (repeat of 1733) / Sponsors: D, F, 8

_{Friday, December 14th, 1984}
20: David's big nose

David's big nose (repeat of 1815) / Sponsors: C, H, 4

_{Monday, December 17th, 1984}
21: Maria practices karate

Maria practices karate. (repeat of 1746) / Sponsors: B, O, 5

_{Tuesday, December 18th, 1984}
22: Bob gives music lessons

Bob gives music lessons (repeat of 1736) / Sponsors: R, Z, 9

_{Wednesday, December 19th, 1984}
23: Oscar's "Near-Far-Follow the Arrows" game

Oscar's "Near-Far-Follow the Arrows" game (repeat of 1777) / Sponsors: A, Z, 10

_{Thursday, December 20th, 1984}
24: Hooper's Store has a promotional contest

Hooper's Store has a promotional contest (repeat of 1824) / Sponsors: J, R, 12

_{Friday, December 21st, 1984}
25: The Robinsons go on a grouchy double-date

The Robinsons go on a grouchy double-date (repeat of 1725) / Sponsors: M, T, 9

_{Monday, December 24th, 1984}
26: Oscar hides

Oscar hides (repeat of 1732) / Sponsors: C, S, 5

_{Tuesday, December 25th, 1984}
27: Getting Spot back into Oscar's can

Getting Spot back into Oscar's can (repeat of 1797) / Sponsors: J, M, 8

_{Wednesday, December 26th, 1984}
28: Two-Headed Monster checkup

Two-Headed Monster checkup / translating honks and dings. (repeat of 1712) / Sponsors: F, U, 7

_{Thursday, December 27th, 1984}
29: Telly and Oscar's secret knock

Telly and Oscar's secret knock. (repeat of 1798) / Sponsors: N, W, 12

_{Friday, December 28th, 1984}
30: Water shortage on Sesame Street

Water shortage on Sesame Street (repeat of 1740) / Sponsors: Q, V, 9

_{Monday, December 31st, 1984}
31: Luis breaks his arm

Luis breaks his arm / Sponsors: D, E, 10

_{Tuesday, January 1st, 1985}
32: Luis deals with his broken arm

Luis breaks his arm - Luis Deals with his broken arm / Big Bird gets jealous / Sponsors: E, F, 11

_{Wednesday, January 2nd, 1985}
33: Luis is bored with a broken arm

Luis breaks his arm — Luis is bored with a broken arm / Sponsors: F, G, 12

_{Thursday, January 3rd, 1985}
34: Show 1999

_{Friday, January 4th, 1985}
35: Show 2000

_{Monday, January 7th, 1985}
36: Show 2001

_{Tuesday, January 8th, 1985}
37: Luis gets a check-up

Luis breaks his arm — Luis gets a check-up / Sponsors: J, K, 5

_{Wednesday, January 9th, 1985}
38: Ferlinghetti bugs David

Ferlinghetti bugs David / Sponsors: K, L, 6

_{Thursday, January 10th, 1985}
39: Luis uses his left hand

Luis breaks his arm — Luis uses his left hand / Sponsors: L, M, 7

_{Friday, January 11th, 1985}
40: Samantha tends the Fix-it Shop

Luis breaks his arm - Samantha tends the Fix-it Shop / Crystal loses a tooth / Victor Borge demonstrates safety / Telly plays football with you / Sponsors: L, M, 7

_{Monday, January 14th, 1985}
41: Luis needs help blowing up balloons

Luis breaks his arm — Luis needs help blowing up balloons / Sponsors: N, O, 9

_{Tuesday, January 15th, 1985}
42: Shelley the Turtle looks for a home

Shelley the Turtle looks for a home / Sponsors: O, P, 10

_{Wednesday, January 16th, 1985}
43: Dr. Nobel Price's signs

Dr. Nobel Price's signs / Sponsors: P, Q, 11

_{Thursday, January 17th, 1985}
44: Luis gets his cast removed

Luis breaks his arm — Luis gets his cast removed / Sponsors: Q, R, 12

_{Friday, January 18th, 1985}
45: Luis takes it slow

Luis breaks his arm — Fresh out of the cast, Luis takes it slow / Sponsors: R, S, 2

_{Monday, January 21st, 1985}
46: Snuffle puppet show

Elmo rhymes / Snuffle puppet show / Sponsors: J, K, 12

_{Tuesday, January 22nd, 1985}
47: Linda's friend Ed visits

Linda's friend Ed visits / Sponsors: G, H, 9

_{Wednesday, January 23rd, 1985}
48: Having fun with a paper towel tube

Having fun with a paper towel tube / Sponsors: L, M, 3

_{Thursday, January 24th, 1985}
49: Uncle Wally's Snortleoutagus gag

Uncle Wally's Snortleoutagus gag / Sponsors: F, G, 8

_{Friday, January 25th, 1985}
50: Luis' friend Carlos learns English

Luis' friend Carlos learns English / Sponsors: N, O, 5

_{Thursday, February 14th, 1985}
64: Big Bird Stays Up Late

_{Wednesday, February 20th, 1985}
68: Cinderella on Sesame Street

_{Thursday, February 28th, 1985}
74: Show 2039

_{Friday, March 1st, 1985}
75: Snuffy Goes to the Movies

Snuffy goes to the movies and Big Bird counts backwards

_{Thursday, April 4th, 1985}
99: Sesame Street Pet Show

Season 17

_{not specified}
1: Snuffy Revealed

_{not specified}
2: Episode 481

_{not specified}
3: Episode 482

_{not specified}
4: Episode 483

_{not specified}
5: Episode 484

_{not specified}
6: Episode 485

_{not specified}
7: Episode 486

_{not specified}
8: Episode 487

_{not specified}
9: Episode 488

_{not specified}
10: Episode 489

_{not specified}
11: Episode 490

_{not specified}
12: Episode 490

_{not specified}
13: Episode 491

_{not specified}
14: Episode 492

_{not specified}
15: Episode 493

_{not specified}
16: Episode 494

_{not specified}
17: Episode 495

_{not specified}
18: Episode 496

_{not specified}
19: Episode 497

_{not specified}
20: Episode 498

_{not specified}
21: Episode 499

_{not specified}
22: Episode 500

_{not specified}
23: Episode 501

_{not specified}
24: Episode 502

_{not specified}
25: Episode 503

_{not specified}
26: Episode 504

_{not specified}
27: Episode 505

_{not specified}
28: Episode 506

_{not specified}
29: Episode 507

_{not specified}
30: Episode 508

_{not specified}
31: Episode 509

_{Monday, November 18th, 1985}
32: Show 2096

_{Tuesday, November 19th, 1985}
33: Show 2097

_{Wednesday, November 20th, 1985}
34: Show 2098

Season 18

_{not specified}
128: Episode 2342

Maria gives Oscar some grouch poetry

_{not specified}
1: Miles's First Birthday Celebration

_{not specified}
2: Episode 511

_{not specified}
3: Episode 512

_{not specified}
4: Episode 513

_{not specified}
5: Another Cold Day on Sesame Street

_{not specified}
6: Episode 515

_{not specified}
7: Episode 516

_{not specified}
9: Episode 518

_{not specified}
10: Episode 519

_{not specified}
11: Episode 520

_{not specified}
12: Episode 521

_{not specified}
14: Episode 523

_{not specified}
15: Episode 524

_{not specified}
16: Episode 525

_{not specified}
17: Episode 526

_{not specified}
18: Episode 527

_{not specified}
19: Episode 528

_{not specified}
20: Episode 529

_{not specified}
21: Episode 530

_{not specified}
22: Episode 531

_{not specified}
23: Episode 532

_{not specified}
24: Episode 533

_{not specified}
25: Episode 534

_{not specified}
26: Episode 535

_{not specified}
27: Episode 536

_{not specified}
28: Episode 537

_{not specified}
29: Episode 538

_{not specified}
30: Episode 239

_{not specified}
31: Elmo's New Doll

_{Wednesday, November 26th, 1986}
8: Episode 2233

Linda's friend Ed visits.

_{Wednesday, December 3rd, 1986}
13: Episode 2238

The Sesame Street Pet Show (repeat from Season 16).

Season 19

_{not specified}
1: Episode 2356

19th season premiere; Gordon brings Elmo and Miles to the zoo

_{not specified}
2: Episode 2357

Big Bird writes to Cinderella

_{not specified}
3: Episode 2358

David hires Gina to work at Hooper's

_{not specified}
8: Episode 2363

Big Bird practices magic (repeat)

_{not specified}
9: Episode 548

_{not specified}
10: Episode 549

_{not specified}
11: Episode 550

_{not specified}
12: Episode 551

_{not specified}
13: Episode 552

_{not specified}
15: Episode 554

_{not specified}
16: Episode 555

_{not specified}
17: Episode 556

_{not specified}
18: Episode 557

_{not specified}
19: Episode 558

_{not specified}
20: Episode 559

_{not specified}
21: Episode 560

_{not specified}
22: Episode 561

_{not specified}
23: Episode 562

_{not specified}
24: Episode 563

_{not specified}
25: Episode 564

_{not specified}
26: Episode 565

_{not specified}
27: Episode 566

_{not specified}
28: Episode 567

_{not specified}
29: Episode 568

_{not specified}
30: Episode 569

_{not specified}
32: Unknown

_{not specified}
33: Unknown

_{not specified}
34: Unknown

_{not specified}
35: Unknown

_{not specified}
36: Unknown

_{not specified}
37: Unknown

_{not specified}
38: Unknown

_{not specified}
39: Unknown

_{Monday, November 16th, 1987}
31: Visit to the Bronx Zoo

_{Thursday, November 19th, 1987}
4: Episode 2359

Mumford's mustache trick

_{Friday, November 20th, 1987}
5: Episode 2360

Mumford's duck-radio trick

_{Monday, November 23rd, 1987}
6: Episode 2361

The Earthworm's Book of Magic (repeat)

_{Tuesday, November 24th, 1987}
7: Episode 2362

The Count's suitcases (repeat)

_{Thursday, January 14th, 1988}
44: Ronald Grump builds the Grump Tower

Ronald Grump, the Grouch building tycoon, approaches Oscar with a new idea - a two-story can-dominium called "Grump Tower." In exchange for Oscar giving up his property to build the tower, Grump gives him a spot in the tower, as well as three bags of trash. Maria thinks it's a rotten deal, which only encourages Oscar further.

_{Thursday, January 21st, 1988}
49: Maria and Luis Fall in Love

_{Friday, January 22nd, 1988}
50: Episode 2404

Maria and Luis fall in love

_{Friday, January 29th, 1988}
55: Snuffy's Little Sister, Alice

_{Friday, April 1st, 1988}
100: Maria and Luis Get Engaged

_{Monday, May 9th, 1988}
126: Episode 2481

Don Music's Song Of AMOR / Elmo Goes "Swimming"

_{Thursday, May 12th, 1988}
129: Maria and Luis Prepare for Their Wedding

_{Friday, May 13th, 1988}
130: Maria and Luis's Wedding

Season 20

_{not specified}
22: Episode 591

_{not specified}
23: Episode 592

_{not specified}
24: Episode 593

_{not specified}
26: Episode 595

_{not specified}
27: Episode 596

_{not specified}
28: Episode 597

_{not specified}
29: Episode 598

_{not specified}
1: Episode 570

_{not specified}
2: Episode 571

_{not specified}
3: Episode 572

_{not specified}
4: Episode 573

_{not specified}
5: Episode 574

_{not specified}
6: Episode 575

_{not specified}
7: Episode 576

_{not specified}
8: Episode 577

_{not specified}
12: Episode 581

_{not specified}
13: Episode 582

_{not specified}
16: Episode 585

_{not specified}
17: Episode 586

_{not specified}
19: Episode 588

_{Tuesday, October 11th, 1988}
2486: Maria & Luis

Maria and Luis prepare to go on their honeymoon

_{Thursday, December 1st, 1988}
9: Episode 2494

Gordon has a headache.

_{Friday, December 2nd, 1988}
10: Episode 2495

Luis and his old chair.

_{Monday, December 5th, 1988}
11: Bobby McFerrin Sings the Alphabet

Grammy Award winner Bobby McFerrin sings ABCs with Hoots the Owl. The Two-Headed Monster learns to blow bubbles. Maria and Luis try to reminisce about their wedding. Betty Lou sings the "Amigo" song. "Sesame Street News" correspondent Kermit the Frog reports on London Fog. Ernie and Bert leaky faucet skit. Cookie Monster sings about subtraction. Placido Flamingo performs a "Lost Toy Opera" with Big Bird.

_{Thursday, December 8th, 1988}
14: Episode 2499

Telly’s birthday party.

_{Friday, December 9th, 1988}
15: Episode 2500

Maria and the Fat Blue man.

_{Monday, December 12th, 1988}
21: Singing Out of Tune

Bob's deaf friend / Singing out of tune

_{Monday, December 19th, 1988}
18: Episode 2506

An early Elmo meets Bob's deaf friend and learns to say "hello" in sign language. A classic skit of Phil Harmonic and Placido Flamingo live from the Nestropolitan Opera. A vintage animation of Gerald's dog, Sparky, re-imagined as an alligator. The Honkers play "Mary Had a Little Lamb" on their noses.

_{Tuesday, December 27th, 1988}
32: Lena Horne Sings with Grover

Placido's Sesame Street opera

_{Tuesday, January 3rd, 1989}
20: Episode 2517

Legendary chanteuse Lena Horne and Grover perform a duet about not being shy. "Monsterpiece Theater" presents "Alibaba and the 40 Thieves". The classic "Plants Need Water" and the "Invention of the Raisin" animations. Placido Flamingo stages a Sesame Street Opera. Kermit the Frog reports on the Three Little Pigs live for "Sesame Street News". Soap opera spoofs of "All My Children" and "Another School".

_{Wednesday, March 1st, 1989}
25: Maria Goes to the Maternity Clinic

_{Thursday, March 23rd, 1989}
30: Pregnant Maria's Mother Visits from Puerto Rico

_{Friday, April 7th, 1989}
105: Snuffleupagus Picnic in Central Park

_{Thursday, April 13th, 1989}
108: Episode 2594

Oscar's phone system / Elmo imitates his friends

_{Wednesday, April 19th, 1989}
113: Grandmothers on Sesame Street

Grandmothers on the street

_{Wednesday, April 26th, 1989}
47: Eipsode 2598

Loud talker Guy Smiley goes on safari and scares off the animals. A classic skit staring Ernie as "Old King Cole". The Two-Headed Monster sings a lullaby to itself. Snuffy writes a love letter to his grandmother. Mumford's magic trick accidentally shrinks David. Ernie hosts an arboreal fashion show.

_{Thursday, May 18th, 1989}
129: Episode 2614

Maria goes into labor.

_{Friday, May 19th, 1989}
130: Birth of Gabriela

Season 21

_{not specified}
2: Episode 601

_{not specified}
3: Episode 602

_{not specified}
5: Episode 604

_{not specified}
8: Episode 607

_{not specified}
9: Episode 608

_{not specified}
10: Episode 609

_{not specified}
11: Episode 610

_{not specified}
12: Episode 611

_{not specified}
13: Episode 612

_{not specified}
14: Episode 613

_{not specified}
15: Episode 614

_{not specified}
16: Episode 615

_{not specified}
17: Episode 616

_{not specified}
18: Episode 617

_{not specified}
19: Episode 618

_{not specified}
20: Episode 619

_{not specified}
21: Episode 620

_{not specified}
22: Episode 621

_{not specified}
23: Episode 622

_{not specified}
24: Episode 623

_{not specified}
25: Episode 624

_{not specified}
26: Episode 2641

Maria was working at the Fix-It Shop and gets interrupted by Sonny Friendly's traveling game show: "The Rhyming Game". Maria has to find words that rhymes with Grand. The words are plan and hand. Maria wins the grand prize, And it was a pile of big sand in front of the Fix-It Shop.

_{not specified}
27: Episode 626

_{not specified}
28: Episode 627

_{not specified}
29: Episode 628

_{not specified}
30: Episode 629

_{not specified}
31: Episode 630

_{not specified}
95: Elmo's Song

_{Monday, November 13th, 1989}
1: Episode 2616

_{Thursday, November 16th, 1989}
4: Sleepytime on Sesame Street

_{Monday, November 20th, 1989}
6: Episode 2621

A baby book for Alice

_{Tuesday, November 21st, 1989}
7: Episode 2622

Shelley is afraid of Barkley

_{Wednesday, December 27th, 1989}
33: Grouchytown

_{Friday, February 2nd, 1990}
59: Episode 2675

Big Bird and Snuffy play games and Elmo sleeps over (repeat from Season 19).

Season 22

_{not specified}
3: Episode 632

_{not specified}
4: Episode 633

_{not specified}
5: Episode 634

_{not specified}
6: Episode 635

_{not specified}
7: Episode 636

_{not specified}
8: Episode 637

_{not specified}
9: Episode 638

_{not specified}
10: Episode 639

_{not specified}
11: Episode 640

_{not specified}
12: Episode 641

_{not specified}
13: Episode 642

_{not specified}
14: Episode 643

_{not specified}
15: Episode 644

_{not specified}
16: Episode 645

_{not specified}
17: Episode 646

_{not specified}
18: Episode 647

_{not specified}
19: Episode 648

_{not specified}
20: Episode 649

_{not specified}
21: Episode 650

_{not specified}
22: Episode 651

_{not specified}
23: Episode 652

_{not specified}
24: Episode 653

_{not specified}
25: Episode 654

_{not specified}
26: Episode 655

_{not specified}
27: Episode 656

_{not specified}
28: Episode 657

_{not specified}
29: Episode 658

_{not specified}
30: Episode 659

_{Monday, November 12th, 1990}
1: Grouch Appreciation Day

_{Tuesday, November 13th, 1990}
2: Episode 631

_{Monday, December 24th, 1990}
31: Episode 2776

Oscar tells the story of the "Knights of the Broken Table"

_{Tuesday, December 25th, 1990}
32: Episode 2777

Telly looks for the Muffin Man

_{Wednesday, December 26th, 1990}
33: Episode 2778

Big Bird's taxi

_{Thursday, December 27th, 1990}
34: Episode 2779

Big Bird makes a magazine / Cowboy X vs. Cowboy O

_{Friday, December 28th, 1990}
35: Episode 2780

Telly loves triangles

_{Monday, December 31st, 1990}
36: Episode 2781

Telly loves Oscar

_{Tuesday, January 1st, 1991}
37: Episode 2782

Telly Monster follows Gordon to school for a "Wide World of Sesame Street" report

_{Wednesday, January 2nd, 1991}
38: Episode 2783

Big Bird and Snuffy go shopping with Maria and Luis

_{Thursday, January 3rd, 1991}
39: Episode 2784

Snuffle puppet show

_{Friday, January 4th, 1991}
40: Episode 2785

Talking about love

_{Saturday, January 5th, 1991}
41: Episode 2786

A television birthday card for Gordon (repeat of 2578)

_{Sunday, January 6th, 1991}
42: Episode 2787

Gordon has a headache (repeat of 2494)

_{Monday, January 7th, 1991}
43: Episode 2788

Barkley's bathtime (repeat of 2527)

_{Monday, April 1st, 1991}
104: Sing, Hoot & Howl

Come hear the call of the wild as Big Bird leads a musical menagerie in some of the funniest and silliest songs ever. You'll want to sing, hoot, and howl along with these twelve terrific tunes by animals, for animals, and about animals. There's Ernie's immortal "Insects in your Neighborhood," the timeless "Cluck Around the Clock," and many, many more.

_{Tuesday, April 2nd, 1991}
102: Savion Teaches Tap Dancing

_{Wednesday, April 3rd, 1991}
103: Elmo and Friends Play Wubbaball

_{Friday, April 5th, 1991}
105: Savion Gives Elmo His Old Tap Shoes

_{Thursday, May 9th, 1991}
129: A Day at Birdland

Season 23

_{not specified}
1: Episode 660

_{not specified}
2: Episode 661

_{not specified}
3: Episode 662

_{not specified}
4: Episode 663

_{not specified}
5: Episode 664

_{not specified}
6: Episode 665

_{not specified}
7: Episode 666

_{not specified}
8: Episode 667

_{not specified}
9: Episode 668

_{not specified}
10: Episode 669

_{not specified}
11: Episode 670

_{not specified}
12: Episode 671

_{not specified}
14: Episode 673

_{not specified}
15: Episode 674

_{not specified}
16: Episode 675

_{not specified}
17: Episode 676

_{not specified}
18: Episode 677

_{not specified}
19: Episode 678

_{not specified}
20: Episode 679

_{not specified}
21: Episode 680

_{not specified}
22: Episode 681

_{not specified}
23: Episode 682

_{not specified}
24: Episode 683

_{not specified}
25: Episode 684

_{not specified}
26: Episode 685

_{not specified}
27: Episode 686

_{not specified}
28: Episode 687

_{not specified}
29: Episode 688

_{not specified}
30: Episode 689

_{Wednesday, November 27th, 1991}
13: Rosita's First Day on Sesame Street

_{Thursday, December 26th, 1991}
34: Baby Bear Hides from Goldilocks

_{Tuesday, December 31st, 1991}
37: Slimey's at Worm School

_{Thursday, January 16th, 1992}
48: Merry Scares People / Chicago Visits the Library

_{Monday, February 10th, 1992}
66: Elmo Pretends to Be a Flower

Season 24

_{not specified}
1: Episode 690

_{not specified}
3: Episode 692

_{not specified}
4: Episode 693

_{not specified}
5: Episode 694

_{not specified}
6: Episode 695

_{not specified}
7: Episode 696

_{not specified}
8: Episode 697

_{not specified}
9: Episode 698

_{not specified}
10: Episode 698

_{not specified}
11: Episode 699

_{not specified}
12: Episode 700

_{not specified}
13: Episode 701

_{not specified}
14: Episode 702

_{not specified}
15: Episode 703

_{not specified}
16: Episode 704

_{not specified}
17: Episode 705

_{not specified}
18: Episode 706

_{not specified}
19: Episode 707

_{not specified}
20: Episode 708

_{not specified}
21: Episode 709

_{not specified}
22: Episode 710

_{not specified}
23: Episode 711

_{not specified}
24: Episode 712

_{not specified}
25: Episode 713

_{not specified}
26: Episode 714

_{not specified}
27: Episode 715

_{not specified}
28: Episode 716

_{not specified}
29: Episode 717

_{not specified}
30: Episode 718

_{not specified}
31: Episode 719

_{Tuesday, November 10th, 1992}
2: Snuffy Organizes the Snuffketeers

_{Wednesday, December 30th, 1992}
38: Superhero Adventures

_{Monday, January 25th, 1993}
56: The Worm Winter Games

Season 25

_{not specified}
3: Episode 722

_{not specified}
4: Episode 723

_{not specified}
5: Episode 724

_{not specified}
6: Episode 725

_{not specified}
7: Episode 726

_{not specified}
8: Episode 727

_{not specified}
9: Episode 728

_{not specified}
10: Episode 729

_{not specified}
11: Episode 730

_{not specified}
12: Episode 731

_{not specified}
13: Episode 732

_{not specified}
14: Episode 733

_{not specified}
15: Episode 734

_{not specified}
16: Episode 735

_{not specified}
18: Episode 737

_{not specified}
19: Episode 738

_{not specified}
20: Episode 739

_{not specified}
21: Episode 740

_{not specified}
22: Episode 741

_{not specified}
23: Episode 742

_{not specified}
24: Episode 743

_{not specified}
25: Episode 744

_{not specified}
26: Episode 745

_{not specified}
27: Episode 746

_{not specified}
28: Episode 747

_{not specified}
29: Episode 748

_{not specified}
30: Episode 749

_{Monday, November 22nd, 1993}
1: Around the Corner

_{Tuesday, November 23rd, 1993}
2: Dancing Ruthie

Ruthie Dances

_{Tuesday, December 14th, 1993}
17: Oscar and the Theme Song

_{Monday, January 10th, 1994}
36: The Grand High Triangle Lover's Success Story

_{Thursday, January 13th, 1994}
39: Wanda the Word Fairy Visits (Repeat)

_{Monday, March 28th, 1994}
91: The Martians Visit Sesame Street

_{Friday, April 15th, 1994}
105: Country Icon Johnny Cash Sings a Tall Tale

Big Bird and Snuffy Add. Another sunny day on the street.

Season 26

_{not specified}
1: Episode 750

_{not specified}
2: Episode 751

_{not specified}
3: Episode 752

_{not specified}
4: Episode 753

_{not specified}
5: Episode 754

_{not specified}
6: Episode 755

_{not specified}
7: Episode 756

_{not specified}
8: Episode 757

_{not specified}
9: Episode 758

_{not specified}
10: Episode 759

_{not specified}
11: Episode 760

_{not specified}
12: Episode 761

_{not specified}
13: Episode 762

_{not specified}
15: Episode 764

_{not specified}
16: Episode 765

_{not specified}
17: Episode 766

_{not specified}
18: Episode 767

_{not specified}
19: Episode 768

_{not specified}
20: Episode 769

_{not specified}
21: Episode 770

_{not specified}
22: Episode 771

_{not specified}
23: Episode 772

_{not specified}
24: Episode 773

_{not specified}
25: Episode 774

_{not specified}
26: Episode 775

_{not specified}
27: Episode 776

_{not specified}
28: Episode 777

_{not specified}
29: Episode 778

_{not specified}
30: Episode 779

_{Thursday, December 8th, 1994}
14: Episode 763

_{Friday, January 6th, 1995}
35: The Worm Summer Games

_{Thursday, April 20th, 1995}
109: Episode 3374

Soap opera parodies.

Season 27

_{not specified}
1: Episode 780

_{not specified}
2: Episode 781

_{not specified}
3: Episode 782

_{not specified}
4: Episode 783

_{not specified}
5: Episode 784

_{not specified}
6: Episode 785

_{not specified}
7: Episode 786

_{not specified}
8: Episode 787

_{not specified}
9: Episode 788

_{not specified}
10: Episode 789

_{not specified}
11: Episode 790

_{not specified}
12: Episode 791

_{not specified}
13: Episode 792

_{not specified}
14: Episode 793

_{not specified}
15: Episode 794

_{not specified}
16: Episode 795

_{not specified}
17: Episode 796

_{not specified}
18: Episode 797

_{not specified}
19: Episode 798

_{not specified}
20: Episode 799

_{not specified}
21: Episode 800

_{not specified}
22: Episode 801

_{not specified}
23: Episode 802

_{not specified}
24: Episode 803

_{not specified}
25: Episode 804

_{not specified}
26: Episode 805

_{not specified}
27: Episode 806

_{not specified}
28: Episode 807

_{not specified}
29: Episode 808

_{not specified}
30: Episode 809

_{Thursday, January 11th, 1996}
39: Big Bird Has Birdy Pox

Big Bird has the birdy pox!

_{Friday, January 12th, 1996}
40: Elmo and Rosita Try Farming

_{Friday, February 2nd, 1996}
55: Big Bird Wants to Be a Dancer

Big Bird learns to be a dancer with help from Celina.

_{Monday, February 26th, 1996}
71: Rosita at the Furry Arms

_{Tuesday, April 16th, 1996}
107: Big Bird Bowling Ball (Repeat)

Biff has a bowling ball stuck on his hand.

_{Friday, May 17th, 1996}
130: Shari Lewis and Lamb Chop Visit

Season 28

_{not specified}
28: Episode 837

_{not specified}
29: Episode 838

_{not specified}
30: Episode 839

_{not specified}
1: Episode 810

_{not specified}
2: Episode 811

_{not specified}
3: Episode 812

_{not specified}
4: Episode 813

_{not specified}
5: Episode 814

_{not specified}
6: Episode 815

_{not specified}
7: Episode 816

_{not specified}
8: Episode 817

_{not specified}
9: Episode 818

_{not specified}
10: Episode 819

_{not specified}
11: Episode 820

_{not specified}
12: Episode 821

_{not specified}
13: Episode 822

_{not specified}
14: Episode 823

_{not specified}
15: Episode 824

_{not specified}
16: Episode 825

_{not specified}
17: Episode 826

_{not specified}
18: Episode 827

_{not specified}
19: Episode 828

_{not specified}
20: Episode 829

_{not specified}
21: Episode 830

_{not specified}
22: Episode 831

_{not specified}
23: Episode 832

_{not specified}
24: Episode 833

_{not specified}
25: Episode 834

_{not specified}
26: Episode 835

_{not specified}
27: Episode 836

_{Tuesday, December 31st, 1996}
32: Elmo's Silly Wiggle

_{Thursday, January 9th, 1997}
39: Big Bird and the Cuckoos

_{Thursday, March 13th, 1997}
84: Oscar Proposes to Grundgetta

_{Monday, March 17th, 1997}
86: The Art Dealer

Leo Birdelli visits

_{Monday, April 28th, 1997}
116: Many Monsters!

Season 29

_{not specified}
1: Episode 840

_{not specified}
2: Episode 841

_{not specified}
3: Episode 842

_{not specified}
4: Episode 843

_{not specified}
5: Episode 844

_{not specified}
6: Episode 845

_{not specified}
7: Episode 846

_{not specified}
9: Episode 848

_{not specified}
10: Episode 849

_{not specified}
11: Episode 850

_{not specified}
12: Episode 851

_{not specified}
13: Episode 852

_{not specified}
14: Episode 853

_{not specified}
15: Episode 854

_{not specified}
16: Episode 855

_{not specified}
17: Episode 856

_{not specified}
18: Episode 857

_{not specified}
19: Episode 858

_{not specified}
20: Episode 859

_{not specified}
21: Episode 860

_{not specified}
22: Episode 861

_{not specified}
23: Episode 862

_{not specified}
24: Episode 863

_{not specified}
25: Episode 864

_{not specified}
26: Episode 865

_{not specified}
27: Episode 866

_{not specified}
28: Episode 867

_{not specified}
29: Episode 868

_{not specified}
30: Episode 869

_{not specified}
38: Episode 873

_{not specified}
35: Episode 872

_{not specified}
34: Episode 871

_{not specified}
32: Episode 870

_{Wednesday, November 26th, 1997}
8: Elmo's Dream

_{Tuesday, January 13th, 1998}
42: Slimey to the Moon: Slimey Enrolls with WASA

_{Wednesday, January 14th, 1998}
43: Slimey to the Moon: Slimey Goes into Space

Slimey and four other worms get into a spaceship headed for the moon.

_{Monday, February 16th, 1998}
68: Big Bird Wants to be a Dancer (Repeat)

_{Monday, February 16th, 1998}
66: Big Bird Wants to Be a Dancer

Big Bird hears some wonderful music coming from Celina's dance studio. It makes him want to dance, so he does as he makes his way upstairs.

_{Tuesday, February 17th, 1998}
67: Snuffy Has Trouble Tap Dancing

At the park, Big Bird welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street, and encounters a sad Snuffy. Snuffy explains that he's sad because of ... tap dancing.

_{Friday, February 20th, 1998}
70: Prairie Dawn Gives Maria the Gift of Music

_{Wednesday, May 6th, 1998}
123: Telly and Baby Bear Go Camping

_{Thursday, May 7th, 1998}
124: Where's the Elephant?

_{Friday, May 15th, 1998}
130: Slimey to the Moon: Slimey Returns from the Moon

Gabi makes her way over to Oscar's trash can from the yard to see what Oscar is doing. In preparation of Slimey's return from the moon, he's getting Slimey's bed ready. Gabi bets that he's excited, but Oscar counters that it's just Slimey: his "little mud button," his "little space hero back from the universe at last." Oscar's spent a lot of time planning his return with a mint laid out on the bed, and a fresh apple to eat. Gabi gets that he's secretly happy to have Slimey coming home today, but reminds Oscar that he still has to get from space back to the Earth.

Season 30

_{not specified}
5: Episode 874

_{not specified}
32: 3817

_{not specified}
7: Episode 876

_{not specified}
8: Episode 877

_{not specified}
9: Episode 878

_{not specified}
10: Episode 879

_{not specified}
11: Episode 880

_{not specified}
12: Episode 881

_{not specified}
13: Episode 882

_{not specified}
14: Episode 883

_{not specified}
15: Episode 884

_{not specified}
16: Episode 885

_{not specified}
17: Episode 886

_{not specified}
18: Episode 887

_{not specified}
19: Episode 888

_{not specified}
20: Episode 889

_{not specified}
21: Episode 890

_{not specified}
22: Episode 891

_{not specified}
23: Episode 892

_{not specified}
24: Episode 893

_{not specified}
26: Episode 895

_{not specified}
27: Episode 896

_{not specified}
28: Episode 897

_{not specified}
29: Episode 898

_{not specified}
31: Episode 894

_{Monday, November 16th, 1998}
1: Welcome Alan

Big Bird holds a Birdketeers meeting. Alan is the new storekeeper at Hooper's. Suzie Kabloozie - "Somebody Come and Play" Monsters in Day Care - "Itsy Bitsy Spider" Dog waiters Elmo's World: "Balls" Letter: H Number: 5

_{Tuesday, November 17th, 1998}
2: Gina Studies to Be a Veterinarian

Big Bird wants Gina to read to him, but she is busy studying to be a veterinary school. Name That Animal Sound Elmo's World: "Balls" Letter: W Number: 17

_{Wednesday, November 18th, 1998}
3: Big Bird and Elmo Play Hide-and-Seek

Episode 3788

_{Thursday, November 19th, 1998}
4: Zoe's New Zoemobile

_{Monday, November 23rd, 1998}
6: Maria Pet Sits at the Fix-It Shop

_{Friday, January 8th, 1999}
25: Prairie Dawn's Friendship Pageant

Big Bird welcomes the viewer and is approached by Snuffy to play tag. Big Bird offers to be "it", an act Snuffy appreciates. They start singing a song about being best friends, joined by other pairs of friends (Miles and Gabi, Telly and Baby Bear, Gordon and Susan, and a Dinger and Honker).

_{Friday, January 15th, 1999}
30: Episode 3815

Oscar's trash sale.

_{Thursday, April 1st, 1999}
54: Bolo Learns the Alphabet

Episode 3839

_{Friday, April 9th, 1999}
60: A Garden on Sesame Street

_{Monday, May 3rd, 1999}
61: Rosita Can't Fly

Maria catches Rosita trying to use her wings to fly like the birds. Rosita thinks that since everyone in her family has wings, she should be able to fly. But when Maria asks if any of Rosita's family members actually can fly, she realizes that none of them can. Rosita is upset about not being able to fly, so Maria takes her to someone who will understand how she feels ... someone who happens to be a big bird.

_{Wednesday, May 5th, 1999}
63: Appreciation Party for Barkley

_{Friday, May 7th, 1999}
65: Zoe Won't Share the Zoemobile

Zoe arrives in her Zoemobile for her playdate with Elmo. Elmo wants to play with it, since he's never done so before. Zoe starts a game of "Zoemobile Gas Station," where Elmo wants to drive the car. Zoe instead makes him play the gas station attendant, where he fills her tank, washes the windshield and fills the tires with air. She says she'll let him drive the Zoemobile...after she "drives to Alaska".

Season 31

_{not specified}
1: The New York City Ballet help Big Bird and Elmo learn a new dance

_{not specified}
2: Baby Bear and Telly find a kitten

_{not specified}
4: Maria babysits a baby bird

_{not specified}
6: Episode 905

_{not specified}
7: Episode 906

_{not specified}
8: Episode 907

_{not specified}
9: Episode 908

_{not specified}
10: Episode 909

_{not specified}
11: Episode 910

_{not specified}
13: Episode 912

_{not specified}
14: Episode 913

_{not specified}
15: Episode 914

_{not specified}
16: Episode 915

_{not specified}
17: Episode 916

_{not specified}
18: Episode 917

_{not specified}
19: Episode 918

_{not specified}
20: Episode 919

_{not specified}
21: Episode 920

_{not specified}
22: Episode 921

_{not specified}
23: Episode 922

_{not specified}
24: Episode 923

_{not specified}
25: Episode 924

_{not specified}
26: Episode 925

_{not specified}
27: Episode 926

_{not specified}
28: Episode 927

_{not specified}
30: Episode 929

_{Wednesday, January 5th, 2000}
3: Elmo's Zoo

_{Friday, January 7th, 2000}
5: Barkley Does Not Want to Take a Bath

_{Tuesday, January 18th, 2000}
12: Episode 3562

Baby Bear forms a reading club

_{Thursday, February 10th, 2000}
29: Big Bird and Snuffy Explore Things That Are Alive

_{Friday, April 7th, 2000}
40: Baby Bear and the Monster Sing-Along Party

_{Friday, April 14th, 2000}
45: Episode 3895

_{Tuesday, April 25th, 2000}
52: Episode 3902

Oscar's pet elephant Fluffy is missing

_{Monday, May 1st, 2000}
56: Papa Bear's Perpetual Porridge Machine

_{Tuesday, May 9th, 2000}
62: Elmo in Numberland

_{Friday, May 12th, 2000}
65: Baby Bear Draws a Superhero

Season 32

_{not specified}
3: Gina's First Day as a Veterinarian

_{not specified}
4: Maria's Mother Visits

_{not specified}
5: Lulu Makes Up New Words to Her Favorite Song

_{not specified}
6: Elmo Runs All Day

_{not specified}
7: Radar Is Accidentally Ripped

_{not specified}
8: Gina's Niece Hannah Moves to Sesame Street

_{not specified}
9: Maria Finds Gabi's Painting of When She Was 5

Maria welcomes the viewer to Sesame Street excited because she finds Gabi's first water-colored painting she made when she was five. Gabi forgets what it is and Maria has to refresh her memory about that. As Maria goes inside the Fix-It Shop, Gabi gives it to Big Bird who thinks that he can write a story with it. Maria comes back outside and wonders what happened to the picture.

_{not specified}
10: Baby Bear Learns to Whistle

_{not specified}
11: Episode 940

_{not specified}
12: Episode 941

_{not specified}
14: Episode 943

_{not specified}
15: Episode 944

_{not specified}
16: Episode 945

_{not specified}
17: Episode 946

_{not specified}
18: Episode 947

_{not specified}
19: Episode 948

_{not specified}
20: Episode 949

_{not specified}
21: Episode 950

_{not specified}
22: Episode 951

_{not specified}
23: Episode 952

_{not specified}
24: Episode 953

_{not specified}
25: Episode 954

_{not specified}
26: Episode 955

_{not specified}
27: Episode 956

_{not specified}
29: Episode 958

_{not specified}
30: Episode 959

_{not specified}
33: Nursery Rhyme Day

_{Monday, January 1st, 2001}
1: Baby Bear's Porridge Birthday Cake

_{Monday, January 1st, 2001}
31: Birthday Porridge

_{Tuesday, January 2nd, 2001}
2: Salsa Party on Sesame Street

_{Tuesday, January 2nd, 2001}
32: Sesame Salsa

_{Wednesday, January 17th, 2001}
13: Nursery Rhyme Day

_{Wednesday, February 7th, 2001}
28: Cooking Day

_{Tuesday, March 13th, 2001}
52: Gordon Ducksits for Rubber Duckie

_{Wednesday, March 14th, 2001}
53: Rosita Draws Pictures of Her Friends

_{Monday, March 19th, 2001}
56: Episode 3971

Stinky wants to be big

_{Monday, March 26th, 2001}
61: Hurricane: Preparing for the Hurricane (1)

The episode's plot begins with Big Bird and Gordon conversing on and about, as Gordon describes it, "this very windy day on Sesame Street". They are soon interrupted by Old MacDonald on the street, who remarks that his chickens quack and his sheep do the cha-cha whenever there is a hurricane.

_{Tuesday, March 27th, 2001}
62: Hurricane: Big Bird Finds His Nest Destroyed (2)

The hurricane of the previous day has ended. The episode opens with a view of the human cast sweeping and cleaning outside. The camera pans to the stoop of 123 Sesame Street, where Big Bird and Gordon comment on the damage. Big Bird wonders what has happened to his nest.

_{Wednesday, March 28th, 2001}
63: Hurricane: Memories of Big Bird's Nest (3)

As the episode opens, the cast is in the midst of fixing Big Bird's nest area. We pan over to Big Bird, who explains the occurrences of the preceding days. To be prepared for future hurricanes, Telly wears a raincoat, carries all sorts of equipment on him, and has devised an "early-warning system" whereby a hurricane is anticipated whenever his pinwheel turns. Gina is skeptical.

_{Thursday, March 29th, 2001}
3929: Hurricane, part 4 (Episode 3979)

_{Thursday, March 29th, 2001}
64: Hurricane: Building a New Nest (4)

Big Bird comments to Radar and the viewer on how the street has been cleaned up. After flashbacks of the preceding three days' events, Snuffy comes along and tells him that Luis says it's OK to go home.

_{Friday, March 30th, 2001}
65: Hurricane: The Final Twig (5)

Big Bird's nest-building work continues from the previous day, with sticks and mud being applied. Telly and Elmo provide a brief recap of the week's events.

_{Wednesday, September 9th, 2009}
3928: Nursery Rhyme Day

Season 33

_{not specified}
1: Episode 960

_{not specified}
2: Episode 961

_{not specified}
4: Episode 963

_{not specified}
5: Episode 964

_{not specified}
6: Episode 965

_{not specified}
7: Episode 966

_{not specified}
8: Episode 967

_{not specified}
9: Episode 968

_{not specified}
11: Episode 970

_{not specified}
12: Episode 971

_{not specified}
13: Episode 972

_{not specified}
15: Episode 974

_{not specified}
16: Episode 975

_{not specified}
17: Episode 976

_{not specified}
18: Episode 977

_{not specified}
21: Episode 980

_{not specified}
23: Episode 982

_{not specified}
24: Episode 983

_{not specified}
25: Episode 984

_{not specified}
26: Episode 985

_{not specified}
27: Episode 986

_{not specified}
28: Episode 987

_{not specified}
29: Episode 988

_{not specified}
30: Episode 989

_{Wednesday, February 6th, 2002}
3: Three Monster Girls Who Love to Sing

_{Friday, February 15th, 2002}
10: Elmo Writes a Story

Elmo illustrates a book about a spaceship

_{Thursday, February 21st, 2002}
14: Zoe Learns to Play the Trombone

_{Thursday, February 28th, 2002}
19: Ernie's Rubber Duckie Loses Its Squeak

_{Friday, March 1st, 2002}
20: Elmofante

The Mark of Elefante

_{Tuesday, March 5th, 2002}
22: The Three Amigas

_{Monday, March 18th, 2002}
31: Baby Bear and Telly Ride the Zoemobile

Baby Bear and Telly play in Zoe's Zoemobile.

_{Tuesday, March 19th, 2002}
32: Fun with a Stick

_{Wednesday, March 20th, 2002}
33: Making Pictures for Snuffy's Grandma

Snuffy's grandma visits

_{Monday, March 25th, 2002}
36: Episode 4016

_{Thursday, March 28th, 2002}
39: Ernie Delivers a Chicken to Old MacDonald

_{Monday, April 1st, 2002}
41: Big Bird's Pen Pal

_{Tuesday, April 2nd, 2002}
42: Gina Takes the Day Off to Spend Time with Elmo

_{Wednesday, April 3rd, 2002}
43: Baby Bear Plays T-Ball

_{Friday, April 12th, 2002}
50: Oscar's Road Trip

Season 34

_{not specified}
34: Episode 995

_{not specified}
27: Episode 1016

_{not specified}
28: Episode 1017

_{not specified}
29: Episode 1018

_{not specified}
30: Episode 1019

_{Monday, April 7th, 2003}
1: Sesame Street Sings Karaoke

Alan hosts a karaoke night at Hooper's Store.

_{Tuesday, April 8th, 2003}
2: Elmo Falls in Love with Gina

In Gina's veterinarian office, Elmo has brought his goldfish Dorothy in for a checkup. After the checkup, Gina offers to carry the goldfish bowl out for Elmo, despite that she has a waiting room full of impatient animals. Elmo thinks Gina is nice to care for Dorothy, and begins to realize he's in love with her.

_{Wednesday, April 9th, 2003}
3: Cookie Hood

Cookie Hood takes cookies from those who have a lot of cookies and gives to those who have no cookies.

_{Thursday, April 10th, 2003}
4: Bert's Birthday

Today is Bert's birthday and Ernie's got a big surprise planned.

_{Friday, April 11th, 2003}
5: The Big Bad Wolf's Brother, Leonard

The Big Bad Wolf's brother, Leonard, visits Sesame Street, and they aren't very much alike.

_{Friday, April 11th, 2003}
31: Bert's Birthday

_{Saturday, April 12th, 2003}
32: Big Bad Wolf's Brother Is Falsely Accused

_{Monday, April 14th, 2003}
6: Elmo Learns About Chess

Elmo comes across Gordon setting up a chess board. He plans on playing chess with Alan today. Since he always loses, he's going to practice first with the help of his new book: "How to Be a Better Chess Player".

_{Tuesday, April 15th, 2003}
7: Super Grover's New Cape

Grover asks Maria at the Mail-It Shop if his new Super Grover cape has been delivered yet, as his current one is worn-out. She tells him it won't be delivered until Thursday. He catches wind of someone in distress, but his old worn out cape only helps him fly as far as the courtyard. Everyone on Sesame Street comes around to help Super Grover with his cape problem.

_{Wednesday, April 16th, 2003}
8: Big Bird Writes a Story

Big Bird writes a fairy tale about a penguin, but can't figure out how to finish it.

_{Thursday, April 17th, 2003}
9: Elmo and Zoe Pretend to Be Aliens

Big Bird wraps up a playdate with Snuffy, when he hears some strange music. He follows it to the courtyard, where he comes across a box. Inside, Zoe and Elmo are pretending to be aliens. They can't see any traces of life through their periscope, so they exit their ship to investigate. They come face to face with Big Bird, who immediately understands and starts playing along, informing them about Sesame Street.

_{Friday, April 18th, 2003}
10: Zoe's T Party

Telly and Baby Bear head over to Zoe to see what fun game she has planned. She tells them they'll be having a tea party, which Baby Bear believes won't work, as he and Telly are boys and tea parties are for girls. Zoe claims her tea parties are different, as they are letter T parties! A letter T appears so they can twist, turn and tackle. The boys really enjoyed that, but don't like what's coming up next - ballet.

_{Monday, April 21st, 2003}
11: Oscar Wants a New Place to Live

Oscar tries moving around Sesame Street when he gets tired of doing the same grouchy things over and over every day.

_{Tuesday, April 22nd, 2003}
12: Fish-Sitters for Dorothy

Elmo tries to recruit a fish-sitter so that he can go to a baseball game with Gordon.

_{Wednesday, April 23rd, 2003}
13: Elmo and Zoe Search for Rocco

Zoe and Elmo are putting on a circus and Zoe loses Rocco, her pet rock. Elmo helps Zoe look for Rocco.

_{Thursday, April 24th, 2003}
14: Gabi, Zoe and Elmo Make Kites

Zoe and Elmo both want to fly kites after watching their favorite movie, but can't buy one at Hooper's Store. They end up going to Gabi for help.

_{Friday, April 25th, 2003}
15: Cookie Monster Gets the Cookie Flu

Cookie Monster is hauling something heavy behind him. He calls out his friends (Big Bird, Elmo, Zoe, Gordon and Maria) to see what he's got - a shopping cart filled with cookies. He explains that he entered a cookie poem contest and won, with the load of cookies being his grand prize. He reads his poem to everyone, and just as he's about to dig into his prize, he sneezes. Cookie Monster has the cookie flu!

_{Monday, April 28th, 2003}
16: Elmo and Rosita's Musical Playdate

Sesame Street has a mini-musical today while Elmo and Rosita try to get together for a playdate.

_{Tuesday, April 29th, 2003}
17: Telly Is Afraid He'll Hurt Baby Bear

Telly and Baby Bear are playing basketball. While playing, Telly accidentally hits Baby Bear in the nose. After Gina checks his nose out, everything appears to be fine, but Telly doesn't want to hurt Baby Bear again and wants to try something else.

_{Wednesday, April 30th, 2003}
18: Rosita Meets a Frog Wearing a Crown

Rosita wants to play with someone, but it turns that just about everybody on Sesame Street is too busy to play with her, until she discovers a frog who loves to jump, so she plays with him. Baby Bear and Telly finish their chores and want to play with Rosita and the frog, and Baby Bear notices the frog is wearing a crown on his head, making him think the frog is the Frog Prince.

_{Thursday, May 1st, 2003}
19: Zoe and Stinky Write a Story

Telly and Baby Bear have just finished making a book they wrote and illustrated. Stinky the Stinkweed, Zoe and Gordon are the first to hear their story: "The Little Merbear." Stinky loved the story and wishes he could write one too. He and Zoe start coming up with with the story.

_{Friday, May 2nd, 2003}
20: Zoe's New Tutu Gets Stuck in the Tree

Zoe shows Telly her new rainbow tutu. Just as she is about to put it on, the wind carries it away. They chase it down the street, where it ends up in a tree.

_{Monday, May 5th, 2003}
21: Telly Cares for a Duckling

Telly is on his way to a playdate with Rosita, when he comes across a stray egg on the sidewalk. He wonders where it came from, when it starts to shake and crack. A duckling hatches from it and the two take an instant liking to each other. Rosita comes by and notices the duckling thinks Telly's his mommy. They decide to consult a grown-up.

_{Tuesday, May 6th, 2003}
22: Baby Bear and Telly Play with Bagpipes

Bob introduces Zoe to his friend Scotty McKilt, who plays the bagpipes. He plays a tune for Zoe to dance to, working up his appetite. He asks Zoe to look after his bagpipes while he eats and she agrees. She goes to show her new dance to Oscar, leaving the bagpipes behind. Telly and Baby Bear come by while playing. They see the bagpipes and wonder what they could be.

_{Wednesday, May 7th, 2003}
23: Big Bird Waits for His Playdate with Snuffy

_{Thursday, May 8th, 2003}
24: Baby Bear Worries About His Future Sibling (1)

Mama Bear is expecting a new baby, and Baby Bear worries about his new sibling and how it will be in their family. Part 1 of 3 parts involving the birth of Curly Bear.

_{Friday, May 9th, 2003}
25: Curly Bear Is Born (2)

While staying at Gina's, Baby Bear gets a call from Papa Bear at the hospital saying that the baby has been born and he's now the big brother to a baby sister. Part 2 of 3 parts involving the birth of Curly Bear.

_{Saturday, May 10th, 2003}
26: Curly Bear Comes Home (3)

Baby Bear comes to terms with his new sister. Part 3 of 3 parts involving the birth of Curly Bear.

_{Saturday, April 16th, 2005}
33: Super Grover's Cape

Season 35

_{not specified}
14: Snuffy's Invisible (2)

_{not specified}
16: Gabi Becomes a Temporary Playdate

_{not specified}
17: Baby Bear Tries to Teach Curly to Draw

_{not specified}
19: Cookie Monster Writes a Story

_{not specified}
22: Baby Bear Tries to Make Curley Sleep

_{not specified}
23: Miles's Band Needs a Quiet Place to Practice

_{not specified}
24: Elmo Becomes a Bird

_{not specified}
25: Rosita Dislikes Her Accent

_{not specified}
26: The Big Bad Wolf Hates Losing Games

_{not specified}
27: Episode 1046

_{not specified}
28: Episode 1047

_{not specified}
29: Episode 1048

_{not specified}
30: Episode 1049

_{not specified}
31: Episode 1020

_{not specified}
32: Episode 1021

_{not specified}
33: Episode 1022

_{not specified}
34: Episode 1023

_{not specified}
35: Episode 1024

_{not specified}
36: Episode 1025

_{not specified}
37: Episode 1026

_{not specified}
38: Episode 1027

_{not specified}
39: Episode 1028

_{not specified}
40: Episode 1029

_{not specified}
41: Episode 1030

_{not specified}
42: Episode 1031

_{Sunday, February 15th, 2004}
1: The Street We Live On

Elmo's World celebrates 35 years of Sesame Street. Elmo wants to know more about the street he lives on, so Grover takes him on a trip back in time to see what Sesame Street was like before Elmo was born.

_{Tuesday, April 6th, 2004}
2: Best Pet in the World

Zoe, Telly, Elmo, and Baby Bear get into a debate about who has the best pet. Each of them expresses all of the reasons that a certain pet is the best and they get very heated. The friends start to get really frustrated and angry at each other, and eventually Maria comes by to see what is going on. The friends explain their problem to Maria. She helps them see that each pet is the best pet for each of them for different reasons. If each of them loves their pets, then they are all the best pets in the whole wide world. Problem solved! Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

_{Wednesday, April 7th, 2004}
3: Curly Doesn't Like Porridge

Curly Bear doesn't like porridge, much to the dismay of Baby Bear. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

_{Thursday, April 8th, 2004}
4: Alan's Vacation Replacement

_{Friday, April 9th, 2004}
5: Cinderella's Fairy Godmother's Mistake

_{Monday, April 12th, 2004}
6: Little Furry Red Monster Parade

_{Tuesday, April 13th, 2004}
7: Elmo's Chicken Dream

_{Wednesday, April 14th, 2004}
8: Rocco's New Dance

_{Thursday, April 15th, 2004}
9: The Sesame Street Square Game

_{Friday, April 16th, 2004}
10: The New Four Bears Story

_{Monday, April 19th, 2004}
11: Gordon, Miles, and Grandpa's Music

_{Tuesday, April 20th, 2004}
12: Telly Falls from His Pogo Stick

_{Wednesday, April 21st, 2004}
13: Snuffy's Invisible (1)

_{Friday, April 23rd, 2004}
15: Professor Super Grover's School for Super-Heroes

_{Wednesday, April 28th, 2004}
18: Telly's Letter Dilemma

Telly joins the Letter-Of-The-Month Club. Image and description courtesy of MuppetWiki and used with permission under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

_{Friday, April 30th, 2004}
20: The Loudest Growl

_{Monday, May 3rd, 2004}
21: Elmo Feels He's Treated Unfairly by Rocco

Season 36

_{Monday, April 4th, 2005}
1: Telly Learns How to Catch a Ball

Everyone on Sesame Street is outside having fun and playing catch! Well, everyone except Telly, who admits to BabyBear he doesn’t know how to catch a ball. Baby Bear, Rosita and Maria each try to help Telly. But no matter how hardhe tries, the ball slips through his fingers! Just when Telly decides he’s ready to quit, Baby Bear introduces a surpriseguest, New York Yankees manager, Joe Torre! Joe assures Telly he’s doing everything right, and reminds him thatsometimes learning something new takes a lot of practice. As he leaves, Joe tosses the ball to Telly—and he catchesit! Now Telly wants to practice even more

_{Tuesday, April 5th, 2005}
2: The Banana in the Stone

The letter "J" and the number 9; literacy; nutrition. Hooper's Store is out of apples, Curly Bear's favorite snack, and Telly and Baby Bear try to convince her to eat a banana instead by telling her the story of "The Banana in the Stone." Lang Lang, a 22-year-old piano sensation from China, auditions for Bob, Oscar, and the Grouches.

_{Wednesday, April 6th, 2005}
3: Health Food Game Show

Healthy Food Spanish Word - gato Location - Paris France Number of the Day - 6. The letter "G" and the number 6; nutrition. Elmo plays the Healthy Foods Name Game, in which he has to find nutritious foods of various colors. Jeopardy! champ Ken Jennings joins Grover for a Health Moment, and reggae artist Wyclef Jean sings about healthy food with Cookie Monster.

_{Thursday, April 7th, 2005}
4: Birdseed Cookies for Granny

Big Bird’s granny is coming to Sesame Street, and with Alan’s help, Big Bird bakes “The World’s Greatest Birdseed Cookies” for her.

_{Friday, April 8th, 2005}
5: The True Story of the Three Bears

Telly is doing a “Monster on the Spot” report about Baby Bear, who is telling the story of what really happened to the three bears as their porridge cooled. Instead of walking, they were very active as they ran and jumped through the woods. Suddenly, they find they’re lost in the magic garden of a wizard who put a spell on them and turned them into ducks. Baby Bear, using fun science words, tests his hypothesis that the type of animal they turn into depends on the kind of animal sound they make. Through his experiment, he finds out that his guess is correct! They all make bear sounds and transform into bears again. The wizard wouldn’t let them out of the garden until they name three things about vegetables. With the help of the Singing Vegetables singing, “We Are the Vegetables,” the three bears figure out that vegetables are delicious, are good for you…and are musical!

_{Monday, April 11th, 2005}
6: Look Up in the Sky It's Snuffy?!

Snuffy wants to be a cloud in the sky. He wonders how he is going to get up there, and then realizes that he could use a balloon to lift him up. He wishes for a balloon and the Fairy Balloon Person (Richard Kind) comes to grant his wish. Since it’s going to take more than one balloon to lift him up, the Fairy Balloon Person keeps adding 5 more balloons each time until they reach 40 balloons. He starts to fly up to the sky going higher and higher. While Snuffy is happy to be seeing birds and other clouds, he starts to get cold and lonely being all by himself. Snuffy wishes to go back down, and his wish is granted. He realizes that everyone he loves is down on Sesame Street and that he would rather be a snuffleupagus than a cloud any day.

_{Tuesday, April 12th, 2005}
7: American Fruit Stand

Alan is busy receiving a big delivery at Hooper’s Store so Miles helps him out by watching the fruit stand. Elmo and Zoe walk by talking about cookies and ice cream. All of sudden, Sesame Street is transformed into a 50’s musical show “American Fruit Stand.” Miles sings “I Love Fruit” (to the tune of “I Feel Good”), a song about how good fruit tastes and how good it is for the body. Elmo and Zoe get so excited about fruit that they now want an apple and an orange! Gina comes to the fruit stand and asks Miles for some peaches and pears. Sesame Street is transformed once again and Miles sings, “Peaches and Pears” (to the tune of “Twist and Shout”). Maria needs some broccoli. It happens to be her lucky day because broccoli is a special guest star on “American Fruit Stand” and Miles sings “Broccoli is Good” (to the tune of “Johnny B. Goode”). All of the fans and groupies become so excited about fruits and vegetables. Alan’s business has never been so good.

_{Wednesday, April 13th, 2005}
8: The Moon Is Not a Cookie!

Cookie Monster thinks the moon is a giant cookie and sets off on a mission to figure out how he could get to the moon so that he could eat it.

_{Thursday, April 14th, 2005}
9: Snuffy Learns to Dance

Snuffy sees Elmo, Zoe, and her friend, Carina the Ballerina, ballet dancing and wants to join in on the fun. He tries to follow along with them as they leap and twirl around, but ends up crashing on the ground and knocking them down. Snuffy becomes sad and insecure about his size when they tell him that maybe he’s too big to dance ballet. Snuffy tries to figure out ways to make himself smaller by imagining himself as a mouse and doing scrunching down exercises, but becomes discouraged since he can’t seem to change his size. Then, Big Bird, Luis, Maria, and Gabi all reassure Snuffy that they love everything about him and that he is beautifully big and perfect just the way he is. At the end, Zoe, Elmo, and Carina apologize to Snuffy for hurting his feelings and realize that anybody can dance and that dancing should be about having fun with all your friends, no matter what size they are. They all dance happily together.

_{Friday, April 15th, 2005}
10: Big Bird, Snuffy and Friends Hike

Maria and Luis are planning for their hike gathering their backpacks, water, and trail mix. Big Bird and Snuffy are especially excited since they have never been on a hike before! Maria explains what great exercise it is and how many interesting things you can find around you. They don’t get very far on their hike because they stop to observe things around them that they’ve never really noticed before - the bark and leaves of a tree, the colors of a pebble on the ground, and even a tap dancing spider! Even though they don’t get very far, Big Bird and Snuffy had a great time on their very first hike!

_{Monday, April 18th, 2005}
11: Baby Bear's First Day of School

It’s Baby Bear’s first day of school and he’s very excited! Papa Bear drops Baby Bear off at the Storybook Community School and tells him that he loves him and will be back after school to pick him up. At school, Baby Bear meets and becomes friends with Hansel and Gretel, Jack and Jill, Little Red Riding Hood, and other storybook characters. While Baby Bear is having fun making friends and learning new things, he often misses his family throughout the day. Baby Bear wonders what they are doing and wishes that they could be there to share in the excitement of his first day in school. When Papa Bear picks Baby Bear up, Baby Bear tells him that while he had a great time at school, he also really missed his family. Papa Bear reassures Baby Bear by telling him that it’s okay to miss the family. He tells Baby Bear to just think about the time they get to see each other again at the end of the day, and how he will tell his family about all the great things he did in school!

_{Tuesday, April 19th, 2005}
12: Telly Learns the Grouchketeer Cheer

Telly Monster tells Gordon that he feels miserable because in order to go on Oscar’s Annual Grouch Picnic and Field Day, he has to learn the Official Grouch Cheer and he’s the only one who can’t do it right. Gordon talks to Oscar and convinces him to let Telly try learning to do it right. Telly is so discouraged at this point that he keeps saying that he can’t do the cheer. Gordon motivates Telly by practicing the cheer with him and by telling him that he can do it! Through Gordon’s encouragement, constant practice, and believing in himself, Telly finally learns to do the cheer! Telly shows Oscar that he can do the cheer beautifully, and boards the bus to go on the field trip with all the other Grouchketeers!

_{Wednesday, April 20th, 2005}
13: The Big Bad Wolf Goes on Vacation

The Big Bad Wolf feels so exhausted from having to chase pigs and dress up like a Grandma all the time that he decides to take a vacation. In the meantime, Zoe, Elmo, and Telly audition to be the temporary wolf. The three of them first have to blow down a straw house, then chase pigs, and lastly, pretend to be Grandma. All three of them creatively think of different strategies to pass the test. They all then begin arguing over who could best play the role of the Big Bad Wolf. Gordon talks to them and helps them to realize that it’s more important to stay friends than to be the wolf. When it’s time for the Big Bad Wolf to decide, he gives the role to Gordon since he did such a great job showing Telly, Zoe, and Elmo how to do everything that a Big Bad Wolf should do!

_{Wednesday, June 1st, 2005}
17: Elmo's and Zoe's Scientific Exploration

Elmo watches a leaf floating in a bucket of water and this observation leads Elmo to many other scientific questions. Elmo, Zoe, and Telly are all curious about whether or not objects such as a leaf, an apple, a rock (Rocco), and a triangle either float, sink, and/or slide. They first have a hypothesis about what might happen and then they test their hypothesis with an experiment. In the meantime, Gordon is there to ask Elmo, Zoe, and Telly about what is happening and what might happen next. They all have a wonderful time exploring together, and learning great new words such as experiment and hypothesis. Sponsored by P, 15.

_{Monday, June 20th, 2005}
18: What Happens Next?

Elmo is excited to play a messy scientific game show called, "What Happens Next?" with Oscar as the host! With the help of his adult friends on "Sesame Street", Elmo learns lots of new things about what would happen next if, for example, Slimey jumps into a little mud pool from a low diving board, and then from a high board. Would there be a little splash or a big splash? Elmo uses fun science words such as hypothesis when making guesses about what would happen next. Elmo has a great time learning to observe, making guesses, and checking to see if his hypothesis is correct!

_{Friday, September 2nd, 2005}
20: Grover the Veterinarian

Gina is so busy that she is in desperate need of an assistant. With just a wish, her Furry Godmother appears and grants her a veterinarian's assistant who happens to be Grover! Unfortunately, Gina doesn't seem to be able to help the hiccupping duck in her examining room because Grover keeps screaming, "Emergency!" Gina also finds it difficult to help the other animals because Grover mistakes a camel for a horse, a lamp for a living thing, and a cat for a tiger.Gina then teaches Grover about these animals and about living things so that he can better understand what a real veterinary emergency might be. In the end, Grover doesn't think that he is cut out to be Gina's assistant, but finds a new calling curing hiccupping ducks- by surprising them!

_{Thursday, September 8th, 2005}
14: Mexico Street!?

Rosita is feeling homesick for her abuela and for Mexico. Seeing how much Rosita misses Mexico and her abuela, Big Bird and friends decide to bring Mexico to her by decorating Sesame Street to look just like Mexico! They also bring in authentic Mexican food and Luis sings a traditional Mexican song. Rosita is truly surprised and grateful when she realizes what everyone has done. To everyone’s surprise, Rosita’s abuela shows up too! She missed Rosita so much that she had to fly in to see her. Rosita couldn’t be happier! They all continue the fiesta together.

_{Friday, September 9th, 2005}
15: Rock-sitter for Rocco

Zoe needs a rock-sitter to read, sing, and play with Rocco while she is away in swimming class. Telly agrees to take care of Rocco in the meantime. Since Rocco likes rock stories, Telly, with Elmo’s help, first tells her the story of “Goldirock and the Three Bears.” Since Rocco also likes rock music, Telly, Alan, and Bob sing, “Rock Around the Rock” to her. When Zoe returns from her swimming class, Telly tells her about all the fun they had while she was away, and offers to help her take care of Rocco anytime!

_{Monday, September 12th, 2005}
16: Goldilocks Takes Over Nursery Rhymes

Being completely oblivious to their feelings, Goldilocks takes Little Miss Muffet’s curds and whey, and then sticks her finger into Little Jack Horner’s pie. She takes both of their nursery rhymes and makes them her own! Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are so upset that they start crying and run off to Baby Bear and Big Bird who offer to help them. They encourage Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner to be assertive and stand up for themselves. Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner gain the confidence to approach Goldilocks, who is at Hooper’s Store with Alan. Alan notices that Little Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner are very upset, so he encourages them to share their feelings with Goldilocks. After they express how badly she made them feel, Goldilocks realizes that she wouldn’t like it if they did the same thing to her and apologizes, saying that she really didn’t mean to make them feel sad.

_{Tuesday, September 20th, 2005}
19: Elmo and Zoe Claim a Ball

Zoe and Elmo find a ball on "Sesame Street" and begin arguing over whose ball it is. They both keep saying, "It's mine!" Luis then enters and explains that instead of arguing over whose ball it is, they could have fun with it by sharing, taking turns, and playing together. While Zoe and Elmo are learning to share and take turns, Baby Bear comes in and is so relieved to see his ball! They all begin to argue over whose ball it is again until Zoe and Elmo are finally convinced when Baby Bear shows them the letter "B" that he had marked on the ball for "Baby Bear." Baby Bear could see that Elmo and Zoe are sad to see the ball go so he decides to share the ball, and they all realize that taking turns and playing together is even more fun than owning your own ball.

_{Monday, September 26th, 2005}
21: Telly and Baby Bear's Story

Baby Bear and Telly decide to use their imaginations to write a story together, but have a hard time deciding on whether their story should be about a magic bowl of porridge or a magic triangle. With Maria's help, they realize that best friends should be able to work together and compromise by deciding to write a story about both! Their story takes place in the Kingdom of Dum Diddley Dum Diddley Do. In this Kingdom, there is a magical triangular bowl of porridge. The bowl has three sides and three angles, and is filled with an unlimited amount of delicious porridge that King Baby Bear absolutely loves. Baby Bear and Telly realize that they make a great team and decide to write another story together!

_{Wednesday, September 28th, 2005}
22: Donald Grump Looks for an Apprentice

Donald Grump, the grouch with the most trash in the world, is looking for a new apprentice. Oscar, Grundgetta, and the other grouches can't wait to meet him because if they get chosen, they will get to keep some of Grump's trash. Elmo decides that he wants to be Grump's helper too, but just because he likes to help others. Grump puts them through counting and sorting tasks that Elmo does great at. Oscar and Grundgetta are too busy arguing and the other grouches have already been fired. Grump decides that even though Elmo succeeded at all the tasks, he is too good at being a helper to help a grouch. Elmo doesn'tmind. He gets to leave with the one thing he wanted anyway- Grump's hairpiece. Grundgetta and Oscar are both hired, but they decide that Grump's trash isn't worth it if they have to help him to get it. He leaves Oscar and Grundgetta no choice but to tell him, "You're fired!"

_{Friday, September 30th, 2005}
23: Sesame Street Loves You, Super Grover!

Super Chicken helps Luis and Maria replenish their supply of packing tape at the Mail It Shop, helps Miles untie shoelaces, and fixes Gabi’s broken popcorn machine. As Super Chicken quickly comes to the rescue and solves everyone’s problems, Super Grover begins to feel sad and useless as a superhero. He thinks that perhaps his friends on Sesame Street don’t need him anymore. However, Luis, Maria, Gabi, Miles, and Big Bird all convince Super Grover that the only real superhero for Sesame Street is him, especially since there’s no other superhero in the world who can give a super hug like he does!

_{Tuesday, October 4th, 2005}
24: Sesame Street Learns to Sign

Rosita and Telly want to play a game of tag but they can’t find anyone to play with them. They meet Bob’s niece Samara and wonder if she would like to play. She can’t hear them because she is deaf. Rosita and Telly are concerned because they don’t know how they will be able to all speak and play together. Samara explains that even though she can’t hear them, she can talk to them by using sign language. They have a lot of fun learning, playing, and also signing and saying the alphabet together. Everyone on Sesame Street gets so excited about sign language that they all can’t wait to learn more.

_{Thursday, December 29th, 2005}
25: The Adventures of Little Big Bird (1)

Mumford is doing his new big/little trick for everyone. While he meant to turn a big letter “M” into a little letter “M,” he accidentally turns Big Bird into little Big Bird! Big Bird realizes that he is in a brand new world being little. Everything is so big and he meets small creatures he never would have been able to before. All of a sudden, he hears Snuffy calling him for their playdate. Big Bird tries to call back, but Snuffy can’t hear him because he is too small. This becomes very frustrating and Big Bird wants to be big again. He figures out a plan and embarks on his trip to Alan and Gordon, who can help him find Mumford.

_{Friday, December 30th, 2005}
26: The Adventures of Little Big Bird (2)

Previously, Big Bird was accidentally changed into little Big Bird when Mumford tried to do a magic trick. While it was fun being little, little Big Bird now wants to be big again so that he can play with his friend Snuffy. He decides that he has to make his way to Alan and Gordon who are playing chess so that they can help find Mumford to change him back. On his very long and slow trip, a ladybug named Mike crash lands right into him. He teaches little Big Bird that he has to keep trying no matter what obstacles he faces and what size he is. Little Big Bird remembers to believe in himself and with a little persistence, he finally makes it! Once he is finally noticed, Mumford is able to turn little Big Bird back into big Big Bird. In true Mumford fashion, Mike the ladybug is turned big as well and wants to join Alan and Gordon in a game of chess.

Season 37

_{not specified}
99: Big Bird wishes the adults were kids - DUPLICATE, PLEASE DELETE

_{not specified}
4119: Big Bird wishes the adults were kids

_{Sunday, April 16th, 2006}
22: Gina Adopts a Baby (1)

Gina flies off to Guatemala to pick up Marco, the baby she is adopting. Maria goes with her to help her with her Spanish.

_{Wednesday, April 19th, 2006}
23: Gina Adopts a Baby (2)

Gina brings her new baby home and discovers that everyone has been busy gathering blankets and diapers, making mobiles, and putting together the crib. All her friends want to continue helping, but what Gina and Marco really need is some rest.

_{Monday, May 1st, 2006}
24: Gina Adopts a Baby (3)

Snuffy and Big Bird want to play with Marco, so they bring over a wagon filled with baseball equipment, rollerskates, a pogo stick, and checkers. Gina tells them the baby is too young to play with any of those things and suggests that they think like babies to come up with games everyone can play together.

_{Monday, August 14th, 2006}
1: A New Friend on Sesame Street

Oscar isn't very nice to a new resident, Abby Cadabby, and she's beginning to wish her family hadn't moved to Sesame Street. But after Big Bird, Snuffy, Elmo, and Zoe ask her to play, they find out what happens when Abby is happy: She floats in the air!

_{Tuesday, August 15th, 2006}
2: Show and Tell Elmo

Abby goes to the Storybook Community School for the first time, and Mrs. Goose and her class make her feel welcome. But when it's time for Show and Tell, she doesn't have anything to share, so she decides to use her magic wand to leave school and ask Elmo for help.

_{Wednesday, August 16th, 2006}
3: Cookie World!

Cookie Monster asks Bob and a baby how they eat cookies, then counts cookies and does subtraction problems with them. After Zoe does an amazing cookie dance, Cookie Monster decides to go right to the source and talk to a cookie about cookies.

_{Thursday, August 17th, 2006}
4: Elmo Learns About School

Gabi and Miles reminisce about their first day of school, telling Elmo about their classroom, the things they did, and how a disagreement over who got to play with a fire truck taught them about sharing.

_{Friday, August 18th, 2006}
5: Herb, the Dinosaur, Comes to Sesame Street

Herb, the plant-eating dinosaur—the only dinosaur left, except, of course, for his cousin Shirley—pays a visit to Sesame Street. He meets many interesting new people; learns about healthy salads from Alan, about taking turns from Zoe and Rosita, and about the alphabet from Big Bird and Elmo; and even gets to play with a worm.

_{Tuesday, August 22nd, 2006}
6: Snow White & the 6 Dwarves

Snow White's dwarves count themselves in various ways to prove that there are always seven. But then one of them has to leave, and Snow White doesn't know what to do.

_{Thursday, August 24th, 2006}
7: Happy Anniversary Luis & Maria

Luis and Maria are trying to celebrate their wedding anniversary with a private picnic, but they keep getting interrupted by songs, games, and dances about the letter "H."

_{Monday, August 28th, 2006}
8: Mr. Alan's School

Alan sets up a pretend school at Hooper's Store. As his star "pupil," Elmo gets to draw a picture, listen to Mr. Alan read a book, and sing the alphabet song.

_{Wednesday, August 30th, 2006}
9: Elmo's Adventures with the Letter J

Elmo celebrates the letter "J" by changing his name to Jelmo and jumping all over the neighborhood. During his travels, he sees Maria fixing things that begin with "J" and listens to Big Bird telling the story of Mary and her little lamb.

_{Friday, September 1st, 2006}
10: It's Time for Ask Oscar!

On the "Ask Oscar!" show, Telly reads a letter from a boy who can't remember what the little round things that hold his jacket together are called. Telly is ready to get the answer from Oscar, but Oscar isn't ready to tell.

_{Tuesday, September 5th, 2006}
11: The Importance of Adults

All the adults are too busy running errands to play with Big Bird, so he finds himself wishing for them to be just like the kids. To his surprise, his Fairy Godperson appears and grants him his wish.

_{Wednesday, September 6th, 2006}
12: The Three Astro Bears

Baby Bear and Elmo write a thrilling story about the Three Bears in which they are Astro Bears trying to find the answer to the question, "How does porridge taste in space?"

_{Thursday, September 7th, 2006}
13: Fantastic Freddy!

"Teacher" Zoe arranges a field trip for Rocco and all her dolls, but there's no room on the bus for Telly's doll, Freddy. So Telly and Baby Bear give Freddy a day all his own, including a new game called Fantastic Freddy.

_{Tuesday, September 12th, 2006}
14: Healthy Food Pageant

Prairie Dawn and the gang put on a Healthy Food Pageant. Zoe sings about potatoes, and Rosita sings about tortillas. Telly is supposed to be an asparagus, but how can he sing about something he's never tried?

_{Wednesday, September 13th, 2006}
15: Baby Bear's Great Invention!

On a very busy day at Hooper's store, Baby Bear decides to create an automatic lemonade-pouring machine to help Miles out. He draws up the plans for his invention and then recruits Telly and Elmo to help build it.

_{Thursday, September 14th, 2006}
16: Slimey the Hero!

When Slimey says that he wants to be a hero just like Trash Gordon, Rosita and Elmo are doubtful because they think heroes are supposed to be big and strong. But Oscar reassures him that he can do it, and Slimey takes on the mission of saving the letter of the day.

_{Monday, September 18th, 2006}
17: The Alphabet Road Show

Host David Letterguy and The Alphabet Road Show are coming to Sesame Street to look for unusual people saying the alphabet in unusual ways. Telly and Baby Bear know exactly how they are going to say the alphabet, but Elmo is still unsure.

_{Wednesday, September 20th, 2006}
18: Happy Birthday Rocco!

Zoe is throwing a birthday party for her pet rock, Rocco, and everyone's invited. But what kind of present do you get a rock?

_{Thursday, September 21st, 2006}
19: Oscar Loves Cranky

Oscar gets a new dog: a Rottendoodle named Cranky. Because he has heard that Rottendoodles are grouches that never do what you tell them to, never help anyone, and never kiss, he is astonished when Cranky starts doing all those things.

_{Tuesday, September 26th, 2006}
20: Zoe's Hairytale

After hearing the story of Rapunzel, Zoe wishes to have long hair just like hers.

_{Wednesday, September 27th, 2006}
21: The What Comes Next Game!

Elmo plays the What Comes Next Game, in which he must guess what comes next in a pattern before a mouse rings a bell.

_{Thursday, November 9th, 2006}
25: National Try a New Food Day!

Telly reports on National Try a New Food Day, starting with Baby Bear's attempt to eat some porridge with fresh fruit on top instead of brown sugar and honey.

_{Friday, November 10th, 2006}
26: The Sloppy Jalopy & the Nastycar Races!

Oscar and Grundgetta want to race the Sloppy Jalopy in the Nastycar Races, but it won't start. When Maria and Luis offer to help, Oscar refuses the offer, insisting that Grouches never need help.

Season 38

_{not specified}
27:

_{Monday, August 13th, 2007}
1: Elmo & the Bookaneers

Pirates who love reading invite Elmo to become a "Bookaneer".

_{Tuesday, August 14th, 2007}
2: Chris Looks for a Job

Chris applies for many jobs before finding one that is a good fit.

_{Wednesday, August 15th, 2007}
3: The Wild Adventures of Telly & Baby Bear

Telly and Baby Bear borrow Abby's book, but the word "dog" jumps off the page and runs away.

_{Thursday, August 16th, 2007}
4: Elmo's Favorite Book

Elmo tells Telly about his favorite story while Telly acts it out with his train set.

_{Friday, August 17th, 2007}
5: The P Game

_{Tuesday, August 21st, 2007}
6: Dancing Day on Sesame Street

Zoe uses Abby's wand to make her wish that everyone wear a tutu and dance come true.

_{Thursday, August 23rd, 2007}
7: The Pretend Tricycle

After Big Bird breaks Elmo's bike, they learn to have fun pretending to ride a bike.

_{Monday, August 27th, 2007}
8: Zero the Hero

The number zero thinks he is nothing, but Big Bird shows him the importance of zero.

_{Wednesday, August 29th, 2007}
9: The Tale of Sleepy Grouchy

Oscar reads a story about a wizard who puts a sleeping spell on a grouchy princess.

_{Friday, August 31st, 2007}
10: Baby Bear...Triangle Lover of the Day?

Telly and Baby Bear attend the Triangle Lover's meeting and learn more about triangles.

_{Tuesday, September 4th, 2007}
11: Fairytale Emergencies

Prairie Dawn interviews people to find out how they prepare for an emergency.

_{Thursday, September 6th, 2007}
12: Pretend Family

Rosita, Telly, and Zoe play pretend happy family and learn how to work through problems.

_{Monday, September 10th, 2007}
13: Gabi, Telly, and Zoe Have a Picnic

Gabi, Telly, and Zoe are having a picnic when their honeydew melon suddenly disappears. So the Telly Detective Agency sets out to solve the case of the missing fruit.

_{Wednesday, September 12th, 2007}
14: Elmo's Letter to Abby

Abby has never received a letter, Chris helps Elmo write one to send to her.

_{Friday, September 14th, 2007}
15: 1,2,3 & 4 Friend Song

Big Bird and Elmo's song about two friends becomes three, then four, as more friends join in.

_{Tuesday, September 18th, 2007}
16: Telly Helps Gordon Play Golf

When Telly finds Gordon practicing for a round of golf, he decides to help make the practice session more realistic.

_{Thursday, September 20th, 2007}
17: Slimey & the Worm Cup!

Slimey gets angry after being teased and learns the importance of good sportsmanship.

_{Monday, September 24th, 2007}
18: A Shaggy Snufflesaurus

Elmo imagines himself with a pet dinosaur and sings a song about all the fun things they would do.

_{Wednesday, September 26th, 2007}
19: Maria the Chicken?

Zoe and Rosita try magic to help Maria, but things go wrong when she seems to turn into a chicken.

_{Friday, September 28th, 2007}
20: The Amazing Alphabet Race

Elmo finds letters all around him playing the "Amazing Alphabet Race".

_{Tuesday, October 2nd, 2007}
21: Ralphie the Parrot Flies Away

After Baby Bear brags to Alan about his pet parrot, Ralphie, the bird upsets him by flying away and hiding in a tree.

_{Friday, October 5th, 2007}
22: Elmo Learns to Bowl

Chris tries to teach Elmo how to bowl, but the lessons don't go well at first and Elmo gets frustrated.

_{Monday, October 8th, 2007}
23: Abby Learns to Make Believe

Elmo explains make believe to Abby, and they pretend to be a frog, a chicken, and a car.

_{Wednesday, October 10th, 2007}
24: Elmo Learns About Growing Up

Elmo is jealous of the attention Marco gets from Gina, so he pretends to be a baby.

_{Friday, October 12th, 2007}
25: Rosita Gets Upset at Zoe and Abby

Rosita, Zoe and Abby learn to take turns picking what to play so everyone can have fun.

_{Tuesday, October 16th, 2007}
26: Grouch News Network!

Oscar hosts the Grouch News Network, but the show is ruined when the stories have happy endings.

Season 39

_{Monday, August 11th, 2008}
1: The Golden Triangle of Destiny

Texas Telly and Chris follow clues around Sesame Street to find the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

_{Tuesday, August 12th, 2008}
2: Telly's New Shoes

Telly makes a shoe wish so the Shoe Fairy will come and give him his first pair of shoes.

_{Wednesday, August 13th, 2008}
3: Sock Chaos at the Laundromat

Abby uses her new "two trick," which turns one thing into two things, on Chris's orphaned sock.

_{Thursday, August 14th, 2008}
4: Leela's Sesame Street Video

Leela meets a talking letter "O" while making a videotape of Sesame Street for her parents in India.

_{Friday, August 15th, 2008}
5: Firefly Show

Baby Bear and Telly catch a firefly, realize that it is sad to be trapped in a jar, and let it go.

_{Monday, August 18th, 2008}
6: Max the Magician

Everyone tries to figure out the secrets to Max the Magician's tricks, only to discover that they're really just math.

_{Wednesday, August 20th, 2008}
7: Annual Triangle Toss

Telly gets ready for the Triangle Lovers' Annual Triangle Toss and wears his lucky triangle vest.

_{Friday, August 22nd, 2008}
8: Elmo and Zoe's Hat Contest

It's Who Can Wear the Most Hats on Their Head Day, and Elmo and Zoe are competing. But it seems they end up tied every time.

_{Monday, September 22nd, 2008}
9: Telly the Tiebreaker

Elmo, Zoe, and Rosita make a block house but can't agree whether to put a square or circle on top.

_{Wednesday, September 24th, 2008}
10: Curly Bear Chases Birthday Cake

Baby Bear is worried that Curly Bear is going to wreck his chocolate-porridge birthday cake.

_{Friday, September 26th, 2008}
11: Big Bird and Snuffy Talent Show

Big Bird, Elmo, and Abby have fun pretending while Gordon reads the story "Maria the Cowgirl—The Lonesome Trail."

_{Tuesday, September 30th, 2008}
12: Number 6 Games

A day devoted entirely to the number 6.

_{Thursday, October 2nd, 2008}
14: Big Bird's Nest Sale

Big Bird has a nest sale to get rid of some old toys, but then realizes that he has accidentally sold his teddy bear, Radar.

_{Tuesday, October 7th, 2008}
13: Abby Thinks Oscar Is a Prince

After hearing a story about a frog who is a prince, Abby thinks that Oscar is an enchanted prince.

_{Tuesday, October 7th, 2008}
15: Slimey Adopts a Pet Bug

Oscar and Slimey visit the Bug-a-Wee Bug Shelter and bring home a pet bug, which they name Dirty.

_{Wednesday, October 8th, 2008}
16: Elmo Steps in for Super Grover

Super Chicken and her sidekick, Robin, fly in to help Elmo. Horatio becomes Super Grover's sidekick.

_{Friday, October 10th, 2008}
17: Abby's First Sleepover

Abby goes to Big Bird's nest for her very first sleepover, and Maria reads her "Hey, Diddle, Diddle."

_{Monday, October 13th, 2008}
18: Three Cheers for Us

Elmo tries to bounce his ball three times, and Zoe the cheerleader cheers him on.

_{Monday, October 20th, 2008}
19: Sesame Street Bird Games

Big Bird, a chicken, and a duck compete in the Sesame Street Bird Games, with Chris and Alan as judges.

_{Wednesday, October 22nd, 2008}
20: Elmo Wants to Be Like Gordon

Elmo wants to be like Gordon, so he spends a day looking and acting just like him.

_{Friday, October 24th, 2008}
21: Mine-itis on Sesame Street

Brian Williams breaks in with an important news update: No one is sharing!

_{Wednesday, October 29th, 2008}
22: Hurry Up You're Running Out of Time

Telly appears on a game show and has to say the alphabet while Denny the Distracter distracts him.

_{Thursday, October 30th, 2008}
23: Maria the Cowgirl

Gordon reads a story about Maria the Cowgirl, and Big Bird, Elmo, and Abby decide to act it out.

_{Monday, November 3rd, 2008}
24: The Cookie Touch

Chris gives Cookie Monster the last cookie in Hooper's store and tells him that there will be more tomorrow. When Cookie Monster wishes he would never have to wait for a cookie again, his Fairy Cookie Person appears and gives him the "Cookie Touch": Everything he touches will turn into a cookie.

_{Wednesday, November 5th, 2008}
25: The Help-O-Bots

Chris reads Elmo, Telly, and Rosita the story of "Rico, the Very Helpful Robot." After hearing it, the three friends decide to become robots to help Chris at Hooper's store.

_{Friday, November 7th, 2008}
26: Baby Bear's New Baby Sitter

Baby Bear is excited because Grandmama Bear is supposed to be coming to babysit, but then Papa Bear tells him that Grandmama is sick and won't be able to come. Gina suggests that they ask Gabi to babysit instead.

Season 40

_{Tuesday, November 10th, 2009}
1: Frankly It's Becoming a Habitat

Big Bird is eating a hot bowl of soup on a cold day outside Hooper's Store when Freddy Flapman, played by Lin-Manuel Miranda, from Flychert Real Estate, finds Big Bird and tries to convince him to migrate somewhere warm. Freddy Flapman tells him that he might like living in a new habitat and takes Big Bird on a virtual tour! First, Freddy Flapman takes Big Bird to the beach where there are pelicans and gulls and beautiful ocean views. Next, Freddy Flapman transforms Sesame Street into a big swamp where Big Bird learns all about this habitat and where owls and ducks like to live. Freddy Flapman pops up one last time and Big Bird’s nest area is turned into a beautiful rainforest! Big Bird likes it. The rainforest is warm and colorful and has animals of every color and size. In fact, Big Bird likes it so much he wants to move there! Big Bird begins packing and waving good bye to all of his friends on Sesame Street. Just as he is about to leave, Big Bird’s friends remind him of all the things he would miss if he migrated to the rainforest. Big Bird realizes he can’t leave, after all this is where all of his friends are and Sesame Street is where he belongs!

_{Wednesday, November 11th, 2009}
2: Cowmonster Pair

Elmo and Telly are at Hooper's Store when Little Bo Peep comes looking for her cow. Elmo and Telly offer to help her and decide to call themselves the Cowmonster Pair! Luis comes along and sings about animal tracks and now Elmo and Telly have their first clue! They find animal tracks on the ground, but when Telly tosses his lasso around an animal, it’s a chicken, not a cow! Luis gives them another clue and sings about tracks that are kind of round. Telly and Elmo come across round animal tracks and are certain they found the cow! Telly tosses the lasso around an animal but this time it’s a raccoon. Luis comes along again and gives them another musical cow clue- animal tracks that are in the shape of two half moons. They find tracks that are kind of round and look like two half moons, but the tracks are from a moose, not a cow! Telly becomes discouraged and Elmo reminds Telly they can’t give up. Instead, they should use the clues they already have and put them all together. Elmo realizes that they have to find animal tracks that look like the moose tracks, only smaller! This time, they follow animal tracks that lead to a door. They open the door and there is the cow! Yee-haw! Little Bo Peep thanks the Cowmonster Pair for finding her cow. They are true cow finding experts!

_{Thursday, November 12th, 2009}
3: Baby Bear Is Afraid of Bees

Baby Bear and Abby are near a garden when a bee flies by. Baby Bear is filled with panic because he is afraid of bees! Chris reminds him that they are usually harmless when left alone, but Baby Bear doesn’t care; he wants nothing to do with them. Abby suggests granting Baby Bear a wish so that he isn’t afraid of bees. Abby points her wand at Baby Bear, but Chris, who is standing close by, also gets hit with her magic. Baby Bear and Chris both turn into bees! Abby doesn’t know how to fix the spell AND calls her mommy to find a solution. By the time Baby Bear and Chris return to Sesame Street, Abby has learned how to undo the spell. Baby Bear is no longer afraid of bees.

_{Friday, November 13th, 2009}
4: Wild Nature Survivor Guy

Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds himself on Sesame Street. He is accustomed to surviving in the wilds of nature and thinks he needs to “survive” out on Sesame Street. Elmo and Rosita are confused. He is not alone and he’s not in the middle of nature, but he is convinced nature is all around them! First, Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds a tomato plant and bites into a ripe tomato. Not only do tomatoes come from nature, but so do all the fruits and vegetables on display outside Hooper’s store. Next, Wild Nature Survivor Guy looks for water to quench his thirst. He finds leaves with drops of water and puts the water together to drink. Wild Nature Survival Guy becomes concerned about nighttime approaching, and looks for ways to keep warm. He picks up feathers and puts them inside his shirt. Oh my! They tickle! Elmo offers him a coat, but Wild Nature Survivor Guy explains that feathers are what make most coats warm. The sun begins to set, and Wild Nature Survivor Guy finds perfect shelter, Big Bird’s nest! It has lots of branches, and lots of animals use trees and braches as shelter. Even houses are made of wood. Wild Nature Survivor Guy sings a song about nature as Elmo and Rosita realize that nature is all around them!

_{Monday, November 16th, 2009}
5: Abby Makes Seasons Change

Chris is enjoying the beautiful spring weather as Elmo races to tell Chris that he found a sled in his closet and is going to go sledding! Chris reminds Elmo that it’s spring and that there is no snow. Elmo has to wait for the seasons to change! Elmo wishes it was winter so he could go sledding again. Abby pops in and hears Elmo make a wish. Abby recites a weather spell to change the seasons. But instead of changing the weather to winter, she changes it to summer. The blossoms are all gone and the arbor is filled with green leaves. Baby Bear and Telly who were playing a game of tag are now too hot to play. Abby tries again. This time she recites the weather spell and it becomes fall! It’s windy and the leaves have changed colors. Abby gives it one more try and it works. It’s freezing outside! There are no leaves on the tree and Baby Bear has fallen asleep! He’s hibernating until spring. Elmo is excited it’s winter; now he can go sledding! After talking to Chris, Elmo realizes that changing the seasons wasn’t such a good idea after all. Chris explains that that the seasons have to come in their own time. Abby recites another magic weather spell and Sesame Street is transformed again to a perfect spring day. Hooray! Now they can enjoy the gorgeous spring weather!

_{Tuesday, November 17th, 2009}
6: Y a Quest? Y Not

Telly excitedly runs to Abby and Elmo to tell them he has the book they’ve been waiting for, How to be a Knight for a Day. Hooray! Telly, Abby and Elmo look to the book to tell them how to become knights. First, they have to wear a suit of shining armor. They zip off and whoosh! Elmo, Abby and Telly are dressed in suits of armor. Clank! Clank! Clank! Next, they must sing a knight song, so they sing, “We Are Three Knights So Merry.” Then the book tells them they must go on a quest. But they don’t know what to search for! As Elmo, Telly, and Abby think about their quest, they hear a whimpering letter “Y.” When they ask the letter “Y” why he is crying, he tells them he is unsure of his purpose in life. He can’t think of any words that begin with the “Y” sound. That’s it! Telly decides their quest will be to look for things that begin with the letter “Y.” First, they enter Gina’s veterinarian office looking for animals that begin with the letter “Y.” Then they decide to check the laundromat but they still can’t find any “Y” words. Next, they visit Alan at Hooper’s store. Just as they are about to leave, they see a hairy cow passing, but are disappointed because hairy cow doesn’t begin with a “Y.” But wait! Alan explains that the hairy cow is actually a yak, and yak begins with “y.” All of the sudden, Abby, Elmo, and Telly think of other words that begin with the letter “Y,” such as yogurt and yo-yo. They did it! They found words that begin with the letter “Y.” Elmo, Abby and Telly sing the knight song and cheer in delight!

_{Wednesday, November 18th, 2009}
7: Bears Try to Hibernate

There is a porridge shortage on Sesame Street! Telly runs to tell Baby Bear, but when he finds him, he is getting ready to hibernate until springtime when there is porridge again. What is Telly supposed to do for five months without a best friend? Telly and Baby bear set up a play date for the spring when Baby Bear wakes up. Telly says goodbye and the bears try to go to sleep, but they are not tired! First, they try counting, but that does not work. Then they call Max Bear, a hibernation consultant. Max Bear arrives and tells the bears that their cottage is too warm. They must go outside where it is cold. The bears look for an empty cave or hollow tree and sing all about bears. Finally, they find a flower bed that they can dig a hole and sleep in called a den. Telly and Chris see the bears digging and go outside to check on them. Max Bear says that they should eat something before they hibernate. Chris suggests cereal and goes to Hooper’s Store. When Chris comes back, they try the cereal and like it! In fact, the cereal is so good that they decide to eat it all winter long and not hibernate! Hooray! Baby Bear happily eats the cereal while spending time with his good friend Telly.

_{Thursday, November 19th, 2009}
8: Stinky's Annual Birthday Flower

Elmo and Zoe are coloring when they find out it's Stinky the plant’s birthday. Zoe and Elmo decide to get him a present. Elmo surprises Stinky by giving him a drum, but plants can’t hold drumsticks. Zoe has an idea! What about a lovely tutu? Zoe surprises Stinky with a tutu to wear when he dances. Stinky tries to dance, but is unable to, as he is a plant in a pot! Rosita and Cookie Monster come along with their own presents. Rosita brings Stinky a guitar but his leaves scratch the strings and make a horrible sound. Next, Cookie Monster rushes in with a plate of cookies but plants don’t eat cookies. Big Bird comes along and gives Stinky balloons. He ties the balloons to Stinky’s pot, but Stinky begins to fly away! Luckily, Chris rescues him and brings him back safely to the ground. Elmo explains to Chris that they have been trying to get Stinky the perfect birthday gift. Chris reminds Elmo they should think about what Stinky would like for his birthday not what each of them would like. Elmo asks Stinky what plants need. That’s easy! He already has soil, so he needs water, sunlight and love! Big Bird carries Stinky’s pot over to a spot on the table in the sun, Cookie Monster carries over a pitcher of water and waters Stinky, and Zoe and Rosita give him a big hug! Then they throw him a big birthday party and sing about the importance of giving sun, water, and love to plants like Stinky!

_{Friday, November 20th, 2009}
9: Elmo Finds a Baby Bird

Elmo and Rosita are thinking of rhymes when they hear, “Peep, peep.” Suddenly, a little baby bird appears. Elmo and Rosita want to help the bird but do not know why he is peeping. Chris hears the chirping and places the bird in a tree, but the bird hops out next to Chris! Elmo, Rosita, and Chris think the bird is hungry and Big Bird comes along and suggests feeding the baby bird some birdseed. After all, that’s what Big Bird likes to eat! Cookie Monster strolls by and is about to eat his granola cookie, when the baby bird pounces on it and eats it all! The baby bird begins flapping his wings. Elmo and Rosita decide they will teach the baby bird how to fly! But how? Elmo and Rosita try different things to show the baby bird, but nothing works. Abby comes along and places a flying spell on the baby bird. Uh-oh! The spell works on Chris instead. Chris reminds Abby she doesn’t need magic to teach the bird how to fly. Instead, she should use her wings. Abby demonstrates how to flap her wings as she sings, “The Flapping Song.” The baby bird begins to fly over Sesame Street! Just then, the mommy bird perches on Chris’s shoulder. Baby bird and her mother fly off together as Elmo, Chris and Rosita wave goodbye.

_{Tuesday, November 24th, 2009}
10: Grouch Messing Machine

Elmo and Leela are in the laundromat when they hear a loud, clanging sound. Leela explains that the washing machine always gives her trouble and she wants to get rid of it, but Elmo insists that she keep it. Leela asks Luis to try to fix it again. When he arrives, he asks Elmo to find a wrench in his tool box. After a few tries, Elmo finally finds a wrench. Luis opens the lid of the machine to see if it is fixed but it squirts water in his face! Luis decides he needs to put in a new nut in the shape of a hexagon. Elmo finds a nut but it only has four sides. He looks again and finds one with six sides! A hexagon! Luis tightens the nut and tries the machine again. It starts to bang, clang, and hiccup louder than ever! Suddenly, the machine starts to move! Luis suggests that something might be stuck in the spin basket. He opens it and pulls out different objects as Elmo adds them up—seven objects all together! Luis throws in clothes and detergent to see if the machine works. All of a sudden, the machine lid explodes, spewing clothes and soap everywhere! Now Leela really wants to get rid of the machine, but Elmo insists they keep it and reuse it for another purpose. But for what? Oscar announces that he thinks it’s the greatest machine ever! That’s it! The machine can be reused as a “Grouch’s Messing Machine!” All the grouches come running to take turns messing up their clothes. It’s a grouch dream machine!

_{Friday, November 27th, 2009}
11: The Cookie Tree

Maria, Luis and Elmo are picking apples from an apple tree. Cookie Monster hears something loud and crunchy! He is excited because he thinks it’s a cookie, but is disappointed when he finds out the noise is an apple. Maria and Luis tell Cookie Monster that apples grow on trees, and share a story about how they planted an apple tree when they were younger. In fact, they are eating apples from the apple tree they planted many years ago! Cookie Monster gets an idea! What if he grew a chocolate chip cookie tree? Cookie Monster plants a chocolate chip in dirt and tries everything to help the “seed” grow. He places it in sunlight and gives it water but nothing happens. Cookie Monster sees Abby, who grants Cookie Monster a wish. Abby waves her magic wand and poof! A bunch of cookie trees begin to pop up! Abby’s wand begins to spin out of control and cookie trees pop up around Hooper’s store! But the cookies are too high for Cookie Monster and Elmo to reach. While Elmo helps Cookie Monster, Alan helps Abby think of a rhyme to poof the cookie trees away. Just as Elmo is about to reach for the cookie, the cookie trees disappear. Luckily, Maria and Luis give Cookie Monster a freshly baked apple cinnamon cookie made from apples they picked from their tree. Cookie Monster realizes that while chocolate chip cookies are delicious, freshly baked cinnamon apple cookies are just as yummy!

_{Monday, November 30th, 2009}
12: Mary, Mary Quite Contrary

Mary Mary Quite Contrary walks along Sesame Street and dumps a pile of dirt outside Oscar’s trash can. Gordon explains that she can not leave the dirt; she is making a mess! Mary Mary insists that she is going to grow a garden with silver bells and cockle shells. Gordon tries to tell her that silver bells and cockleshells aren’t alive. Gardens need to have things growing in them, like vegetables, fruits or flowers. Mary Mary decides she will grow flowers in her garden by using dirt, sun, and water. Later, Alan and Gina walk by Oscar’s trashcan and comment on the beautiful garden. But Oscar doesn’t like it! He wants Mary Mary to move her garden. As Mary Mary plants more flowers, Oscar decides to have his elephant, Fluffy squirt water at her. Maybe that will get her to move? But as Mary Mary explains, the water helps her flowers to grow. Oscar doesn’t know what to do! He sends over Hairy Hairy, from the Grouch nursery rhyme, with stinky weeds and moldy seeds and three pigs, but even that doesn’t get rid of Mary Mary and her garden. Suddenly, Oscar changes his mind. He likes the horrible smell from the stinky weeds and loud noises from the pigs. It’s a Grouch paradise! Mary Mary finds this out and decides to move the garden. She likes to be contrary and do the opposite of whatever anyone wants her to do. Mary Mary moves her garden while Gordon happily cleans up the remaining dirt!

_{Wednesday, December 2nd, 2009}
13: Abby Has the Sparkle Fairy Freckles

Elmo and Abby are playing tag. Suddenly, Abby’s freckles start sparkling! Abby calls the Fairy Doctor who looks at Abby’s freckles. Abby has a case of the Sparkle Speckle Fairy Freckles! This is where freckles sparkle and glow, and eventually fall off. The Fairy Doctor tells Abby the magic words to get the freckles back, “Fricka-Fracka, Freckle Back-A”. All of a sudden, Abby’s freckles jump off of her face, glowing and bouncing all around! Abby, with the help of Alan, chases one freckle as it bounces into Hooper’s store. Chris spots it on a cereal box. Abby says the magic words and poof! The freckle returns to Abby’s face. Abby has five more to find! Rosita notices the dot on the center of her flower drawing is sparkling and so is the dot on the “i” in her name “Rosita.” Abby says the magic words two times and the freckles reappear on Abby’s face. Only three more to go! Abby notices that all the freckles seem to be hiding on little circles and realizes she should look for circles! Abby sees two more freckles go bouncing into the laundromat. Mama Bear notices a sparkling freckle on Baby Bear’s polka dotted underpants and Elmo notices a freckle on Leela’s nose ring. Magic word time! Abby leaves the Laundromat and notices a freckle on Cookie Monster’s cookie. He’s about to take a bite! Luckily, Abby stops him just in time to say the magic words and get the last and final freckle back on her face. Cookie Monster happily eats the cookie, while Abby admires the six freckles on her face!

_{Friday, December 4th, 2009}
14: The Rainbow Show

Elmo is drawing when he looks up in the sky and sees a rainbow! Wow! Elmo rushes to show everybody, but when Rosita arrives, the rainbow has disappeared. Elmo asks Leela if there is something he can do to bring the rainbow back. Leela offers to draw a picture of a rainbow. Leela can’t remember all the colors of the rainbow, but uses the acronym Roy G. Biv to help her remember the colors. Rosita likes the picture, but she wants to see a real rainbow. Elmo gets an idea! What about a rainbow of monsters? Elmo gathers monsters of all different colors; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. After many attempts, the monsters finally line up in appropriate order. Rosita enjoys seeing a rainbow of different colored monsters, but still wishes she could see a real rainbow. Abby hears Rosita and recites a magic rhyme to grant Rosita’s wish. Poof! Oh no! Instead of making a rainbow appear, raincoats appear on Elmo and Rosita! Abby tries again and again. Her magic rhyme still doesn’t work. Abby makes a rainstorm, instead of a rainbow. Everyone rushes inside, where Gordon makes a rainbow appear using a flashlight, a glass of water, and white paper. Afterward, as Elmo and Rosita are playing outside, Rosita looks up and sees something special, a rainbow! Elmo and Rosita sing all about the beautiful rainbow in the sky.

_{Tuesday, December 22nd, 2009}
15: Amphibian Show

Elmo and Abby are resting when suddenly it’s time to play the game show, “Find that Amphibian.” Elmo and Abby must find an amphibian before the game show’s tadpole turns into a frog. They don’t know what an amphibian is, but the announcer gives them a clue- an animal that starts out living in water. Elmo and Abby meet a fish and are convinced they have won the game! As the announcer explains, though, fish only live in water and not on land. Elmo and Abby look for their second clue- an animal that breathes air. They find an amphibian! A bird! They learn, though, that amphibians don’t have any feathers. Elmo and Abby look for their third clue-an animal with four legs. Elmo and Abby come across a horse, but a horse is a mammal, not an amphibian. Elmo and Abby use their last clue about metamorphosis to help them. They come across an alligator. Could this be an amphibian? No, an alligator is a reptile not an amphibian. He looks the same way now as he did when he was a baby, only bigger. Elmo and Abby are disappointed. They’re never going to find an amphibian! Luckily, they run into Chris who suggests that they find an animal that fits all the clues- an animal that lives in water when it’s a baby, breathes air as an adult, has four legs, and goes through metamorphosis. Suddenly, they think of Anne Phibian, the game show’s announcer. She matches all the clues. Hooray! They found an amphibian. And just in time! Elmo, Abby and Chris celebrate as they dance with the amphibians!

_{Thursday, December 24th, 2009}
16: Camping Show

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! They unpack their camping supplies and take out two sleeping bags and two canteens. One sleeping bag and canteen for each of them. Next, they take out four hotdogs and marshmallows. Elmo gives two hotdogs and marshmallows to himself and two to Chris. Suddenly, a beaver emerges from the woods. Elmo asks Chris if the beaver can stay for dinner. The beaver explains that he doesn’t eat hot dogs and marshmallows but likes to eat bark. Next, two turtles come along. Elmo invites them to stay for dinner, too. Chris brings them a pile of green leaves and dandelions. Just when everyone is about to eat their dinner, two raccoons appear. Chris disappears into the woods and emerges holding acorns and berries for the raccoons. It is finally time to dig in when four ducks fly by the camp fire. They have just migrated back from Venezuela. The ducks decide to stay for dinner and tell Chris what they like to eat—snails, leaves, and bugs. Chris goes into the pond and brings back water plants. Finally, Chris, Elmo and all the animals eat dinner! Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night!

_{Monday, December 28th, 2009}
17: Squirmadega Car Race

Slimey is practicing for the Squirmadega Car Race. He zooms forward, backward, and around and around on the counter of Mr. Hopper’s store. Elmo excitedly gets ready to watch Slimey in the worm car race. Elmo is Slimey’s biggest fan and cheerleader! The worms’ race cars line up as the sportscaster, Jeff Gordon, introduces the five race car drivers. Elmo cheers! Jeff Gordon discusses the race course. The worms must drive over the laundry basket, under the table and around the fire hydrant to win the race. The worms start their engines and take off! Cars #1, #2, and #3 lose control and are quickly out of the race, but Shawna Wiggleson in Car #4 and Slimey in Car #5 are still going. It’s a close race! Slimey approaches the finishing line, but gets caught in Big Bird’s toes. Shawna pulls ahead and wins! Elmo is very sad and disappointed. He wanted Slimey to win and thinks Slimey’s sad because he lost the race. But Slimey is happy; he loves racing whether he wins or loses and he loves to practice, too. Elmo learns all that really matters is that Slimey did his best. And so did Elmo! He did a great job cheering Slimey on!

_{Wednesday, December 30th, 2009}
18: Jack's Big Jump

Jack Be Nimble is getting ready for his big jump over eight candlesticks! He tries to jump over them, but instead he knocks them over and falls. Jack runs away and hides. He messed up and now is having trouble jumping. Baby Bear and Telly find someone to help him—a kangaroo! The kangaroo sometimes has trouble jumping too, but he sings the Jumping Song to help him get over his fear. Luckily, Jack gets his jump back. He is ready to jump, but instead jumps quickly behind a bench. Jack is upset; he can jump up and down, but can’t jump over the candlesticks. Telly and Baby Bear race out and find a special cow—the cow that jumped over the moon! Jack practices jumping with the support and help from the cow and realizes that he is indeed ready to jump over eight candlesticks. Everybody is chanting when Jack flies into the air and jumps over not eight, but 11 candlesticks! He did it! Hooray! Telly and Baby Bear jump too!

_{Friday, January 1st, 2010}
19: Inspected by 4

Leela, Telly, and Elmo are folding clothes in the laundromat when Inspector 4, Judah Friedlander, comes along to inspect for things that are in groups of four. Inspector 4 can’t find four of anything and threatens to shut down the Laundromat! Luckily, Elmo suggests counting the bottles of fabric softener. Next, Inspector 4 visits Mr. Hooper’s store. Inspector 4 inspects the peanut butter sandwiches. Oh no! There are ten sandwiches and ten is more than four. Telly gets an idea! Last, Inspector 4 looks around the steps of Sesame Street and sees the letter “R” standing next to a rake. Inspector 4 threatens to shut down the letter “R” because he only has one thing that begins with the letter “R”—rake. Elmo has an idea!

_{Tuesday, January 19th, 2010}
20: Wing in a Sling

Big Bird is happily roller skating along Sesame Street. Uh-oh! Crash! Big Bird falls down! Chris runs over to help Big Bird who has injured his wing. Chris suggests they visit Dr. Berger so she can take a look, while the Count offers to watch Hooper’s store until Chris and Big Bird get back. Big Bird is nervous when they visit Dr. Berger’s office. What if it hurts? Dr. Berger carefully examines Big Bird’s wing and explains to Big Bird that while his wing isn’t broken, he has a bad sprain. Dr. Berger gently puts a sling on Big Bird’s arm and explains he has to rest for a few days. Big Bird is sad because he was planning on roller skating all day! When they return, Big Bird looks around Sesame Street and feels blue; there is nothing for him to do. Big Bird sees Elmo and Zoe who are playing with a beach ball. They ask him if he wants to play, but he can’t, not with his wing in a sling. Elmo and Zoe want to cheer up Big Bird. They sing about all the things Big Bird can do with an injured wing, such as singing songs, drawing pictures, and drinking birdseed milkshakes. Big Bird realizes there are lots of things he can do, especially spending time with good friends!

_{Thursday, January 21st, 2010}
21: The Planet G

Maria helps Elmo write a story about the letter “G.” Elmo is having trouble thinking of letter “G” words, but Maria reminds him of the letter “G” sound. Elmo thinks of the word “golf”. He draws a picture of himself playing miniature golf and hitting the ball so hard it flies into space and lands on Planet “G!” Elmo remembers another “G” word, “goldfish”, just like Dorothy, his pet fish! He draws a picture of himself riding on a goldfish up to the planet “G” to look for the golf ball. He tries to think of another “G” word when Baby Bear stops by before he leaves for school. Baby Bear loves his teacher, Mother Goose. “Goose” begins with the letter “G!” Elmo incorporates a picture of a goose into his story. But uh-oh! The goose perches herself on Elmo’s golf ball, thinking it’s an egg. Elmo has to get the goose off the ball, but how will he do it? With the help of Zoe and her two friends who are “girls”, Elmo sings the “Get up and Go Dance” song. He draws a picture of the goose getting up and dancing with the two girls as he leaves the golf ball behind. All of a sudden, Elmo finds a hungry “goat” munching on a page of his story. When the goat stops eating, Elmo draws a picture of the goat trying to eat his golf ball in space. Luckily, in the story Elmo offers the goat some “goulash” and the goat drops the golf ball. He draws a picture of himself flying back to Sesame Street. Elmo excitedly reads the entire story of Elmo’s Adventure on the Planet G to Maria and Chris.

_{Monday, January 25th, 2010}
22: The Counting Booth

Uh-Oh! The Count has to leave his Counting Booth and has no one to watch it while he is gone. Luckily, Elmo and Abby agree to become the official Counting Booth Counters while he is away. They immediately have their first visitors, the Three Little Pigs. They ask to be counted one by one to make sure they are all there. Next, Old McDonald brings his chickens to the Counting Booth. He wants them to be counted in pairs—the same way The Count counts them. But Elmo and Abby are hesitant; they have never counted by two before! Maria comes along and shows them how to count by groups of two. Suddenly, Baby Bear runs into the counting booth holding ten boxes of crayons with five crayons in each. He explains that he doesn’t know how many crayons he has all together. Elmo is nervous, he has never counted by fives, but with the help of Maria, Abby and Elmo they are able to count each box by five. Next, Snuffy and Big Bird can’t figure out how many fingers all the birdkeeters have together. Elmo and Abby suggest counting by five, but Maria has a better suggestion. Why not count by ten? Elmo, Abby, Big Bird, and Snuffy count by ten all the way to eighty! Finally, Super Grover runs in. He needs a count down to fly off and save the world! With some help from Super Grover and a number line, Elmo and Abby are able to count down to one as Grover blasts off. The Count returns as Abby and Elmo share their new counting abilities!

_{Wednesday, January 27th, 2010}
23: Tribute to Number Seven

Today is the number seven day on Sesame Street! Rosita, Abby, and Zoe begin singing about the number seven as they count seven dancing chickens. Next, Maria does the number seven rumba. As the seven celebration continues, a sniffling letter “S” arrives. He is sad because he can’t think of anything to do to help celebrate the number seven. Abby and Zoe get an idea! What if the letter “S” finds seven words that begin with the letter “S?” Abby, Zoe, and the letter “S” search for seven “S” words, and then sing a song about the words. Afterward, Abby performs number seven magic. Abby makes the number seven rise out of Elmo’s hat, seven butterflies appear out of Elmo’s ear, and—oh no! Seven Elmos appear instead of seven pumpkins! Luckily, Abby turns seven Elmos back into one Elmo, and tries her magic trick again. She succeeds! Abby turns one pumpkin into seven pumpkins. Hooray! It is an amazingly, awesome, super terrific, seven celebration!

_{Friday, January 29th, 2010}
24: Abby's Tricycle

Abby is preparing to ride her very first tricycle! She has her basket, helmet, and her friend Elmo, but Abby doesn’t know how to ride a tricycle. Elmo suggests that Gordon teach Abby since Gordon was the one to teach him. Gordon teaches Abby about all the different parts of a tricycle; the seat, handlebars, and pedals. Abby has trouble at first. She sits on the bike the wrong way. She also becomes frustrated riding her tricycle and thinks she needs magic to push the pedals. With hard work and practice, though, Abby learns to ride without help from Gordon. Whee! Abby becomes so excited that her wings start flapping, and her tricycle lifts off! Abby swoops back down to get Elmo and they both ride off together into the sky, singing on their tricycles.

_{Tuesday, February 16th, 2010}
25: Jacks Grows His Own Beanstalk

Jack from Jack and the Beanstalk comes to Sesame Street and tells Leela and Telly he has a problem. He only has a cow, but he needs a beanstalk! He knows he’s supposed to trade the cow for something but doesn’t know what. Leela gives him a clue—he needs to find something that grows in the ground. Jack quickly returns with a duck. But ducks don’t grow in the ground! Leela gives Jack another clue—to find something that rhymes with “jeans.” Jack comes back with a tambourine in each hand. “Tambourine” rhymes with “jeans” but tambourines don’t grow in the ground. They’re musical instruments. Jack becomes discouraged and is convinced he is never going to be able to grow a beanstalk. Leela gives him one more clue—he needs to look for something little. He trades the cow in and comes back with a handful of beans. They match all the clues—beans grow in the ground, rhyme with jeans, and they are little. Hooray! Jack found something that turns into a beanstalk. Leela shows Jack how to plant the beans in the garden. She covers the beans with soil, waters the beans, and lets the sun shine down. Suddenly, a huge beanstalk shoots up out of the ground. Telly, Leela, and Jack sing about the greatest green beanstalk that ever grew!

_{Thursday, February 18th, 2010}
26: Princess Show

Abby, Rosita and a penguin are going to play princesses. First, they decide to dance. Rosita leaps high into the air. Abby leaps even higher. The penguin takes a running start and leaps so high she lands on a balcony and can’t get down! Uh-oh! Suddenly, a prince enters and offers to rescue the penguin. He calls for her to let down her hair like the prince does in “Rapunzel,” but penguins don’t have any hair! Abby flies up and brings the penguin safely to the ground. Next, Abby, Rosita and the penguin go princess-roller skating, but the penguin can’t find her second skate. Never fear! The prince comes along to help. He pulls out a glass slipper, just as the prince does in “Cinderella”, but the penguin can’t skate with a glass slipper! Abby suggests they just look for the other skate. They find it and continue skating. Abby skates fast. Rosita skates even faster. The penguin skates the fastest and loses control. She crashes into a mailbox and gets stuck! The prince comes along to rescue her and give her a kiss, just like in “Sleeping Beauty” and “Snow White”, but a kiss won’t help the penguin get out of the mailbox. Rosita has a better idea! What if they cooperate and work together to help pull her out? It works! But the prince is upset. He wasn’t able to rescue a princess even once today. Abby explains that just because they are dressed as princesses, doesn’t mean they have to be saved. The prince agrees and they happily play a game of football together.

Season 41

_{Tuesday, November 4th, 2008}
33: Telly the Tiebreaker (repeat of 4169)

Elmo, Zoe, and Rosita make a block house but can't agree whether to put a square or circle on top.

_{Tuesday, January 5th, 2010}
43: The Help-O-Bots (repeat of 4185)

Chris reads Elmo, Telly, and Rosita the story of "Rico, the Very Helpful Robot." After hearing it, the three friends decide to become robots to help Chris at Hooper's store.

_{Monday, September 27th, 2010}
1: Camouflage Challenge

Elmo is taking pictures of his friends when they hear someone say something. It's Camouflage Carla! She is camouflaging and blending into the wall behind her. Elmo and Rosita want to camouflage too!

_{Tuesday, September 28th, 2010}
2: The Happy Scientists

Elmo, Rosita and Telly learn about the scientific process while investigating everyone's bathing habits.

_{Wednesday, September 29th, 2010}
3: Chicken About Thunderstorms

Elmo, Abby and Leela help their chicken T-ball teammates overcome their fear of thunderstorms.

_{Thursday, September 30th, 2010}
4: The Ironing Monster

While waiting for his Super Grover cape to be cleaned at the coin laundry, Grover becomes a superhero called the Iron Monster to help fellow patrons with their problems. But he only makes things worse until Leela intervenes.

_{Friday, October 1st, 2010}
5: What’s That Noise?

Elmo is sleeping over at Maria and Luis' apartment. When Elmo tries to sleep, he hears a strange noise. He calls them in, but the sounds stop when they listen.

_{Monday, October 4th, 2010}
6: The Furry Four

Telly, Abby and Elmo want to pretend to be the superheros in "The Furry Four," Telly's favorite comic book, but need someone to be the fourth member of the group.

_{Tuesday, October 5th, 2010}
27: The Golden Triangle of Destiny (repeat of 4161)

Texas Telly and Chris follow clues around Sesame Street to find the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

_{Wednesday, October 6th, 2010}
7: The Whoosh and Vanish Mystery

It's a very windy day on Sesame Street. Elmo and Telly are just about to play a game of basketball. When they return from eating a healthy power snack, their ball is missing! It's a real mystery and they need to investigate to solve the problem!

_{Thursday, October 7th, 2010}
28: Telly's New Shoes (repeat of 4162)

Telly makes a shoe wish so the Shoe Fairy will come and give him his first pair of shoes.

_{Friday, October 8th, 2010}
8: Music Magic

Elmo makes everyone on Sesame Street sing---with a wave of Abby's magic wand.

_{Monday, October 11th, 2010}
29: Sock Chaos at the Laundromat (repeat of 4163)

Abby uses her new "two trick," which turns one thing into two things, on Chris's orphaned sock.

_{Tuesday, October 12th, 2010}
9: Bert’s Pigeon Search

Elmo and Abby help Bert find a type of pigeon that he's never seen. Along the way, they spot a chickadee, a red robin and a blue jay.

_{Wednesday, October 13th, 2010}
30: Firefly Show (repeat of 4165)

Baby Bear and Telly catch a firefly, realize that it is sad to be trapped in a jar, and let it go.

_{Thursday, October 14th, 2010}
10: Up in the Air

Big Bird and Snuffy learn about gravity from Gordon, but wonder what life would be like without it. With Abby's magic help, they learn that too.

_{Friday, October 15th, 2010}
31: Max the Magician (repeat of 4166)

Everyone tries to figure out the secrets to Max the Magician's tricks, only to discover that they're really just math.

_{Monday, November 1st, 2010}
11: Snuffle Sneeze

Snuffy can't stop sneezing after meeting up with Big Bird, who's fresh from a dust bath. Gina thinks it might be an allergy and does some tests to see if it is.

_{Tuesday, November 2nd, 2010}
32: Elmo and Zoe's Hat Contest (repeat of 4168)

It's Who Can Wear the Most Hats on Their Head Day, and Elmo and Zoe are competing. But it seems they end up tied every time.

_{Wednesday, November 3rd, 2010}
12: There's an App for That

Teddy trades his old pogo stick for a brand-new iPogo, which the salesman promises will enable him to do everything he did before and more, including making a phone call, taking a picture and cooling off hot porridge.

_{Friday, November 5th, 2010}
13: The 'A' Team

Abby, Elmo and Telly join the A Team, which solves people's problems by using words that begin with the letter A.

_{Monday, November 8th, 2010}
34: Curly Bear Chases Birthday Cake (repeat of 4170)

Baby Bear is worried that Curly Bear is going to wreck his chocolate-porridge birthday cake.

_{Tuesday, November 9th, 2010}
14: Where's the Itsy Bitsy Spider?

Elmo, Telly and Rosita search for Itsy Bitsy Spider in order to sing "Itsy Bitsy Spider" to her. Along the way, they meet a beetle and a grasshopper. When they finally find her, they discover she's waiting for her egg sac to hatch.

_{Wednesday, November 10th, 2010}
35: Number 6 Games (repeat of 4172)

A day devoted entirely to the number 6.

_{Thursday, November 11th, 2010}
15: Fetch the Letter 'I'

Elmo and Telly build the letter I with their "Letter of the Day" kit, but Iggy the dog---who was playing fetch with Rosita---snatches it from them and takes off.

_{Friday, November 12th, 2010}
36: Abby Thinks Oscar is a Prince (repeat of 4173)

After hearing a story about a frog who is a prince, Abby thinks that Oscar is an enchanted prince.

_{Friday, November 26th, 2010}
16: Rahki Road

Leela, who's been making bracelets to celebrate the Indian holiday Rakhi, waits for a special present from her brother in India. Meanwhile, Chris and Elmo decide to throw a Rakhi party for her since she's feeling homesick.

_{Monday, December 6th, 2010}
17: Puddle Jumping

On a rainy day, Elmo waits for puddles to form so that he can splash in them. He pretends to shower with Baby Bear; watches Stinky drink the rain; and meets Cookie Monster, who pretends the rain drops are cookies.

_{Tuesday, December 7th, 2010}
37: Elmo Steps in for Super Grover (repeat of 4176)

Super Chicken and her sidekick, Robin, fly in to help Elmo. Horatio becomes Super Grover's sidekick.

_{Tuesday, December 7th, 2010}
44: Annual Triangle Toss (repeat of 4167)

Telly gets ready for the Triangle Lovers' Annual Triangle Toss and wears his lucky triangle vest.

_{Wednesday, December 8th, 2010}
18: Saved by Super Foods

The Super Food Super Heroes come to the aid of Super Grover and Elmo, who are unsure of what a kiwi is; Rosita, whose bag of crunchy twists spilled when Super Grover opened it for her; and Super Grover himself, whose decision to skip breakfast has left him too weak to lift a rooster's heavy suitcase.

_{Thursday, December 9th, 2010}
38: Abby's First Sleep Over (repeat of 4177)

Abby goes to Big Bird's nest for her very first sleepover, and Maria reads her "Hey, Diddle, Diddle."

_{Friday, December 10th, 2010}
19: Twins Day on Sesame Street

Twins are celebrated with their own special day. Chris introduces his twin sister Christy; Abby and Zoe decide they want to be each other's twin.

_{Monday, December 13th, 2010}
39: Three Cheers for Us (repeat of 4178)

Elmo tries to bounce his ball three times, and Zoe the cheerleader cheers him on.

_{Tuesday, December 14th, 2010}
20: Veggies Revolt

Vegetables protest Telly's lettuce-free tuna sandwich, Zoe's leftover broccoli and Cookie Monster's preference for cookies.

_{Wednesday, December 15th, 2010}
40: Elmo Wants to be Like Gordon (repeat of 4180)

Elmo wants to be like Gordon, so he spends a day looking and acting just like him.

_{Thursday, December 16th, 2010}
21: Sesame Street Fairy Tale Science Fair

Fairy-tale characters solve problems with science. Cinderella learns whether a pumpkin can float; the Three Little Pigs build a sturdy house that can't be blown down by the Big Bad Wolf.

_{Friday, December 17th, 2010}
41: Mine-itis on Sesame Street (repeat of 4181)

Brian Williams breaks in with an important news update: No one is sharing!

_{Monday, December 27th, 2010}
22: Rock, Rock Band

Elmo and Abby help Vergil Von Vivaldi (Michael McKean) put together a rock band consisting entirely of rocks. Along the way, they point out everything on Sesame Street that's made of rock, including the sidewalk, buildings and a garden statue.

_{Tuesday, December 28th, 2010}
23: Zoe Loves Rocco

Zoe asks Elmo to watch her pet rock Rocco for her, but he's too busy playing with Baby David to notice when the rock disappears. He tries to placate Zoe by giving her a new rock, then uses his memory to figure out where the rock went.

_{Wednesday, December 29th, 2010}
24: Dirtballs

Oscar and two other grouches set out to dirty the clean neighborhood, but their attempts backfire.

_{Thursday, December 30th, 2010}
25: Grouch Mother's Day

Oscar tries to give his mom the worst Grouchy Mother's Day ever, but he has keen competition from his sister Bunny. Also: the "Word on the Street" features Rachel Griffiths ("Brothers & Sisters") discussing the word "dozen" with Elmo.

_{Friday, December 31st, 2010}
26: Abby Tries and Tries Again

Abby uses magic to dress Leela and Chris for a party.

_{Monday, January 3rd, 2011}
42: The Cookie Touch (repeat of 4184)

Chris gives Cookie Monster the last cookie in Hooper's store and tells him that there will be more tomorrow. When Cookie Monster wishes he would never have to wait for a cookie again, his Fairy Cookie Person appears and gives him the "Cookie Touch": Everything he touches will turn into a cookie.

Season 42

_{Monday, September 26th, 2011}
1: Failure to Launch

Baby Bear and Telly design and build a launcher for Hubert the Human Cannonball.

_{Tuesday, September 27th, 2011}
2: Rocco's Boat

Elmo and Zoe experiment to find out what sinks and what floats, and design a boat out of foil.

_{Wednesday, September 28th, 2011}
3: The BubbleFest

Elmo and Abby test bubble mixtures and learn a bubble has the colors of the rainbow.

_{Thursday, September 29th, 2011}
4: Observe, Record, Annoy

Oscar observes and records for his experiment to find what worms like to squirm on.

_{Friday, September 30th, 2011}
5: The Shape O'Bots

Telly, Elmo and Rosita play Shape-O-Bots and transform themselves into shapes to help people.

_{Tuesday, October 4th, 2011}
6: Latinization of Marco

Rosita helps Gina teach Spanish to Gina's son Marco, who was born in Guatemala.

_{Friday, October 7th, 2011}
7: Humpty Dumpty's Big Break

Telly makes a special egg carton for Humpty Dumpty who wants to play football to keep him from cracking,

_{Tuesday, October 11th, 2011}
8: Goodbye Pacifier

Elmo helps Curly be a big bear by explaining how he said goodbye to his pacifier.

_{Monday, October 17th, 2011}
9: The Good Birds Club

Big Bird feels bad about himself after being teased, but Abby reminds him he is special.

_{Tuesday, October 18th, 2011}
10: Big Bad Wolf Huffs and Puffs Slimey

Slimey's afraid to tell anyone after the Big Bad Wolf huffs and puffs and blows him into Snuffy's lunch.

_{Friday, October 21st, 2011}
11: Baby Bear's Baby Doll

Baby Bear learns that it's ok for both boys and girls to play with dolls.

_{Friday, October 28th, 2011}
12: Elmo and the Monarch Butterfly

Elmo and Telly learn how a caterpillar turns into a butterfly through metamorphosis.

_{Wednesday, November 9th, 2011}
13: Siblings

Baby Bear learns the importance of sharing with a sibling.

_{Friday, November 11th, 2011}
14: Letter 'R' Mystery

Abby and Elmo investigate who is stealing things that start with the letter "R".

_{Friday, November 18th, 2011}
15: Cast Iron Cooks

Alan, Chris and Elmo are challenged to make stew with things that start with the letter "P".

_{Friday, November 25th, 2011}
16: Getting Centered

_{Thursday, December 1st, 2011}
17: A Prince of a Frog

Elmo and Abby learn that frogs are amphibians while helping a princess turn one into a prince.

_{Thursday, December 15th, 2011}
18: Elmozilla

The growth chart shows Elmo hasn’t grown much, so Abby casts a spell to make him grow tall.

_{Monday, December 26th, 2011}
19: Super Maria

The Count counts all the broken things that Gordon needs to fix.

_{Thursday, December 29th, 2011}
20: The Flood

Oscar helps fix a leaking, broken pipe.

_{Friday, December 30th, 2011}
21: Falling Leaves

Chris, Elmo and Rosita brainstorm ways to protect Stinky from falling leaves.

_{Wednesday, January 4th, 2012}
22: The All Our Senses Club

Telly, Elmo and Rosita help out by using their five senses.

_{Thursday, January 19th, 2012}
23: What's in Big Bird's Nest?

The Princess investigates why Big Bird can't sleep and discovers a pea in his nest.

_{Wednesday, January 25th, 2012}
24: Rhyming Block

Abby and Elmo help Mother Goose write three new nursery rhymes.

_{Thursday, February 2nd, 2012}
25: Furry Potter

Telly's book is too long to read by himself, but he likes reading it with Gordon.

_{Monday, February 6th, 2012}
26: Elmo Wants to Have a Ball

Elmo works to earn money and saves up to buy a new ball.

Season 43

_{not specified}
6: A Song for the Letter G

_{not specified}
9: Practice Makes Proud

_{not specified}
10: Afraid of the Bark

_{not specified}
11: Telly the Tiebreaker (repeat)

_{not specified}
12: Elmo and Zoe's Hat Contest (repeat)

_{not specified}
13: The Very End of X

_{not specified}
14: Sesame Street-O-Saurus

Grover, Elmo and Rosita are imagining that they are paleontologists, scientists who dig through dirt and stones to find fossils. Chris explains that fossils are what are left of a plant or an animal that lived a long time ago. The first thing they find in the dirt is a colorful, metal soup ladle which Grover thinks is a bone from a dinosaur. Next, they find two clothespins that Grover believes came from dinosaurs as well. Chris breaks the news to them that these things are not fossils, because not everything old that is found in the dirt is a fossil. Grover is disappointed that they have zero fossils and that he won’t be able to build a dinosaur out of what they found. Elmo suggests that they build a dinosaur even without fossils. Chris adds that they can use what they found in the dirt to build a dinosaur model. First, they design a model. Elmo thinks the ladle looks like a dinosaur’s head, Rosita thinks the spring looks like a dinosaur’s tail, Grover thinks keys look like a dinosaur’s arms, the spoons and clothespins could be legs and feet, and the xylophone could be the dinosaur’s body. Then, they put it all together and create their very own dinosaur model. They decide to name it Barbara!

_{not specified}
15: Abby Thinks Oscar Is a Prince (repeat)

_{not specified}
16: Finish the Splat

_{not specified}
17: Figure It Out Baby

_{not specified}
19: Best House of the Year

_{not specified}
20: Fairy Tale Science Fair (repeat)

_{not specified}
21: Lifting Snuffy

_{not specified}
22: Rocco's Playdate

_{not specified}
23: Max the Magician (repeat)

_{not specified}
24: Trashgiving Day

_{not specified}
25: Porridge Art

_{not specified}
26: Great Vibrations

_{Monday, September 24th, 2012}
1: Get Lost, Mr. Chips

Alan is getting ready for the Cookie Connoisseurs Club, the most exclusive cookie appreciation club in the country, to come to Sesame Street to taste his super cookies. Alan asks Chris to distract Cookie Monster while the club meets. Chris tries, but it's too late. Commander Chiphead, the club's Cookie Master, says that Cookie Monster can only taste Alan's cookies if he's a member of the club. To join, he must recite the Cookie Connoisseurs Club Pledge of Allegiance and follow the three rules: to first look at the cookie, then smell the cookie, and finally, only nibble the cookie to savor its flavor. Cookie Monster thinks he can follow these rules, but devours the first cookie right away! Commander Chiphead is not happy, but gives Cookie Monster another chance. Chris suggests that Cookie Monster try to pretend that the cookie is something else to help him control himself. He pretends that it's a yo-yo, which seems to be working, but once Cookie Monster smells the cookie, he eats it right up.. Next, Cookie Monster tries to pretend that the cookie smells like something stinky, which helps him get past rule #2, but as he goes to nibble it, he loses control again. Cookie Monster has one last chance, so this time he keeps reminding himself out loud that he needs to control himself so that he can stay in the club and get to try all sorts of cookies. The strategy works! Now it's time for the last cookie, and Commander Chiphead is so excited because it is one of his favorites. He loses control and devours the entire thing. Cookie Monster offers to help teach him self-control since he's so good at it now.

_{Tuesday, September 25th, 2012}
2: The Good Sport

_{Wednesday, September 26th, 2012}
3: Hansel & Gretel's Playdate with Big Bird

_{Thursday, September 27th, 2012}
4: Baby Bear Comes Clean

_{Friday, September 28th, 2012}
5: Me Am What Me Am

_{Friday, October 12th, 2012}
7: Brandies Is Looking for a Job

_{Thursday, October 18th, 2012}
8: Don't Wake the Baby

_{Friday, November 9th, 2012}
27: Sesame Street Gets Through a Storm

This episode is compiled from a series of 2001 episodes about the aftermath of a hurricane that hit Sesame Street, and Big Bird coping with the loss of his nest. In place of the regular "What's the Word on the Street?" segment is an introduction by Roscoe Orman. There are no letter or number sponsors, or individual segments from previous broadcasts of the episodes. Aside from the opening and closing sequences, the segments are presented in the original aspect ratio, resulting in the episode being letterboxed.

_{Thursday, February 14th, 2013}
18: Build a Better Basket

Season 44

_{Wednesday, January 23rd, 2013}
19: Judy and the Beast

The famous Judy of "Judy and Beast" is visiting Sesame Street in search of a new fairy godmother. She's in luck because Abby is a fairy and happy to help. Abby's first duty as fairy godmother is to find a unique beast with whom Judy can share her adventures. Abby waves her wand and a lobster appears. But the lobster really belongs in the ocean and isn't the perfect beast for Judy. Abby waves her wand a second time and a kangaroo appears. But the kangaroo misses his home in Australia and is too hoppy for Judy. Judy's friend is somewhere out there. Will she ever find her beastly companion? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: H & 5 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Unique One of a kind.

_{Monday, September 16th, 2013}
1: Telly Gets Jealous

Telly and Baby Bear are playing with their pets. Baby Bear's pet parrot can talk, speak Spanish, make his own snacks, and even squeak like Telly's hamster! When Telly tries to get his pet hamster to do tricks, she doesn't do any of them. Telly is upset, calls Baby Bear names, and storms off. Gordon notices that Telly is upset and asks him what's wrong. Telly says he's feeling angry because Baby Bear's parrot can do all kinds of cool things that his hamster can't. Gordon explains that Telly is feeling jealous, and that it's normal to feel that way. Telly wants to apoloize to Baby Bear, but every time he sees Baby Bear and his parrot, he feels too jealous to speak. Gordon suggests that Telly try putting his hands on belly and saying, "Stop!" when he sees Baby Bear. Then, he should take a few slow, deep breaths to calm down. Will Gordon's strategy help save Telly and Baby Bear's friendship? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: C & 7 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Jealous A strong feeling you have when you want something that someone else has.

_{Tuesday, September 17th, 2013}
2: Don't Get Pushy

Telly, Baby Bear, and Rosita are playing school. Telly is pretending to be the teacher and asks someone to write the letter "T" on the blackboard. Rosita is so excited to volunteer that she accidentally pushes Baby Bear on her way to the board. At first, Baby Bear accepts her apology. But after Rosita pushes him two more times on her way to the blackboard, he is upset. He doesn't like being pushed, and doesn't want to play school anymore. Rosita really wants to play with Baby Bear but can't seem to control herself. Rosita asks Gordon for help. He suggests that she try to stop and hug herself whenever she gets too excited or frustrated. Will Gordon's strategy help Rosita stay calm in the classroom? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: T & 12 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Respect Treating people in a way that makes them feel cared for and important.

_{Wednesday, September 18th, 2013}
3: The Flower Show

Stinky the plant is trying to grow a flower for the Sesame Street flower show. The problem is, it doesn't seem to grow no matter how hard he tries. Stinky is discouraged and worried that he'll never bloom at all. Leela and Elmo tell Stinky to relax and breathe because worrying too much could make it harder to grow a flower. Stinky tries to calm himself down, but he still doesn't bloom. Meanwhile, the plants around him are blooming with lots of flowers! Frustrated and discouraged, Stinky is about to give up. Then, Leela reassures Stinky that even if he doesn't grow a flower, he is still unique and special to all his friends. As Stinky tells himself he's special, he starts to feel better. Could this help Stinky bloom? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: D & 0 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Fragrance A pleasant smell.

_{Thursday, September 19th, 2013}
4: Latino Festival

Sesame Street is having a Latino Street Festival! There are people from many different places in Latin America and a booth to represent each one. Rosita and Telly visit Luis' booth and learn that his family came from Mexico—just like Rosita's family! At another booth, Maria and Mando explain that both their families came from Puerto Rico. Suddenly, Telly and Rosita hear a noise. It's a little frog, or coquí that Maria borrowed for the Puerto Rico booth. Rosita catches it to bring back to Maria, but the coquí jumps out of her hands and hops away! As Rosita and Telly search for the coquí, they visit booths and learn about places in the world where people speak Spanish, like Peru and Cuba. Rosita is excited to discover that she can speak Spanish to people all over the world, not just her friends and family in Mexico. But will Rosita and Telly ever find the coquí? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: V & 9 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Sturdy When something is strong and won't fall apart.

_{Friday, September 20th, 2013}
5: Simon Says

Telly is getting ready to compete in a Simon Says competition on Sesame Street but he's worried he won't be good enough. Chris helps him practice, but when Telly quickly messes up, he starts to feel even more worried. Just then, the real Simon appears and explains that Telly will have an easier time staying in the game if he can relax. Telly relaxes and practices some more, but he eventually makes another mistake. Simon gives Telly one last piece of advice before the competition: Listen carefully, and think. The competition is about to start, but Telly is still nervous! He reminds himself to relax, listen, and think. Will listening to what Simon said help Telly do what Simon says? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: Z & 15 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Relax To calm down or take a rest from being active.

_{Thursday, September 26th, 2013}
6: Help O Bots

On Sesame Street, Chris reads Elmo, Telly and Rosita the story of "Rico, The Very Helpful Robot!" After hearing the story, Elmo, Telly and Rosita decide to become robots to help Chris at Hooper's store, they're the Help-O-Bots! At first they're a big help, but then they start making more of a mess for Chris to clean up. The Help-O-Bots are out of control! Will the Help-O-Bots be able to help themselves from creating messes left and right? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: R & 17 Educational Goal: Cognitive Reasoning Word on the street: Robot A machine that can do things by itself that are similar to what people can do.

_{Thursday, October 3rd, 2013}
7: Still Life with Cookie

After seeing Alan paint a picture, Cookie Monster is inspired to create art of his own. Alan tells Cookie to paint something he loves, so Cookie Monster decides to paint a picture of a cookie. The cookie painting looks good enough to eat, so Cookie Monster does just that, he eats the painting. Every time Cookie paints a new picture, he can't help but eat it. If Cookie Monster doesn't stop eating his pictures, no one on Sesame Street will be able to enjoy his beautiful artwork. Can Cookie Monster control his urge to eat his paintings? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: N & 8 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Texture The way something looks or feels.

_{Thursday, October 10th, 2013}
8: Me Amigita Rosita

Rosita is excited to read a new book she got about a little girl from Mexico. But after Chris begins reading the story, Rosita is disappointed to find out that it's just about siestas, sombreros, and burros. She wishes there were a book that told a better story about being Mexican. Mando understands and encourages Rosita to write her very own story about what being Mexican means to her. While Rosita is trying to think of how to tell her story, her friends on Sesame Street come by and ask her to play with them. Abby and her friends dance the Folklórico, sing "Los Pollitos", and play Lucha Libre. Will Rosita's friends help her figure out what it means to be from Mexico? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: P & 2 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation; Literacy Word on the street: Author Someone who is a writer of things such as stories or books.

_{Thursday, October 17th, 2013}
9: Leela's Cell Phone Addiction

It's story time on Sesame Street! Abby and Zoe are excited for Leela to read to them, but Leela keeps texting on her phone. Abby and Zoe become frustrated, thinking that they'll never hear the story, so they decide to hide Leela's phone. Once Leela steps away, they hide the phone in Oscar's trashcan. Then Abby poofs the phone into a chicken. When they tell Chris what they've done, he explains that no matter how frustrated you are, it's never okay to hide someone's cellphone or make it disappear. What will Zoe and Abby do to make it up to Leela? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: U & 13 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Furious Really, really mad.

_{Thursday, October 24th, 2013}
10: Firefly Show

It's summer on Sesame Street and Telly and Baby Bear are hoping to catch fireflies. They set out with a net and a jar, but there are none to be found. Suddenly, they spot one, but it flies just out of reach. They chase it all over Sesame Street. Finally they catch the firefly, but when they do, they notice that it looks sad. What will they do to cheer up their new firefly friend? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: F & 16 Educational Goal: Cognitive Reasoning Word on the street: Insect A small bug that has 6 legs, 2 antennae and usually two pairs of wings such as flies, crickets, mosquitoes, beetles, butterflies, and bees.

_{Thursday, October 31st, 2013}
11: Count Tribute

On Sesame Street, the Count has won the Noble Prize for Counting! Everyone on the Street has gathered for the ceremony, but there's one thing missing…the Count! He's out of town tending to a counting emergency, and his flight is delayed. Chris, Alan, Telly, and Elmo do everything they can to stall the judges but the clock is ticking down. If the Count doesn't get back in time, the Prize goes to the world's second best counting expert. Will Count Von Count receive his prize? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: S & 18 Educational Goal: Mathematics Word on the street: Imposter Someone who pretends to be someone else.

_{Thursday, November 7th, 2013}
12: Gotcha!

Sesame Street is on an episode of "Gotcha!" The TV show that uses hidden cameras to catch people using really bad manners, and host Johnny Gotcha is ready to catch some impoliteness in action. Baby Bear and Curly Bear are eating their porridge when Johnny Gotcha jumps out and yells "Gotcha!" But the hidden cameras show Baby Bear and Curly Bear using good manners. They use napkins to wipe their mouths, they don't talk with their mouth full and they say "please" and "thank you." Johnny Gotcha won't give up until he finds someone using bad manners on Sesame Street. Nearby, Abby and Big Bird are cleaning up their toys when Johnny Gotcha jumps out and yells "Gotcha!" But again, the hidden cameras show Abby and Big Bird also using good manners. They share their toys; they take turns playing with them, and they clean up together. Will Johnny find someone using bad manners on Sesame Street? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: E & 12 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Courteous Being polite and having good manners.

_{Thursday, November 14th, 2013}
13: Big Bird's Nest Sale

Big Bird is having a nest sale on Sesame Street! He wants to sell all of his old, unwanted toys to someone who will play with them. Big Bird appoints Snuffy to be his Assistant Nest Sale Snuffleupagus. Big Bird goes to pick up some of his old toys and accidentally knocks his teddy bear, Radar, into the nest. Later, when The Count buys all the toys inside of Big Bird's nest, he also buys Radar. When Big Bird goes to look for his beloved teddy bear, he and Snuffy realize what happened. They find The Count and he tells them that he gave Radar to a monster for his teddy bear collection. He doesn't know the monster's name, but he tells them what he looks like. Based on the description Big Bird and Snuffy set out to find the right monster. Will they get Radar back? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: Q & 19 Educational Goal: Cognitive Reasoning Word on the street: Curly Something that is twisting and wavy, such as hair or ribbon.

_{Thursday, November 21st, 2013}
14: The Wild Brunch

When Alan needs help at Hooper's Store on Sesame Street, Snuffy volunteers! The first customers are a zookeeper and three animals. Although he isn't able to write, Snuffy says he'll be able to remember their order. The animals tell Snuffy what they want to eat, but when Snuffy walks back to Alan, he can't remember their orders. Alan explains that Snuffy can use a strategy to help him remember. There are three animals ordering, so he needs to come back with three orders of food. The animals are hungry and becoming impatient. Will Snuffy be able to remember the customers' orders? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: X & 6 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Strategy A plan to help you solve a problem.

_{Thursday, December 12th, 2013}
15: Rosita's Abuela

Rosita's abuela is moving to Sesame Street from Mexico! What's an abuela? It's the Spanish word for grandmother! Elmo, Telly, and Baby Bear want to meet Rosita's abuela. But Rosita tells them that they can meet her abuela later, and the four of them play a game of soccer. Rosita keeps getting called away from the game to translate for her grandmother, who only speaks Spanish. Eventually Rosita becomes so embarrassed that her abuela only speaks a language that her friends don't understand, that she runs and hides. When Maria finds Rosita and talks to her, she explains that she used to get embarrassed when she had to translate for her family too. But now, Maria feels proud to speak Spanish because it's part of who she is. Will Rosita learn to be proud of who she is, too? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: M & 4 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Translate To change from one language into another language.

_{Thursday, December 19th, 2013}
16: Baby Bear's New Sitter

When Grandmama Bear calls in sick, Baby Bear and Curly Bear need a new baby-sitter on Sesame Street! Papa Bear asks Gabi to fill in, and she agrees! Though Curly Bear seems excited to have Gabi as a sitter, Baby Bear insists that Curly is nervous to have someone other than Grandmama Bear as a baby-sitter. When Gabi arrives, Baby Bear explains that she must follow Grandmama Bear's baby-sitting protocol. First she has to make porridge-raisin cookies, then sing golden oldie bear songs, and finally play bear games. But Gabi Doesn't know how to do any of these things. Is Curly Bear really the one who's nervous about having a new sitter? Will Gabi be able to fill in for Grandmama Bear? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: O & 20 Educational Goal: Emotional Development Word on the street: Fabulous When something is wonderful, great, fantastic, terrific.

_{Thursday, January 9th, 2014}
17: Grandparents Celebration

Hooper's Store is throwing a Grandparents Celebration on Sesame Street! Elmo hasn't seen his grandparents in a long time, so he's excited that they'll be visiting for the celebration. But to Elmo's disappointment, he finds out that his grandparents are stuck at the airport and they're going to miss the party. Chris and Alan tell Elmo that he'll still have fun, and encourage him to stay for the celebration. Elmo agrees and listens to Baby Bear's grandfather Grampy Bear tell stories, but Elmo still misses his grandparents. So Alan and Chris decide to pretend to be Elmo's grandparents to cheer Elmo up, but that doesn't work either. Will Elmo be able to enjoy himself at the Grandparents Celebration even though his grandparents aren't there? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: B & 2 Educational Goal: Social/Emotional Development Word on the street: Disappointed A sad feeling you get when something doesn't turn out the way you wanted it to.

_{Thursday, January 16th, 2014}
18: The Princess Story

Abby and Zoe want to make up a princess story, but Rosita isn't sure how. They ask Leela to help them write it down, but where do they begin? Leela explains that most stories start with a problem. Abby and Zoe decide that the princess is stuck in a tower. Leela asks Rosita to imagine how the princess escapes, but Rosita says she doesn't know. She isn't sure if she can make up a story like Zoe and Abby! Leela explains that everyone can make up a story and encourages Rosita to use her imagination. Will Rosita be able to come up with a great idea to rescue the princess from the tower? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: A & 11 Educational Goal: Literacy/Cognitive Reasoning Word on the street: Adventure An exciting thing to do.

_{Thursday, January 30th, 2014}
20: Three Cheers for Us

Elmo is trying to bounce his ball three times in a row when Zoe shows up with pompoms and does a cheer for Elmo. She is a Sesame Street Cheerleader! Elmo wants to be a cheerleader too, so he and Zoe set off in search of someone to cheer for. First, they find Telly trying to pogo with a triangle on his head. Elmo and Zoe make up a cheer for Telly and he succeeds! Hoping to encourage others, Telly joins the Sesame Street Cheerleaders, too. They search for someone else to cheer for and find Alan, Gordon, Maria, and a chicken; but are discouraged to find out they don't need cheerleaders. Who will the Sesame Street Cheerleaders cheer for now? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: I & 3 Educational Goal: Emotional Development Word on the street: Cheer Words of encouragement or congratulations.

_{Thursday, January 30th, 2014}
23: Baby Bear Hates Wee Tee Ball

Baby Bear is getting ready to play Pee Wee wee t-ball with his Papa Bear for the first time. Papa Bear really wants Baby Bear to play sports, but Baby Bear just wants to draw. As Baby Bear is practicing wee t-ball, he keeps getting distracted by beautiful things he sees, like a butterfly, a bird's nest, and the stitches in his baseball glove. When Baby Bear tells Chris that he would rather draw than play t-ball, Chris encourages Baby Bear to tell his dad. Can Baby Bear get the courage to tell Papa Bear he doesn't want to play t-ball? And what will Papa Bear say? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: G & 1 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Athlete A person who is trained or really good at sports or exercise.

_{Wednesday, February 5th, 2014}
22: Jack's Big Jump

Jack Be Nimble is getting ready to jump over eight candlesticks! He takes a great leap, but knocks over the candles and falls. Embarrassed, Jack runs away and hides. Baby Bear and Telly want to help Jack jump, so they find him a kangaroo. The kangaroo sings the Jumping Song to help Jack get over his fear. But when Jack tries to jump again, he still can't jump far enough. Then, Baby Bear and Telly bring in the cow that jumped over the moon. Can this special cow help Jack get his jump back? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: J & 8 Educational Goal: Emotional Development & Mathematics Word on the street: Stumble To trip and almost fall.

_{Friday, February 7th, 2014}
21: The Pogo Games

Telly really wants to win the Pogo Games, but he's worried he isn't good enough. Just then, Coach Pogolyi, who calls himself the best pogo stick coach in the world, tells Telly he will never win without his help. Telly agrees to be coached by Coach Pogolyi, but the Coach's advice doesn't seem to help him. In the first event, Telly falls off his pogo stick, which he's never done before. Now Coach Pogolyi doesn't believe that Telly can win, but Telly's friends do! Telly is about to quit, but Baby Bear and Gina encourage him to believe in himself and bounce the way he knows how. Telly decides to get back on his pogo stick and give it another try. Can Telly still win the Pogo Games, or was Coach Pogolyi right? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: O & 20 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Confidence To believe in yourself.

_{Thursday, February 20th, 2014}
24: The Wedding Planner

It's Rocco's wedding, and Zoe has carefully planned every detail. But as luck would have it, everything is going awry. When the cake arrives, Rocco's name is spelled wrong. When it's time to dress Rocco, his tuxedo is missing its bowtie. Worst of all, not one of the fourteen invited guests have shown up! Zoe is upset, and Elmo steps in to help. How will Elmo save Rocco's wedding with the letter R, two triangles, and his counting skills? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: Y & 14 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Plan A list of things to do.

_{Thursday, February 27th, 2014}
25: Lights, Camera, Bert!

Bert is quietly reading a book when Elmo and Ernie burst in wanting to make a movie. Who do they want to be the star of their movie? Bert, of course! He'll play a cowboy, a pirate, and an astronaut. Bert is hesitant to play the roles because he insists he doesn't know how to pretend to play them. He doesn't know what they do. Ernie and Elmo encourage Bert to think it through using his imagination. They help Bert come up with three things a cowboy and a pirate would do. Bert plays the roles, and does a great job! But when it comes time to play an astronaut, Bert doesn't want to. Without Bert as the astronaut, how will Elmo and Ernie's movie end? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: K & 10 Educational Goal: Self-Regulation Word on the street: Imagination When you make believe something is anything you want it to be and that may be something you've never thought of before.

_{Thursday, March 20th, 2014}
26: Every Plant That Ever Was

Stinky the Stinkweed gets a new book called the "Great Big Book of Every Plant that Ever Was" by Dr. Lily Rosenbloom. Stinky tries to find himself in the book but he can't. Now Stinky's worried that he's not a plant at all. He's not a dog because he can't chase sticks. He's not a bird because he can't fly. Maybe Dr. Rosenbloom just made a mistake by leaving stinkweeds out of her book. The only way to find out is for Dr. Rosenbloom to visit Sesame Street and run some tests to determine if Stinky is, in fact, a plant. The Doctor arrives to investigate and observe Stinky. Will Stinky pass the plant test and get put in Dr. Rosenbloom's book? Tune in to find out! Brought to you By: L & 20 Educational Goal: Science Word on the street: Absorb To take in or soak up.

Season 45

_{Monday, September 15th, 2014}
1: School for Chickens

_{Tuesday, September 16th, 2014}
2: Bert's Training Wheels

Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break.

_{Wednesday, September 17th, 2014}
3: Proud to Be Me

Mando, Chris and Leela help Segi see that being brown is snazzy when she becomes upset after reading a book.

_{Thursday, September 18th, 2014}
4: Numeric-con

A comic-con-like number convention comes to Sesame Street and Elmo helps solve problems using math.

_{Friday, September 19th, 2014}
5: Enthusiastic Penelope

Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends.

_{Monday, October 6th, 2014}
6: Number 15's Quinceanera

Abby and Zoe learn how to compromise and give Number 15 the best quinceanera ever.

_{Wednesday, October 8th, 2014}
7: A Bicycle Built by Two

Luis and Telly follow a diagram of a bicycle and build the perfect sized bicycle for Little Chicken.

_{Friday, October 10th, 2014}
8: Ernie's Dance Video

Ernie changes his plan of making a dance video with everyone on Sesame Street as new steps are added.

_{Thursday, October 30th, 2014}
9: If Me Had That Wand

Cookie Monster is tempted to take Abby's wand, but Alan helps him think about how Abby would feel.

_{Monday, November 17th, 2014}
10: Calm Down and Think, Elmo

Alan helps Elmo calm down and think so he can answer questions in order to win a brand new bicycle horn.

_{Wednesday, November 19th, 2014}
11: Peter Piper's Purpose

Telly helps Alan pick pickled peppers for each customer.

_{Friday, November 21st, 2014}
12: Big Bird Loses His Nest

Big Bird speaks up when another bird takes his nest.

_{Tuesday, December 16th, 2014}
13: Waiting for the Present

Rosita needs to learn how to control herself and wait to open her present from Elmo.

_{Monday, January 12th, 2015}
14: Oscar's Trash Plan

Oscar learns to resist spending his trash and save it for a special grouch instrument.

_{Tuesday, January 13th, 2015}
15: Stinky's First Day of Preschool

Stinky is anxious about preschool. Elmo and Chris give Stinky strategies to help Stinky calm down.

_{Wednesday, January 14th, 2015}
16: Oscar's Clean Tuxedo

Leela and Elmo remember and recreate three of the yuckiest stains on Oscar's tuxedo.

_{Thursday, January 15th, 2015}
17: Elmo the Grouch

Oscar tries to convince Elmo that he's becoming a Grouch.

_{Tuesday, February 3rd, 2015}
18: Friendship Day

Zoe learns to be careful with the words she uses after hurting Elmo's feelings over their friendship dance.

_{Tuesday, February 17th, 2015}
19: Chaos at Hooper's Store

Alan and Telly use math to figure out how to take care of The Old Lady Who Lives in a Shoe's 12 kids.

_{Thursday, February 19th, 2015}
20: Bert's Sign Painting Challenge

Chris helps Bert calm down as he struggles with letters that look similar.

_{Monday, March 30th, 2015}
21: Papa Bear Goes to Preschool

Papa Bear learns that school rules are different from rules at home.

_{Wednesday, April 1st, 2015}
22: Jack B. Nimble Can't Sit Down

Chris and Elmo help Jack B. Nimble stay in his seat and pay attention so they can all watch the movie.

_{Friday, April 3rd, 2015}
23: Upside-Down Nursery Rhymes

Mother Goose rewrites some of her famous rhymes to help her characters work through their feelings.

_{Monday, April 27th, 2015}
24: Abby Schools in Cool

Mando & Abby help Rosita, Elmo, and Telly see the value of being themselves and doing things that make them happy.

_{Friday, May 1st, 2015}
25: Grover Does It All

Mando helps Grover slow down and focus when he tries to too many activities at the same time.

_{Monday, June 8th, 2015}
26: Everyday Magic

Telly and Abby discover the 'magic' of using everyday objects as tools to help solve problems around Sesame Street.

Season 46

_{Saturday, January 16th, 2016}
1: Bedtime Story

While sleeping over Elmo's house, Abby learns how to change her bedtime routine to help her calm down before bedtime. Also featuring celeb vocab 'bedtime' with Tracee Ellis Ross, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies and Elmo's World-sleep. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 10.

_{Saturday, January 16th, 2016}
2: Mucko Polo, Grouch Explorer

With Mucko Polo (Alan Cumming), Elmo, Abby, and Oscar use their five senses to explore and search for the grouchiest things on Sesame Street. Also featuring Grover finds a pyramid and Elmo the Musical-Guacamole. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 6.

_{Saturday, January 23rd, 2016}
3: Grover's Street Safari

Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Muscial-cowboy. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 5.

_{Saturday, January 30th, 2016}
4: Saved by Superfoods

The SuperFood Super Foods fly onto Sesame Street to help their friends try new foods, find a healthy snack, and explain the importance of eating breakfast. Also featuring Orange is the New Snack parody, and Elmo the Musical-Tomato. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 10.

_{Saturday, February 6th, 2016}
5: Funny Farm

Elmo, Abby, and Alan help Grover think like a farm animal so he can throw the perfect party for farm animals. Also featuring Super Grover 2.0 (S.T.E.M.), and Elmo's world-farm. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 3.

_{Saturday, February 13th, 2016}
6: Valentine's Day

It's Valentine's Day on Sesame Street! Elmo and Abby make valentines for each other and learn about the importance of friendship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Twilight parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter V and the number 14.

_{Saturday, February 20th, 2016}
7: The Best Friend Band

Elmo and Abby learn how to compromise and combine their two favorite songs, creating the Best Friend Song. Also featuring 'That's Music' song with 5th Harmony, Murray had a little lamb-music school, and Elmo's World-violins. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 5.

_{Saturday, February 27th, 2016}
8: When Dinosaurs Walked Sesame Street

Elmo, Chris, and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn that there are small and big dinosaurs, some dinosaurs are herbivores and some are carnivores and that Big Bird is a dinosaur! Also featuring Jurassic Cookie parody, and Elmo's World-dinosaurs. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

_{Saturday, March 5th, 2016}
9: What I Love About Art

Telly learns that by using his imagination and experimenting, he can make art in lots of different ways. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 18.

_{Saturday, March 12th, 2016}
10: Say Thank You to Your Face Day

Elmo helps Abby, Grover, and Telly figure out how to say thank you to our nose, eyes, and mouth all at the same time. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-noses. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 9.

_{Saturday, March 19th, 2016}
11: Abby's Fairy Garden

Abby is going to teach Elmo how to garden, but a gnome takes his seeds and flower pot. Abby and Elmo need to play memory games in order to get them back. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-Plants. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 17.

_{Saturday, March 26th, 2016}
12: Elmo Steps in for Super Grover

When Super Grover's new sidekick Horatio keeps getting stuck in doorways, Elmo has to answer the distress calls. Also featuring 'Everyday Hero' song with Aloe Blacc, Cookie Monster's Aveggies parody, and Elmo the Musical-superheros. Brought to you by the letter H and the number 1.

_{Saturday, April 2nd, 2016}
13: The Princess Story

Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the 'fairy tale' box as they imagine and make up a story together. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo the Musical-prince. Brought to you by the letter P and the number 4.

_{Saturday, April 9th, 2016}
14: Enthusiastic Penelope Penguin

Chris helps Penelope, an overly excited penguin, learn how to control herself and make new friends. Also featuring 'Be a good friend' song with Gwen Stefani, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-friends. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 2.

_{Saturday, April 16th, 2016}
15: Birdie and the Beast

Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend. Also featuring Elmo the Muscial-Prince. Brought to you by the letter F and the number 0.

_{Saturday, April 23rd, 2016}
16: Rocco's Playdate

Elmo and Zoe use arts and crafts to help make a 'friend' for Zoe's pet rock, Rocco, to play with. Also featuring Murray had a lttle lamb, and Elmo's World-drawing. Brought to you by the letter C and the number 7.

_{Saturday, April 30th, 2016}
17: Camping Show

Elmo and Chris go camping in the woods near Sesame Street to relax and meet some new friends. Also featuring Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World-plants. Brought to you by the letter N and the number 16.

_{Saturday, May 7th, 2016}
18: A Very Cookie Mother's Day

Cookie Monster wants to give his mom the perfect Mother's Day gift, but first he needs to learn how to control himself from eating it. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-family. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 19.

_{Saturday, May 14th, 2016}
19: Move It!

It's 'Move It Day' on Sesame Street where everyone moves their body. But after spending the day just sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercising and moving your body gives you lots of energy and helps you feel better. Also featuring a song with Ne-Yo, Murray had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter M and the number 8.

_{Saturday, May 21st, 2016}
20: Hooper's Lockdown

When Grover's new security gate system accidentally locks Chris out of Hooper's store, Elmo and Abby help solve math problems to open the gates in time to stop Cookie Monster from eating Alan's birthday cake. Also featuring Nick Jonas, Cookie Monster's 007 parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 8.

_{Saturday, May 28th, 2016}
21: To the Moon, Elmo

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imagination to go into space and with help from Chris, they figure out which 'space tool' to use to fix their ripped space ship. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Star Smores parody, and Elmo's World-sky. Brought to you by the letter A and the number 10.

_{Saturday, June 4th, 2016}
22: Chicken Thunderstorms

Elmo, Abby, Chris and Leela help to teach some chickens not to be afraid of thunderstorms. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World-weather. Brought to you by the letter W and the number 4.

_{Saturday, June 11th, 2016}
23: Music Magic

When Elmo uses Abby's magic wand, all anyone on Sesame Street can do is sing! Also featuring 'Just like Magic' song with Sara Bareilles, Cookie Monster's Furry Potter parody, and Elmo the Musical. Brough to you by the letter M and the number 20.

_{Saturday, June 18th, 2016}
24: Abby Makes the Seasons Change

Abby makes the seasons change on Sesame Street. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to by the letter S and the number 4.

_{Saturday, June 25th, 2016}
25: Boo Boo Buster

Abby and Elmo are the Boo-Boo Busters; finding friends on Sesame Street who need help making their boo-boos better. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 13.

_{Saturday, July 2nd, 2016}
26: Elmo and the Bookaneers

The Bookaneers, a band of book and reading-loving pirates led by Tina Fey, comes to Sesame Street! They invite Elmo to become a Bookaneer, and together they look for the pirates' treasure, the library. Also featuring 'B is for Book' with Pharrell, Cookie Monster's Smart Cookie, and Elmo's Wold. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 1.

_{Saturday, July 9th, 2016}
27: Bye Bye Pacifier

Elmo helps Curly Bear come to terms with giving up her binky. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter B and the number 12.

_{Saturday, July 16th, 2016}
28: Mi Amigita Rosita

Rosita is bothered by a story that doesn't resonate with her culture, so she writes her own book about things she loves: dancing, Mexican wrestling and playing with her friends. Also featuring celeb vocab in espanol with Gina Rodrigues, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the ABC's and the number 9.

_{Saturday, July 23rd, 2016}
29: Dress-Up Club

Prairie Dawn learns that it doesn't matter if you're a boy or girl, anyone can dress-up and play any way they want. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 15.

_{Sunday, July 31st, 2016}
30: Afraid of the Bark

Zoe is rattled when Barkley playfully picks up her pet rock, Rocco, in his mouth. Elmo, with the help of Gina, Bob and Grover, help Zoe get over her fear. Also featuring Murry had a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter D and the number 5.

_{Saturday, August 6th, 2016}
31: The Good Sport

Elmo learns how to win and lose gracefully while playing Hot Potato with Abby. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Hungry Games parody, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter G and the number 3.

_{Saturday, August 13th, 2016}
32: Sesame Ocean

Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean so Dorothy can swim anywhere she likes but when she disappears, Elmo and Abby follow clues to find her. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Smart Cookies, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter O and the nubmer 6.

_{Saturday, August 20th, 2016}
33: Don't Get Pushy

Telly is upset when Rosita pushes Baby Bear by accident because she is too excited; but with the help of her friends on Sesame Street, she learns how to control herself. Also featuring Cookie Monster's Les Moussarables, and Elmo the Musical. Brought to you by the letter E and the number 11.

_{Saturday, August 27th, 2016}
34: School of Chickens

Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe, played by Saturday Night Live's Taran Killam, teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool. Also featuring Murray has a little lamb, and Elmo's World. Brought to you by the letter S and the number 14.

_{Saturday, October 29th, 2016}
35: Halloween

In this special Halloween episode, the letter of the day is 'H' (for 'Halloween') and Elmo learns that a good imagination is the most important part of pretending.

Season 47

_{Saturday, January 7th, 2017}
1: The Kindness Kid

The Kindness Kid (Zachary Levi) visits Sesame Street to spread kindness and Grover wants to be a Kindness Kid too, but every time he tries to do something kind, he fails. Chris helps Grover realize that just trying to help someone is actually being kind. Guest: Tori Kelly. This episode features an all-new street story, Smart Cookies ("The Snickerdoodle") and a new Elmo's World ("Kindness").

_{Saturday, January 14th, 2017}
2: Be Kind to Your Worm

Oscar participates in the Be Kind to Your Worm day activities, because he knows it’ll make his best friend, Slimey, happy. This episode features an all-new street story, Sesame Street News Flash ("Friendship Day") and a new Elmo's World (Friends").

_{Saturday, January 21st, 2017}
3: Abby Helps Clear Things Up

Abby helps Prince Charming calm down at the eye doctor's office.

_{Saturday, January 28th, 2017}
4: Super Sitters

Grover and Cookie Monster help Chris baby-sit and learn how to take care of a baby.

_{Saturday, February 4th, 2017}
5: Having a Ball

When Saul the Ball is disappointed that he can’t play ball with Elmo and Rosita inside the house, Elmo and Rosita help him use his imagination to play other games.

_{Saturday, February 11th, 2017}
6: Elmo's Sweet Ride

Elmo shares his scooter with Zoe and learns how to be patient and wait for his turn, while she practices and learns how to ride.

_{Saturday, February 18th, 2017}
7: Dress Up

Abby and Elmo play dress up and pretend to be lots of different people, like bike repair assistants, to help Nina fix Rosita’s bike.

_{Saturday, February 25th, 2017}
8: Snuffy's Dance (repeat)

Lifting Snuffy (repeat of 4321)

_{Saturday, March 4th, 2017}
9: Norbert's Birthday

Rosita, Zoe, and Grover give Norbert the Robot a surprise birthday party to show how much they care about him.

_{Saturday, March 11th, 2017}
10: Elmo Comes Clean

Elmo keeps hiding from Nina because he wants more time to play before his bath, but Ernie helps him realize that he can play in the bathtub, too.

_{Saturday, March 18th, 2017}
11: Baby Bear Learns About Bees (repeat)

Baby Bear Learns About Bees (repeat of 4189)

_{Saturday, March 25th, 2017}
12: Big Bird's Song

Abby and Elmo help Big Bird calm down, so he won’t be nervous singing on the show, “The Squawk.”

_{Saturday, April 1st, 2017}
13: Get Ready for Today

Elmo and Abby help Crystal the Ball come up with a morning routine, so she can be ready to go out and play.

_{Saturday, April 8th, 2017}
14: Painting with Cookie Monster

Cookie Monster learns how to control himself from eating his own paintings.

_{Monday, April 10th, 2017}
15: Meet Julia

Big Bird finds Elmo and Abby playing with Julia, a new friend on Sesame Street. Big Bird notices that Julia plays a little bit differently than the others and Alan helps him understand that Julia has autism. Big Bird learns that kids with autism sometimes do things in a different way, but they share many things in common with all kids — like wanting to have fun and be loved. Julia and the Sesame friends invent a new game called “boing tag,” and then all come together to dance and sing, celebrating the amazing in all kids.

_{Saturday, April 22nd, 2017}
16: Make Your Garden Grow

Elmo has made sure his apple tree has good soil, water and sunshine, but he still needs to learn how to be patient and wait for it to grow.

_{Saturday, April 29th, 2017}
17: Bike Show with a Beat

Nina and her friends make musical instruments out of bike parts and play music to attract customers to her new bike shop.

_{Saturday, May 6th, 2017}
18: Counting Hats (repeat)

Elmo and Zoe compete to see who can wear the most hats.

_{Saturday, May 13th, 2017}
19: House of Worm

Abby helps Turner the Worm build a place that feels like home.

_{Saturday, May 20th, 2017}
20: Wild Animals Shop for Lunch (repeat)

Snuffy helps out at Hooper’s Store when zoo animals come for brunch, but has to find a way to remember everyone’s order. Guest star: Audra McDonald.

_{Saturday, May 27th, 2017}
21: Sheep in a Jet Pack

When Ovejita flies up high after putting on a jetpack, Abby and Nina must figure out how to get her back down.

_{Saturday, June 3rd, 2017}
22: Rocking Rollie

Rosita and Zoe build a baby-rocking machine.

_{Saturday, June 10th, 2017}
23: Elmo and Rosita's Rainbow Search (repeat)

Elmo sees a rainbow, but it disappears before Rosita can see it. Rosita, who has never seen a rainbow, becomes determined to see one. Guest: OK Go.

_{Saturday, June 17th, 2017}
24: Father's Day

It’s Father’s Day, and Rosita’s friends help her make a video message, so she can tell her dad how much she loves him.

_{Saturday, June 24th, 2017}
25: The Recycling Fairy

Redusa the Recycling Fairy visits Sesame Street and helps everyone recycle their old trash into something new to help keep the earth clean and beautiful.

_{Saturday, July 1st, 2017}
26: The Camouflage Game

Elmo, Rosita and Chris try to find six camouflaged things on Sesame Street so they can join the Camouflage Club. Guest: Kyra Sedgwick.

_{Saturday, July 8th, 2017}
27: Twinkle Twinkle Little Star

Elmo doesn’t give up and keeps practicing until he can play the song “Twinkle Twinkle Little Star” on his piano. Guest: 5th Harmony.

_{Saturday, July 15th, 2017}
28: Bert and Ernie Make a Movie (repeat)

Ernie and Elmo help Bert tap into his imagination as he acts out different scenes for a movie.

_{Saturday, July 22nd, 2017}
29: Big Bird’s Big Move

Freddy Flapman, real estate agent to birds, tries to convince Big Bird to migrate away from Sesame Street. Guest: Lin-Manuel Miranda.

_{Saturday, July 29th, 2017}
30: Battle of the Chefs

Chris and Elmo help Alan compete in challenges to become the “Cast Iron Cook.” Guests: Jason Schwartzman, Anthony Mackie.

_{Saturday, August 5th, 2017}
31: Hello Rudy

Abby is excited to meet her new stepbrother, Rudy, for the first time. Rosita and Elmo help Abby look out for him so that she can see Rudy as soon as he gets to Sesame Street.

_{Saturday, August 12th, 2017}
32: Rudy Lets Loose

Abby and Rosita help watch Grover’s dogs, but Rudy scares the animals when he tries to pet them. Rudy uses Abby’s wand and turns himself into a dog so that the dogs will be friends with him.

_{Saturday, August 19th, 2017}
33: Hide and Seek Rudy

After Rudy uses Abby’s wand to find the best hiding spot, and accidentally turns himself into a banana, she becomes worried when she can’t find him.

_{Saturday, August 26th, 2017}
34: The Four Sneezons

When Grover wishes he didn’t have a cold in the fall, Rudy uses Abby’s wand to change the season. Now, every time Grover sneezes, the seasons keep changing.

_{Saturday, September 2nd, 2017}
35: Snazzy Society (repeat)

When Segi becomes upset after reading a book about her favorite character, Mando, Chris and Leela help her see that being brown is snazzy. Guest star: Lupita Nyong’o.

Season 48

_{Saturday, November 18th, 2017}
1: A Sesame Street Thanksgiving

Elmo, Big Bird, Rosita, Alan, Julia, Nina and the rest of the neighborhood gather to appreciate all the traditions, cultures and delicious foods their community has to offer.

_{Saturday, November 25th, 2017}
2: Cinderella's Slippery Slippers

Cinderella would rather play than open her new shoe store and be a princess; Rosita tells Cinderella she can solve both of her problems if she gets a pair of sneakers like hers from the new store.

_{Saturday, December 2nd, 2017}
3: Elmo's Nursery Rhyme

Mother Goose tries to write a nursery rhyme for Elmo, but doesn't know anything about him; Abby tells Mother Goose some of the things that make Elmo special.

_{Saturday, December 9th, 2017}
4: Rapunzel Gets a Haircut

Abby and Elmo help Rapunzel figure out how to keep her hair from getting in the way so she can follow her dream of becoming a gymnast.

_{Saturday, December 16th, 2017}
5: Martian Mission

Martians arrive on Sesame Street to find out what Earth people are like; Elmo shows them around and helps them learn that people come in lots of sizes, their skin comes in lots of colors, and people speak lots of languages.

_{Saturday, December 23rd, 2017}
6: Clothing Drive

Rudy's favorite sweater no longer fits him, so Nina suggests having a clothing drive where everyone can give clothes they do not need to people who do need them; Rudy's sweater goes to a little girl who is very excited to wear it.

_{Saturday, December 30th, 2017}
7: M Is for Missing

The letter M goes missing all over Sesame Street, and it is up to Nina and the gang to find it.

_{Saturday, January 6th, 2018}
8: Abby's Sock Solution

Abby tries to help Chris after he loses a sock while doing laundry, but her efforts create chaos when she conjures up dancing socks.

_{Saturday, January 13th, 2018}
9: Our Family's Way

Abby's family has dinner at Elmo's house and learns that even though they do things differently, everybody can have fun working together to get dinner ready.

_{Saturday, January 20th, 2018}
10: The Last Straw

Bert searches for a quiet place to nap after Ernie makes too much noise; after spending time apart, Bert and Ernie apologize to each other and learn that even though they had a fight, they can still be friends.

_{Saturday, January 27th, 2018}
11: Kitty Kindness

When a lost kitten gets discovered on Sesame Street, Chris and Elmo put up signs to try and find its owner; Grover and Cookie Monster help look after the kitten and learn how to take care of it.

_{Saturday, February 3rd, 2018}
12: Hair Training

Prairie and her friend Gabrielle are practicing a dance, but their hair doesn’t move the same way. Nina helps them realize that the dance is even more fun when they each let their hair do what it wants to do! Elmo and Big Bird join in and let their fur and feathers fly free.

_{Saturday, February 10th, 2018}
13: Book Worming

Elmo's friend Zuzu is visiting Sesame Street from South Africa. After reading all about her home in the Book Nook, Elmo and Alan throw Zuzu a welcome party with South African food, music and traditional clothing. At the party, Zuzu says she read up on Sesame Street, too.

_{Saturday, February 17th, 2018}
14: Chinese New Year

It's Chinese New Year on Sesame Street! To learn how some people celebrate the holiday in China and around the world, Nina helps Elmo, Abby Cadabby, Cookie Monster and Grover build their own dragon costume. (Guest: John Legend).

_{Saturday, February 24th, 2018}
15: Chamki Visits Sesame Street

Big Bird is getting ready for a visit from Chamki, his pen pal from India. Grover, Elmo, Rosita and Cookie Monster build a giant bird feeder to help her feel comfortable on Sesame Street. When she gets there, the gang finds out that even though she and Big Bird have a lot in common, she's not a bird at all!

_{Saturday, March 3rd, 2018}
16: Street Food

Lily, a four-year-old tiger cub from China, joins Chamki, Zuzu, and all their new friends for an international food festival on Sesame Street. The group learns about traditional dishes from Japan, South Africa, India, and China. Rudy is reluctant to try the unfamiliar foods, but he’s pleasantly surprised when Elmo, Abby, and Chris encourage him to taste a few.

_{Saturday, March 10th, 2018}
17: Crafty Friends

Elmo helps Zoe find just the right play date for her pet rock, Rocco.

_{Saturday, March 17th, 2018}
18: It's Dance Your Favorite Dance Day

Nina knows a lot of dances from around the world, and she's able to teach everyone the moves to their favorite dances.

_{Saturday, March 24th, 2018}
19: Me Am Cookie Monster

Cookie Monster defends his identity when rumors start swirling that he's really Veggie Monster.

_{Saturday, March 31st, 2018}
20: Elmo's Butterfly Friend

_{Saturday, April 7th, 2018}
21: Shape Hunt

Everyone on Sesame Street is getting ready to play Shape Hunt. Each team gets a list of shapes and they have to look closely around the street to find them. When both teams have difficulty finding shapes on their list, Julia helps by finding shapes in places no one else thought of.

_{Saturday, April 14th, 2018}
22: The Helpful Cloud

Elmo and Grover help Floatie the Cloud try to find a job on Sesame Street; Chris helps Floatie realize that she already has an important job by bringing rain to help plants and flowers grow and giving shade to keep everyone cool on hot, sunny days.

_{Saturday, April 21st, 2018}
23: The Happy to Be Me Club

Big Bird feels bad about himself after being teased, but Abby reminds him that he is special.

_{Saturday, April 28th, 2018}
24: My Rahki Family

Chris, Telly and Zoe visit the Laundromat and find Leela making a bracelet. She explains today is "Rahki", an Indian holiday for brothers and sisters where they exchange bracelets (also including people they feel are like brother and sister).

_{Saturday, May 5th, 2018}
25: The Wheel Deal

Nina cleans out the bike shop, and Oscar wants everything for his trash collection; the Three Pigs Movers figure out how to use wheels to help them move heavy items to Oscar's can.

_{Saturday, May 12th, 2018}
26: Grandparent's Day

Elmo is disappointed when his grandparents get stuck at the airport while on their way to visit him for the Grandparents Celebration on Sesame Street.

_{Saturday, May 19th, 2018}
27: The New Old MacDonald

Old MacDonald's animals don't want to sing their song anymore because it's always sung the same way, so Nina and the gang figure out how they could sing the song in a fun new way.

_{Saturday, May 26th, 2018}
28: Oscar the Kind

When Oscar the Grouch gets sick, he doesn’t feel grouchy anymore … he feels kind! Elmo and Baby Bear see how easy and fun it is to be kind to others.

_{Saturday, June 2nd, 2018}
29: Elmo and Abby's Bubble Fun

Alan and Chris introduce Sesame Street's first-ever Bubble Fest! Elmo, Abby, Telly and the kids gather for the festivities. Telly is excited, as he's never blown a bubble before, and neither has Abby (her mommy's always made them with magic).

_{Saturday, June 9th, 2018}
30: The Golden Triangle

Texas Telly joins Minnesota Mel in a search for the Golden Triangle of Destiny.

_{Saturday, June 16th, 2018}
31: Fido the Frog

Chris, Elmo and Abby help Fido feel proud that he is a frog and find the right habitat to live in.

_{Saturday, June 23rd, 2018}
32: Abby and Zoe Love Karate

Nina teaches Abby and Zoe all about karate. After learning how to focus and practice, Abby and Zoe manage to kick a ball off a stand with a special karate kick.

_{Saturday, June 30th, 2018}
33: Rosita and Elmo Teach Yoga

Telly practices balancing his weight during yoga class.

_{Saturday, July 7th, 2018}
34: Surfin' Sesame Street

Alan tells Elmo and Grover that he couldn't go on vacation this year, so Elmo, Grover and Chris surprise him by bringing the beach to Sesame Street.

_{Saturday, July 14th, 2018}
35: The Count's Counting Error

Upset by his first-ever counting mistake, the Count tries to find another job. He soon finds out that many other jobs include counting, too.

Season 49

_{Saturday, November 17th, 2018}
1: When You're a Vet

Abby and Elmo play veterinarians. By using their eyes, ears and hands, Abby and Elmo figure out what's wrong with their pretend patients and help them feel better.

_{Saturday, November 24th, 2018}
2: Picture This

Alan gives Elmo, Rosita and Abby his old cameras to play with and suggests they can be photographers for the day; Abby, Rosita and Elmo go around Sesame Street learning how to use their cameras and taking pictures of things like sports and fashion.

_{Saturday, December 1st, 2018}
3: Hey! Sesame Street News

Chris's belt buckle is missing! Newspaper journalist Cookie Monster solves the mystery by asking the five W questions: who, what, where, when, why.

_{Saturday, December 8th, 2018}
4: So You Think You Can Choreograph

Elmo and his friends are making a music video; when they ask Zoe to be the choreographer, she comes up with the perfect dance and teaches everyone the moves.

_{Saturday, December 15th, 2018}
5: Elmo's Factory

Elmo invents something new – “Anything Holders” – but he needs help with the assembly. Chris helps Elmo and his friends put together their own factory, and they work as a team and each take on a different job to make the “Anything Holders” more quickly.

_{Saturday, December 22nd, 2018}
6: Math Magic (repeat)

Max the Magician appears on Sesame Street, doing magic tricks that make scarves appear and cards disappear.

_{Saturday, December 29th, 2018}
7: New Year's Eve on Sesame Street

It’s New Year’s Eve on Sesame Street! Rosita and Telly try to help Elmo stay awake until midnight so he can celebrate with his friends.

_{Saturday, January 5th, 2019}
8: Play Time

The gang is putting on a play about Little Miss Muffet, the classic nursery rhyme. Nina helps Big Bird take on the role of playwright when he has an idea for a new ending.

_{Saturday, January 12th, 2019}
9: Bath Time for Blankey

Abby brings Rudy to the laundromat to wash his stinky blanket, but new attendant Grover doesn't know how to use the machines; luckily, Chris brings in his dirty clothes too, and shows everyone how to use a washing machine and dryer.

_{Saturday, January 19th, 2019}
10: Astronaut Elmo

Rosita, Elmo and Abby pretend to be astronauts and use their imaginations to go into space; with help from Chris, they figure out which "space tool" to use to fix their ripped spaceship.

_{Saturday, January 26th, 2019}
11: Honk If You Love Libraries

With the help of librarian Grover and comic book superhero Galactic Gail (Zoe Kravitz), Nina and Elmo tour the different sections of the local library to find the books they need.

_{Saturday, February 2nd, 2019}
12: Elmo's Happy Little Train

Elmo, Rosita, and Zoe play train and pretend to be the driver, conductor and passenger. They make up an adventure so that Oscar can play, too.

_{Saturday, February 9th, 2019}
13: The Big Pretend Band

Bert learns how to use his imagination and pretend-play a saxophone so that he can join his friends in their pretend band and play in a concert.

_{Saturday, February 16th, 2019}
14: Sesame Friendship

Big Bird is building a tall block castle, but it accidentally gets knocked down. Big Bird thinks Snuffy did it and doesn't let him explain. Alan and Nina help them learn to stand up for themselves, listen to each other and apologize.

_{Saturday, February 23rd, 2019}
15: Rudy Rides the Bus

Elmo and Rudy play bus driver and bus monitor, driving a homemade bus and helping their friends get around Sesame Street.

_{Saturday, March 2nd, 2019}
16: Mechanics in Space

Rudy pretends to be a space alien; when his spaceship won't start, Abby and Elmo play mechanics and fix it.

_{Saturday, March 9th, 2019}
17: Fixing X

Big Bird and Snuffy are the hosts of "The Letter of the Day Show" on Sesame Street, and learn all about how the letter X can come at the end of a word.

_{Saturday, March 16th, 2019}
18: Elmo Goes to Chicken School

Elmo helps Professor Buck Awe teach a class of chickens using strategies he learned in preschool.

_{Saturday, March 23rd, 2019}
19: Walking the Dog

Elmo wants to be a dog walker just like dog walker Grover; his friends help him practice by pretending to be different kinds of dogs.

_{Saturday, March 30th, 2019}
20: Elmo the Engineer

Elmo and his dad become engineers as they design a device to help Elmo put away his toys.

_{Saturday, April 6th, 2019}
21: Julia's Haircut

Elmo, Abby and Alan play hair salon and pretend to be hair stylists to help Julia feel less scared about getting a haircut.

_{Saturday, April 13th, 2019}
22: Dinosaur in the Laundromat

There’s a strange noise on Sesame Street, and Rudy, Zoe, and Rosita suspect it’s a dinosaur! With the help of Bill Nye, they become scientists to observe, ask questions, and investigate the mystery.

_{Saturday, April 20th, 2019}
23: Earth Day

Rudy learns to be kind to the Earth after he sees what it would be like if everyone acted like him and threw their trash on the street.

_{Saturday, April 27th, 2019}
24: Four Furry Superheroes

Telly, Abby and Elmo pretend to be their favorite superheroes, The Furry Four.

_{Saturday, May 4th, 2019}
25: Welcome to Sesame Hospital

Rosita, Abby, and Telly play hospital and pretend to be a doctor, nurse and x-ray technician. Chris pretends to be their patient and they help heal his funny bone.

_{Saturday, May 11th, 2019}
26: Wild Adventure on Sesame Street

“Wild Nature Survivor Guy” tries to survive out in the wilds of Sesame Street.

_{Saturday, May 18th, 2019}
27: Little Bo Peep Lost Her Cow

Little Bo Peep has lost her...cow. Telly and Elmo, the Cowmonster Pair, are on the case!

_{Saturday, May 25th, 2019}
28: How to Build a Dinosaur

Grover, Elmo, and Rosita are imagining that they are paleontologists, a scientist who digs through dirt and stones to find fossils.

_{Saturday, June 1st, 2019}
29: Oscar Uncanned

Someone has taken Oscar's trash can! With Abby and Rudy's help, Oscar finds out that it was a sanitation worker who took his trash can.

_{Saturday, June 8th, 2019}
30: Counting Critters

Bert and Ernie are animal-sitting six animals, but the animals sneak outside onto Sesame Street. Bert and Ernie ask Alan and Elmo for their help to make sure they find all six animals.

_{Saturday, June 15th, 2019}
31: Grocery Games

To make food shopping more fun, Alan turns it into a game. Can Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster find three foods that start with the letter C in different sections of the supermarket before Alan finishes checking out?

_{Saturday, June 22nd, 2019}
32: Baby Bear's Just Right Cafe

Baby Bear, Elmo, and Abby play restaurant. Alan teaches them how to pretend to be the chef, the host, and the server. Goldilocks is their first diner, and she’ll decide if everything is “just right.”

_{Saturday, June 29th, 2019}
33: Camp Grover

Elmo tells his friends that he's going to summer camp, but he's never been before. They pretend to go to Camp Grover for the day and learn all about the fun things that can happen.

_{Saturday, July 6th, 2019}
34: Slimey at the Car Race

Slimey participates in the Squirmadega car race.

_{Saturday, July 13th, 2019}
35: Cookie Monster's Museum Mystery

A brand-new museum has opened on Sesame Street - the Museum of Modern Cookie! Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris are very excited to check it out. While walking around the museum, the paintings suddenly begin to disappear and the museum guards think Cookie Monster stole them. With Abby's help, Cookie Monster, Elmo and Chris catch who really was taking the cookie art. Season finale.

Season 50

_{Saturday, November 16th, 2019}
1: Big Bird Across America

Big Bird wants to visit Cousin Bird in California, but he learns that it’s too far for him to walk! Nina suggests a cross-country road trip, so they can stop off to meet new friends along the way.

_{Saturday, November 23rd, 2019}
2: The Great Sesame Street Cake Off

Cookie Monster and Gonger team up against Grover and Alan in a competition to see who can bake the best birthday cake for Nina. Elmo and Rosita help the two teams work together, combining one team’s cake and the other team’s frosting to make the ultimate birthday treat.

_{Saturday, November 30th, 2019}
3: Pigs for Another Day

After the three little pigs catch a cold, Grover, Rosita and Cookie Monster become "Pigs for a Day." They make a couple of mistakes, but they keep trying until they build the right-sized doghouse for Chris’ friend.

_{Saturday, December 7th, 2019}
4: Getting Dressed, Not Stressed

Elmo wants to play with his friends in the snow, but he gets frustrated when he tries to get dressed. With help from his friend Jacket, Elmo remembers to take a deep breath and keep trying until he gets dressed in his winter clothes.

_{Saturday, December 14th, 2019}
5: A Dog and a Song!

When Elmo and Abby can't find a band for their friend Mick to sing in, they come up with the idea of making their own band. The music sounds just right for him.

_{Saturday, December 21st, 2019}
6: Game Day on Sesame Street

Sesame Street has turned into a giant board game called Sesame Stoplight and Elmo, Abby, and Rudy are ready to play. When feeling frustrated during the game, they learn to stop and take a deep breath, think of a plan to solve the problem and then go try their plan. By working together and not giving up, they complete the challenges and win the game.

_{Saturday, December 28th, 2019}
7: Grouch University

Sesame Street friends become part of Oscar's experiments when he enrolls in an online class to get his degree in Grouch Science.

_{Saturday, January 4th, 2020}
8: A Recipe for Dance

Chris and Rudy have trouble learning the dance moves in Nina's dance class so they sneak out and leave. They realize that they shouldn't give up so they practice and work together to learn the dance pattern and go back to join dance class.

_{Saturday, January 11th, 2020}
9: Humpty Dumpty's Football Dream

When Humpty Dumpty decides to join the King's Horses & Men in their annual football game, Telly tries to come up with the right protective gear to keep Humpty from cracking.

_{Saturday, January 18th, 2020}
10: Abby Poofs a Party

Abby helps Leela get dressed for a neighborhood party, even if she doesn't need the assistance.

_{Saturday, January 25th, 2020}
11: The Great Fruit Strike

All of the fruit leave Sesame Street because they think no one likes them. Elmo, Zoe, Alan and Big Bird come up with the idea of singing songs about how much they like the fruit so the fruits will stay.

_{Saturday, February 1st, 2020}
12: Elmo's Good Luck Charm

Elmo loses his lucky baseball card before a game of tee-ball and says he can't play without it. When Abby, Alan, and Rosita tell Elmo that all he needs to do is practice, Elmo learns that he can still play without his lucky card.

_{Saturday, February 8th, 2020}
13: A New Friend on Sesame Street

Charlie and her parents, who were in the military, move into the neighborhood; Elmo and Rosita show Charlie around, and she learns that Sesame Street is a place where anyone can be friends no matter who you are.

_{Saturday, February 15th, 2020}
14: Let's Draw

Rudy feels frustrated when he makes a mistake on his drawing; Alan helps Rudy calm down and encourages him to keep trying; Rudy suddenly gets an idea from his mistake and by using his imagination, he changes his drawing.

_{Saturday, February 22nd, 2020}
15: There's a New Count in Town

Charlie is counting everything on Sesame Street so the Count decides to leave, thinking he’s not needed anymore. But there’s too much to count for Charlie on her own so she asks for the Count’s help. Charlie explains that she loves to count but she could never take his place. The Count agrees to stay and he and Charlie continuing counting together.

_{Saturday, February 29th, 2020}
16: You Can Do It, Elmo

When Abby uses magic to improve Elmo’s basketball abilities, Elmo learns there are no shortcuts when it comes to mastering a skill.

_{Saturday, March 7th, 2020}
17: Magic Spell

The princess is under a magic sleeping spell and the spell can only be broken if the Prince writes his name on a magic tablet. Elmo and Abby help Prince Billy practice and encourages him to keep trying until he learns how to write his name all by himself.

_{Saturday, March 14th, 2020}
18: What Floats Rocco's Boat

Elmo and Zoe try to figure out how to make Rocco the rock float. Leela helps them experiment with different materials until they design the perfect vessel.

_{Saturday, March 21st, 2020}
19: Comic Book Adventures

Elmo and Abby make their very own comic books, but Elmo makes a mistake drawing his story and doesn't want anyone to see it. With Chris' help, Elmo learns that he can use his imagination to change the story and make it anything he wants it to be.

_{Saturday, March 28th, 2020}
20: Neighborhood Safari

Grover takes Elmo and friends on a Sesame Street Safari and they pretend to be all of the wild animals they see.

_{Monday, April 6th, 2020}
21: The Fluffster Kerfuffle

When Rudy tries to use Julia’s special toy, Fluffster, as part of a game he’s playing with Elmo and Abby Cadabby, Julia gets very upset. Alan explains that Fluffster helps Julia feel calm, so it’s not a toy she likes to share. Rudy apologizes, and the friends find a different way to play together.

_{Saturday, April 11th, 2020}
22: The Disappoint-O-Meter

Oscar tries to find someone who's feeling disappointed by using his new disappoint-o-meter but he accidentally helps them feel happy again.

_{Saturday, April 18th, 2020}
23: Zoe Breaks Her Arm

When Zoe slips and breaks her arm during a ballet jump, she finds it difficult to play or do anything fun with her arm in a cast. The gang works together to put a twist on “If You're Happy and You Know It,” so Zoe can join in.

_{Saturday, April 25th, 2020}
24: Dog Day Engineers

Zoe and Rosita help Nina dog sit but their arms get tired after continuously throwing the balls. They don't give up and keep thinking of a way to solve this problem. They figure out how to design a bike-powered ball-throwing machine they can pedal using their feet. They are two real engineers!

_{Saturday, May 2nd, 2020}
25: A Very Special Fiesta

Charlie, Grover, Rudy, and Abby help Rosita and her abuela plan for a friend’s fiesta. While trying to figure out what they need for the party, they try to guess who Rosita and her abuela’s friend could be.

_{Saturday, May 9th, 2020}
26: Back to Nature

Abby and Rudy want to bring nature inside Hooper's so Chris can feel like he’s outside. Abby uses her mom’s magic wand but makes a mistake and fills Hooper’s with too many animals and plants. Abby apologizes for using her mom’s wand without permission and together, with her mom, she learns how to fix her mistake without using magic.

_{Saturday, May 16th, 2020}
27: Welcome Baby Chicks

Elmo, Abby, Bert, and Ernie have to be patient and wait for baby chicks to hatch. By singing and making arts and crafts together, they learn that time can fly when you’re having fun.

_{Saturday, May 23rd, 2020}
28: Searching for Letter Y

Telly, Elmo, and Abby become knights and go on a quest to help an AM Letter "Y" find its purpose in life.

_{Saturday, May 30th, 2020}
29: The Treasure of Yucky Mama

During Oscar the Grouch’s spring “cleaning,” he finds a fifty-year-old treasure map - but the neighborhood looks much different than it used to! Will Elmo, Abby, Nina, Oscar, and Charlie learn enough about Sesame Street’s history to complete three grouchy challenges and find Yucky Mama's treasure?

_{Saturday, June 6th, 2020}
30: Making the Band

A rock star is performing on Sesame Street, but his equipment is in the wrong town; the gang helps build and design replacements so the show can go on.

_{Saturday, June 13th, 2020}
31: Rudy Blows His First Bubble

Rudy feels frustrated that he can't blow a bubble. With help from Elmo, Alan, and Rosita, Rudy realizes that he needs to breathe out instead of breathing in when blowing a bubble.

_{Saturday, June 20th, 2020}
32: Big Bird's Fairy Tale

Big Bird makes up a fairy tale about a bird named Birdie who helps a Beast learn how to be a good friend.

_{Saturday, June 27th, 2020}
33: Lucky's Unlucky Day

It's Lucky's first day on the job as a bulldozer; when he gets upset about making mistakes, Big Bird and Nina tell him that it's ok to make mistakes and explain that Lucky just needs to say, "I can do it," and try again.

_{Saturday, July 4th, 2020}
34: Fourth of July Celebration

It's July Fourth on Sesame Street! Elmo, Abby Cadabby, and Rudy look for the perfect birthday present for America, but Alan teaches them that holidays are really about spending time with family and friends. Together, they do something kind for all their neighbors.

_{Saturday, July 11th, 2020}
35: Let's Go Camping

Chris and Elmo are excited to be camping in the woods! All kinds of animals join Chris and Elmo for the camp out. After Chris finds the right kind of food for each animal, they all eat dinner together. Elmo and Chris both agree they should have a sleepover like this every night!

Season 51

_{Thursday, November 12th, 2020}
1: Ramp Racers

When the only ramp on Sesame Street is already being used, Elmo and Rosita wonder if they can make a ramp out of cardboard to race their ping-pong balls. Let's try!

_{Thursday, November 19th, 2020}
2: Camp Out

Abby, Rudy, Elmo, and Charlie are camping, and just as they're about to toast marshmallows, they suddenly disappear. Together, they look and listen for clues as they wonder where their marshmallows could have gone.

_{Thursday, November 26th, 2020}
3: Measuring Big Bird

After measuring Elmo and Rosita with smiley faces, Nina runs out before she can check how tall Big Bird is, and she wonders what she can use instead. What if they make their own smiley faces to measure Big Bird?

_{Thursday, December 3rd, 2020}
4: Bye Bye Boo Boos

Abby and Elmo are the Boo-Boo Busters, finding friends on Sesame Street who need help making their boo-boos better.

_{Thursday, December 10th, 2020}
5: Cardboard Castle

When the Queen doesn't have enough bricks to build a play castle for her daughter, Elmo, Cookie Monster, and Rosita wonder if they can make it with something else. What if they use cardboard instead? Let's try!

_{Thursday, December 17th, 2020}
6: Holiday at Hooper's

When Elmo and Baby Bear are disappointed that they can't celebrate the holidays as they planned, Alan wonders if he and Nina can make Hooper's more festive. What if they make decorations and celebrate in a new way? Let's try!

_{Thursday, December 24th, 2020}
7: It's Sesame Circus

Elmo wonders what amazing and exciting act he can perform for Sesame Circus, but he’s struggling to figure it out. Then he has an idea! What if he rides his tricycle down a ramp and through a hoop? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, December 31st, 2020}
8: Return of the Fairytale Helpers

When the gingerbread house from “Hansel and Gretel” falls, the Fairytale Helpers wonder what might hold the walls together. What if they use frosting? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, January 7th, 2021}
9: Sneeze a Season

Grover wishes he didn’t have a fall cold, so Rudy uses Abby’s wand to change the season. But now, every time Grover sneezes, the seasons change!

_{Thursday, January 14th, 2021}
10: Huff, Puff and Away!

After hearing the story of the “Three Little Pigs,” Elmo wonders if he and his friends can change the story so the wolf isn’t mean. What if he only sneezed the houses away because he had allergies? Let’s try acting out the new version!

_{Thursday, January 21st, 2021}
11: Tough Monster Race

Elmo, Abby, Grover, and Nina want to make an obstacle course on Sesame Street but are wondering what they can use to go over, under, around, and through. What if they look for objects around Sesame Street? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, January 28th, 2021}
12: The Waiting Game

Elmo and Rosita are stuck in a long line at Hooper’s and are wondering what they can do to feel less frustrated. What if they make up a game while they wait for their turn? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, February 4th, 2021}
13: Elmo and the Healthy Heroes

The Super Food Superheroes help Elmo and his friends try new healthy and colorful snacks. Together, they discover the importance of breakfast and how it provides the energy they need for the day.

_{Thursday, February 11th, 2021}
14: The Counting Booth Counters

The Count leaves his booth in the hands of an excited Elmo and Abby, who learn how to count in different ways.

_{Thursday, February 18th, 2021}
15: The Cool Tool Kid

When Elmo’s, Rosita’s, and Bert’s toys get stuck in different places, Charlie and Super Grover wonder what tool might help them reach all their friends’ things. What if they use a baton? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, February 25th, 2021}
16: Glitter Jar

Nina is feeling frustrated as she tries to fix her scooter. Elmo and Grover wonder how they can help Nina calm down. What if they make her glitter jars? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 4th, 2021}
17: Abby, Rosita and Zoe Make a Story

Rosita helps Abby and Zoe think outside the box to imagine the best fairytale ever!

_{Thursday, March 11th, 2021}
18: Rainy Day Play

Zoe and Rosita want to draw with chalk outside, but it’s raining! What if they tape the art smocks together to create a covering to keep themselves dry? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 18th, 2021}
19: The Bike Shop Music Band

To help attract new customers to her bike shop, Nina and her friends make musical instruments out of bike parts.

_{Thursday, March 25th, 2021}
20: Potluck Pickle

There’s a potluck party for everyone on Sesame Street, including Steph and Ayesha Curry! Elmo, Abby, Cookie Monster, and Gonger want to bring a vegetable lasagna but don’t have all the ingredients and the oven is broken. They wonder where they can find tomatoes, what else they could use for pasta noodles, and how they can cook their dish. What if they get tomatoes from Abby’s garden, use zucchini as noodles, and cook the lasagna with Norbert’s solar oven? It works! They didn’t give up and cooked their veggie lasagna just in time for the potluck.

_{Thursday, April 1st, 2021}
21: Twinkle Twinkle Little Band

F is for Friendship, and this episode is filled with it. Billy Porter and a musical penguin are on hand with a special song about making new friends—even when you’re feeling shy and a little bit afraid. It all starts by saying “Hi.” And when you invite someone to play with you, “you’ll have a friend, and they’ll have one too!”

_{Thursday, April 8th, 2021}
22: Match It!

Elmo and Abby learn how to compromise and collaborate to make a brand-new song out of both of their favorites! (Guest: Billy Porter).

_{Thursday, April 15th, 2021}
23: We Wonder What Happened to Snowman

On a really hot day, Abby makes a snowman to help keep her and Elmo cool. But after they return from finding some decorations, their snowman has disappeared and they wonder where it went. Let’s try imagining all the fun places it might be!

_{Thursday, April 22nd, 2021}
24: Elmo and Rosita’s Tallest Block Tower Ever

Elmo and Rosita are building a super tall block tower, but they run out of blocks. They wonder if they can use something else to build with. What if they use empty oatmeal containers, cookie boxes, and plastic bottles as blocks? It works! By using different materials, they were able to finish building the tallest block tower ever!

_{Thursday, April 29th, 2021}
25: Teacher Appreciation Day

Elmo, Zoe, and Rudy realize they never got Mr. Morrisett anything for Teacher Appreciation Day! They wonder if they can work together to make him three gifts before school starts. Let’s try!

_{Thursday, May 6th, 2021}
26: The Itsy Bitsy Spider Search

(repeat of 4226)

_{Thursday, May 13th, 2021}
27: Karli’s Life Box

There’s a new friend on Sesame Street! Karli is living with her foster parents, Mr. Clem and Ms. Dalia, until her mom can take good care of Karli again. Elmo and Abby are drawing pictures of their families and invite Karli to draw too. Karli says her drawing will help her remember her mom. This gives her an idea! She asks Mr. Clem and Chris for a box to put all the things that remind her of her mom in one place. Elmo and Abby think having a box is a great idea. All three go off to collect things that remind them of their families and place everything in their very own special treasure boxes.

_{Thursday, May 20th, 2021}
28: Abby Airlines

Elmo, Abby, Rudy, and Chris want to make their own pretend plane so Rudy can see what it’s like to fly in one. The airplane is almost finished, but they’re missing the propeller and they ran out of cardboard. This is a problem! The friends try a couple of ideas and then wonder what else they can use. What if they make a propeller from a spinning pinwheel in Abby’s garden? It works! They didn’t give up and now their plane is ready for take-off.

_{Thursday, May 27th, 2021}
29: A Windy Mystery

Elmo and Telly launch an investigation to figure out where their missing basketball went!

_{Thursday, June 3rd, 2021}
30: The Alphabet Scavenger Hunt

Big Bird and Snuffy are hosting an alphabet scavenger hunt! Charlie, Elmo, and Abby work together to find things that start with each letter of the alphabet. And they finish before the timer runs out!

_{Thursday, June 10th, 2021}
31: Bowl with Elmo

After a really fun bowling trip, Elmo, Abby, and Rudy wonder if there’s a way to bring the alley closer to Sesame Street. What if they use plastic bottles, pool noodles, and a squishy ball to recreate their awesome experience? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, June 17th, 2021}
32: Family Day

It’s Family Day on Sesame Street, and relatives are coming from all over to celebrate! Alan’s cousin is flying in from California, Nina’s brother is driving over with his family, and Elmo’s and Abby’s parents will be there too. Meanwhile, Big Bird’s friends have a surprise for him. He thinks his Granny Bird can’t make it, but she just arrived. As everyone gets ready for a group portrait, she surprises Big Bird, and they celebrate Family Day together. Kelsea Ballerini’s music makes Family Day even more festive.

_{Thursday, June 24th, 2021}
33: Turtle Tunes

There’s a new friend in town: Morty the sea turtle! Morty gets sad because he moves so slowly that by the time he arrives to a playdate, everyone has already gone home. To help Morty feel better, Elmo, Nina, and Rudy sing him songs about all the things that make sea turtles special.

_{Thursday, July 1st, 2021}
34: Cinderella’s Clockworks

Cinderella's clock is broken, and she needs to know what time it is, so she won’t be late for the ball. Abby zaps Nina and Rudy into the clock and they see that a nut that holds a gear is loose. This is a problem! Nina, Abby, and Rudy wonder what tool they can use to tighten the nut. What if they tape the wrench and cotton swab together to reach and tighten it? It works! They fix Cinderella’s clock in time for the ball.

_{Thursday, July 8th, 2021}
35: Move and Groove on Sesame Street

It’s Move It Day on Sesame Street, where everyone is encouraged to move their bodies. After spending most of his days sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercise gives you energy and helps make you feel better!

Season 52

_{Thursday, November 11th, 2021}
1: Elmo Builds a Robot Dog

Elmo, Tamir, and Alan build a robot dog for Norbert the Robot, but the tail isn’t upright and “waggedy” like Tango’s tail. What if they use a wooden paint brush and wrap it with shiny foil? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, November 18th, 2021}
2: Elmo Mails a Letter

Elmo is mailing his first letter and follows mail carrier Ms. Hampton to the post office, where he sees how everyone’s mail gets sorted to go to the right place. Celebrity guest Jon Batiste sings about the heroes in our neighborhoods.

_{Thursday, November 25th, 2021}
3: Lunchtime Engineers

When Chris sprains his ankle, Zoe, Gabrielle, and Rosita use a rope and pulley to bring him his lunch, but the rope slips off the lunch bag. What if they put the lunch bag in a basket and tie the rope to the basket handle? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, December 2nd, 2021}
4: Sesame Street Art Museum

Everyone on Sesame Street is making a painting to hang in their own art museum. Celebrity guest Kacey Musgraves sings about the beauty of every color.

_{Thursday, December 9th, 2021}
5: Bug Scouts

Bug Scouts Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster want to help Artie the ant carry a heavy crumb. They try pushing the crumb but the crumb is too heavy to move. What if they break the crumb into smaller pieces? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, December 16th, 2021}
6: Doggie Job Search

After spending most of his days sitting and eating cookies, Cookie Monster learns that exercise gives one energy and helps make one feel better.

_{Thursday, December 23rd, 2021}
7: The Grouch Band

Oscar is getting ready for a virtual Grouch concert with the noisiest and most annoying instruments. Elmo’s Shaky Shake instrument isn’t noisy enough for the concert. What if he adds more rocks and blocks to his jar? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, December 30th, 2021}
8: The Letter M Mystery

The letter “M” goes missing from everywhere around Sesame Street, and it’s up to Nina and the gang to find it.

_{Thursday, January 6th, 2022}
9: Hike Pirates

Abby, Rudy and Freddy are going on a hike. Freddy shows Abby and Rudy a map they can follow to find the hidden treasure left by hike pirates. Celebrity guest Naomi Osaka joins Elmo and friends for a tennis lesson.

_{Thursday, January 13th, 2022}
10: Martin Luther King Day

Elmo, Tamir and their friends are making a Peace Tree to celebrate Martin Luther King Jr. Day. Celebrity guest Anderson .Paak sings about holidays and how we can all celebrate together.

_{Thursday, January 20th, 2022}
11: Let's Play Pretend

When Prairie Dawn organizes costumes for the Dress Me Up Club, she learns that anyone can dress-up and play any way they want.

_{Thursday, January 27th, 2022}
12: Astro Team Alpha

Elmo, Abby, and Cookie Monster play a space game, driving rovers back to the rocket ship before it blasts off, but then Cookie gets stuck in a crater.

_{Thursday, February 3rd, 2022}
13: A Trip to the Dentist

Julia doesn’t like going to the dentist, so Elmo, Charlie, Julia, and Alan play “pretend dentist” with a toy alligator to help remind Julia of what happens at the dentist. After they count and clean the toy alligator’s teeth, Julia goes along with Charlie to her dentist appointment. There, she sees all the cool tools dentists use and learns that dentists are helpers who help keep our teeth clean, healthy, and strong.

_{Thursday, February 10th, 2022}
14: The Hair Dance

Gabrielle and Prairie Dawn think they can’t dance together because their hair doesn’t move the same way. But Nina helps them realize that it would be cool to let their hair do whatever it wants to do. Elmo and Big Bird join their dance and let their fur and feathers do their own thing, too. Now dancing together is even more fun!

_{Thursday, February 17th, 2022}
15: Let's Grow Together

Welcome to the Sesame Street community garden! Tamir has an idea: open a garden stand to share the things they grow. Alan says they can share his grandmother’s recipe for pickled daikon. While Alan’s friends help him make the pickled daikon, they learn more about Alan’s Japanese American cultural heritage. Alan is proud to be Japanese American and he’s happy to be sharing his family’s culture.

_{Thursday, February 24th, 2022}
16: The Super Shape Heroes

Telly, Rosita, and Elmo reprise their “Helper Bot” characters and use their shape-shifting abilities to help a Sesame Street visitor find missing shapes.

_{Thursday, March 3rd, 2022}
17: Rainy Day Picnic

Elmo and Abby wanted to have a picnic in Abby’s garden, but it’s raining. What if they use craft supplies to make flowers, birds, and bugs to make the living room look like the garden? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 10th, 2022}
18: Fort Rudy

Elmo and Rudy are having a sleepover and making a pillow fort—but they don’t have a pillow big enough for the roof. What if they use a blanket and weigh it down with books so it doesn’t fall down? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 17th, 2022}
19: Gingerbread Man

Cookie Monster makes a gingerbread man come alive by following a storybook recipe. The gingerbread man quickly runs away and is too fast for Cookie Monster and his friends to catch. Maybe the gingerbread man is thirsty. What if they put a glass of milk under the net to catch him? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 24th, 2022}
20: Friendship Celebration

Elmo and celebrity guest Amanda Gorman work together to create a poem about friends.

_{Thursday, March 31st, 2022}
21: A Home for Gecko

Elmo, Abby, and Chris help Zoe make a habitat for her new pet gecko, Gary; they need a hiding spot in the terrarium for Gary to keep cool.

_{Thursday, April 7th, 2022}
22: Kind Alan

Elmo, Rosita, and Julia are disappointed that plans changed and they can't have story time with Alan at the moment; to pass the time, they paint pictures of all the kind things Alan has done for them.

_{Thursday, April 14th, 2022}
23: Sesame Street Sitters

When Grover and Cookie Monster help Chris babysit, they learn how to take care of a baby.

_{Thursday, April 21st, 2022}
24: Sesame Street Goes to the Farm

In this first of five on-location farm episodes, the Sesame Street gang learns all about how a farm works. Celebrity guest Keke Palmer leads the gang in a fun rendition of "Old MacDonald Had a Farm."

_{Thursday, April 28th, 2022}
25: The Missing Goat Mystery

Elmo, Rosita, and Grover are at the farm today, and Farmer Todd is missing a goat; they look for clues to help find his goat, following hoof prints and listening for bleating sounds.

_{Thursday, May 5th, 2022}
26: The Pie Caper

Elmo and Abby are at the farm waiting for their pie; they help Farmer Todd with some chores and come back to see that someone has eaten their pie; Elmo and Abby become detectives and look for clues to find out who ate their pie.

_{Thursday, May 12th, 2022}
27: Haymobile

Elmo and Abby are at the farm and they're helping Farmer Todd feed the cows; they need the tractor to carry the heavy hay, but the tractor is broken.

_{Thursday, May 19th, 2022}
28: Chickens on the Farm

Big Bird visits his chicken friend, Lottie, at the farm; Lottie hasn't been able to lay an egg because the nesting box isn't comfy and cozy.

_{Thursday, May 26th, 2022}
29: Fairy Tale Haircut

Abby and Elmo help Rapunzel figure out how to keep her hair from getting in the way so she can be what she really wants to be a gymnast.

_{Thursday, June 2nd, 2022}
30: The Great Home Carnival

It’s raining, and Elmo, Abby, and Rudy can’t go to the carnival anymore. What if they use things at home to make their own memory game, toss game, and rollercoaster? Let’s try! This episode features an all-new street story, I Wonder, What If, Let’s Try ("Making a Tossing Game"), Cookie Monster's Foodie Truck ("Pickles"), and Elmo's World ("Games").

_{Thursday, June 9th, 2022}
31: Backyard Pizza Parlor

Abby and Rudy's family is following a budget and learning to have pizza night at home instead of their usual pizza spot, Crusty Charlie's; to make it more fun, they sing songs, play games, and pretend they're at Crusty Charlie's as a family.

_{Thursday, June 16th, 2022}
32: Elmo's Number Adventure

A number convention comes to Sesame Street and Elmo helps solve problems using math. The Count and celebrity guest Billie Eilish sing about the joys of counting.

_{Thursday, June 23rd, 2022}
33: Goldilocks and the Three Homes

Elmo, Abby, Baby Bear, and Chris go to Fairy Tale Land to build a home for Goldilocks.

_{Thursday, June 30th, 2022}
34: Hubert the Human Cannonball

Elmo and friends help Hubert the Human Cannonball fly exactly nine feet across Sesame Street.

_{Thursday, July 7th, 2022}
35: Family Recipe

Mia, her dad Frank, and Elmo make Mia's family's pasta salad for picnic day, but they can't remember the secret ingredient; after a few guesses, Mia's papi Dave finally arrives and reminds them that the secret ingredient is family.

Season 53

_{Thursday, November 3rd, 2022}
1: Community Mural

Friends on Sesame Street are painting a mural to celebrate the people in their neighborhood. When Abby Cadabby has a hard time finding a paint color that is the same color as her fur, she learns to mix paint to make a color that looks just like her. Everyone works together to make the mural special, showing that we may be different on the outside, but we’re all friends and neighbors on Sesame Street. Celebrity guest Mickey Guyton sings a song about community.

_{Thursday, November 10th, 2022}
2: Sesame Street Super Heroes

Elmo, Abby Cadabby, and Rosita are playing superheroes! When Elmo and Abby suggest for Rosita to be Super Carga, a superhero who turns on everyone’s superpowers with a Spanish catchphrase, Rosita says that speaking Spanish isn’t the only thing that makes her special.

_{Thursday, November 17th, 2022}
3: Kind Rudy

Elmo and Rudy are helping Abby out in the garden because she hurt her wrist, and Rudy wonders how else he can help, too. What if he holds the door for Chris, who is holding the bag of soil, waters the flowers, cleans up paint left out at the community center, and makes a get-well card for Abby's wrist? Just because some things are done doesn't mean you can't help. There are so many ways to be kind!

_{Thursday, November 24th, 2022}
4: The Great Corn Festival

Welcome to the Sesame Street Corn Party, where every family brings special food made from corn. Rosita brings pineapple tamales from a special recipe she makes with her Abuela. Together, everyone learns about the many ways corn is used and that by sharing special foods, they share something special about themselves.

_{Thursday, December 1st, 2022}
5: Jobs Day

It’s Jobs Day! Elmo and his friends are learning about jobs they would like to do when they grow up. When Gabrielle doesn’t know what she wants to do yet, she learns that if you work hard and practice, you can do anything you want to do. First lady and teacher Jill Biden teaches Elmo, Abby, and Tamir about all different types of jobs.

_{Thursday, December 8th, 2022}
6: Bert's Bike Time with Luis

Luis and Ernie help Bert gain the confidence to ride his bike without training wheels after they break. In loving memory of Emilio Delgado, our beloved Luis.

_{Thursday, December 15th, 2022}
7: Happy Hair Day

Elmo and his friends are singing about hair! They all sing together about how hair is part of what makes each of them special no matter how it grows.

_{Thursday, December 22nd, 2022}
8: Rudy's Favorite Sweater

When Rudy’s favorite sweater no longer fits, Nina suggests they have a clothing drive so everyone in the neighborhood can donate clothes they don’t need to those who do.

_{Thursday, December 29th, 2022}
9: How to Catch a Robot Dog

Elmo and Tamir need to catch Norbert’s robot dog, Alfred, but he keeps running away. What if they make a fishing pole with a magnet since Alfred is made of metal? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, January 5th, 2023}
10: Big Bird's Happy to Be Me Club

Big Bird wants to join the Good Bird’s Club, but the members try to bully him into changing.

_{Thursday, January 12th, 2023}
11: Gold Medal Tango

Elmo, Rosita, and Chris are making a doggy obstacle course for Tango. They find a hula hoop that Tango could jump through, but it won’t stand up. What if they put the hoop through the slats of two chairs? Let’s try! Celebrity guest Brett Goldstein plays a game with Elmo and Grover.

_{Thursday, January 19th, 2023}
12: Bubble Trouble

It's national bubble week! Elmo, Rosita, Zoe, and Charlie are filling all of Sesame Street with bubbles to celebrate, but they are getting tired. They wonder if there's something that could make bubbles for them. What if they put bubble wands on an egg rack in front of a fan and spin it through a tub of soapy water? Let's try! It works. They didn't give up and Sesame Street gets filled with bubbles thanks to their new machine!

_{Thursday, January 26th, 2023}
13: Nani Bird Visits

Big Bird’s aunt, Nani Bird, is visiting Sesame Street from Hawaii. Nani Bird shares with Elmo, Abby Cadabby and Nina how to say “aloha,” make paper flower lei, and how to hula – all special things Big Bird’s family does in Hawaii.

_{Thursday, February 2nd, 2023}
14: Family Album

Gabrielle and Tamir are making a family photo album for Grandma Nell. They learn about melanin and that sometimes people in a family can look alike, and sometimes they can look different, but are still the same family.

_{Thursday, February 9th, 2023}
15: Rockin' with Elmo and Abby

Elmo and Abby compromise to create the “Best Friend Song” from each of their favorite songs.

_{Thursday, February 16th, 2023}
16: Read-and-Share

Elmo, Gabrielle, and Ji-Young are at an Outdoor Library. When Ji-Young can’t find a book with all the things that make her special, she writes her own comic book with the help of her friends.

_{Thursday, February 23rd, 2023}
17: Just Right

When James says Mia can’t play Goldilocks because she doesn’t look like her, Mia stands up for herself and James learns that the best part of acting out a story is that you can be anyone you want to be.

_{Thursday, March 2nd, 2023}
18: Art Rocks!

Elmo, Abby, and Big Bird are painting pictures in the community garden, but they don’t have any paper. What if they paint on rocks that are strong and smooth? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, March 9th, 2023}
19: Cinderella's New Shoes

Cinderella doesn’t want to be a princess or open her new shoe store, she only wants to play. But when she meets Rosita, who suggests she get a new pair of sneakers, Cinderella realizes she can be a princess and play.

_{Thursday, March 16th, 2023}
20: Count On

Grover has a new job as a kitty sitter but struggles to count the number of kitties altogether. After the Count shares a shortcut – counting on, instead of from the beginning – Grover learns to count on from where he left off.

_{Thursday, March 23rd, 2023}
21: Grouch-ercise

Oscar's been feeling terrible all day, so Elmo, Abby, Grundgetta, and Nina try to find different exercises to help him feel better. As they set off to tell Oscar all the exercises they came up with, they find him returning from a long, grouchy walk picking up trash. Oscar feels much better and is back to feeling good and rotten.

_{Thursday, March 30th, 2023}
22: Monster Truckin'

Elmo and Chris are making their own monster truck jump, but they don’t have a ramp. What if they make one out of a pizza box lid? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, April 6th, 2023}
23: Horsing Around

Julia and Samuel are helping Elmo learn to ride a pony at a horse farm. Before riding the pony, Elmo learns how to greet, feed, and brush the pony. When it’s time to ride, Elmo feels nervous. What if he practices belly breathing? Let’s try!

_{Thursday, April 13th, 2023}
24: Move and Groove on Sesame Street

On Dance Your Favorite Dance Day, Nina teaches everyone the moves to their favorite dances.

_{Thursday, April 20th, 2023}
25: Fans of the Fan Dance

Ji-Young invites her friends Elmo, Zoe, Gabrielle, Charlie, and Tamir to join her Korean fan dance class. Together they learn how to use the fans and thank Ji-Young for sharing the dance that’s special to her and her family.

_{Thursday, April 27th, 2023}
26: Make Music with Bob (repeat)

Bob helps Abby learn all about musical instruments and how vibration makes sound, while choosing the right instrument to play.

_{Thursday, May 4th, 2023}
27: Recycling Fairy to the Rescue (repeat)

Redusa the Recycling Fairy helps everyone on Sesame Street recycle their old trash to help keep the earth clean and beautiful

_{Thursday, May 11th, 2023}
28: The Letter C Vacation

C is on vacation and the other letters of the alphabet are trying to fill in; but then, all of the things that start with the letter C also go missing; everyone realizes the importance of all 26 letters and the difference one letter can make.

_{Thursday, May 18th, 2023}
29: Wash Day

It’s Wash Day today, and Gabrielle gets to spend time with her Auntie, Kayla. Auntie Kayla combs, shampoos, conditions, and detangles Gabrielle’s hair. During bath time, Gabrielle’s hair is twisted up in a shower cap and at the end, Gabrielle gets to pick out a new style for her hair. Wash Day is really special to Gabrielle and her family.

_{Thursday, May 25th, 2023}
30: Community Garden Cleanup

Elmo and friends help clean up after their garden is blown down.

_{Thursday, June 1st, 2023}
31: Love Makes a Family (repeat)

Relatives from all over come to celebrate Family Day.

_{Thursday, June 8th, 2023}
32: Gabrielle's Amazing Maze

Elmo, Abby and Cookie Monster help Gabrielle build a maze for her class pet hamster.

_{Thursday, June 15th, 2023}
33: Grandparents' Day

It’s Grandparents’ Day on Sesame Street! While Elmo, Tamir, and Gabrielle help Grandma Nell prepare Grandpa ZZ’s Triple Cheesy Macareenie, they learn that the best part about making it is being able to cook together as a family.

_{Thursday, June 22nd, 2023}
34: Ramp and Roll (repeat)

Elmo and Rosita wonder if they can make a ramp out of cardboard to race their ping-pong balls.

_{Thursday, June 29th, 2023}
35: Sesame Street Submarine

Elmo, Rosita and Rudy are making a submarine.

Season 54

_{Thursday, November 9th, 2023}
1: Can They Be Friends?

Reporter Grover learns that people can be friends even if they are different ages, cheer for different sports teams and like doing different things.

_{Thursday, November 16th, 2023}
2: The Oct-Dough-Pus

Grover and his friend, the octopus, are helping at Hooper's Store but the octopus can only cook bread. With help from his friends, Grover fulfills his customer's order while learning that families all over the world make bread in different ways, shapes, and sizes!

_{Thursday, November 23rd, 2023}
3: Proud of My Name

Elmo, Gabrielle and Rosita join a basketball team; Elmo and Gabrielle encourage Rosita to tell the coach to call her by her actual name; Rosita is proud of her name because names are a big part of one's identity.

_{Thursday, November 30th, 2023}
4: Abby's Magical Sleepover

Gabrielle, Charlie and Abby are having a sleepover! As they start their bedtime routines, they learn that their routines are different and alike.

_{Thursday, December 7th, 2023}
5: Sesame Street Self-Portraits

Elmo, Tamir, Charlie, Julia and Cookie Monster are making self-portraits, drawing what they look like and what they love to do.

_{Thursday, December 14th, 2023}
6: Scootin' on Sesame Street

Elmo shares his scooter with Zoe and learns how to be patient and wait for his turn, while she practices and learns how to ride.

_{Thursday, December 21st, 2023}
7: Worms Want To Play

Frankie the worm wants to play with her cousins, but they moved far away. To help their friend, Rosita, Gabrielle and Zoe must think like engineers.

_{Thursday, December 28th, 2023}
8: Elmo's Morning Routine

Elmo and Abby help Crystal the Ball come up with a morning routine so she can be ready to go out and play.

_{Thursday, January 4th, 2024}
9: Are You Ready For School?

When Rudy and Zoe feel nervous about getting ready for kindergarten, Ji-Young and Baby Bear host a game show all about school to help.

_{Thursday, January 11th, 2024}
10: Supermarket Games

Alan creates a game to make food shopping more fun! Can Elmo, Abby and Cookie Monster get the food in Alan's cart before checking out?

_{Thursday, January 18th, 2024}
11: Sesame Street Song Day

Mia learns how to sing a song in Spanish with help from her friends, who tell her how special she is no matter how much or little Spanish she speaks.

_{Thursday, January 25th, 2024}
12: The Flamingo Scoop

When Fred the Flamingo is visiting Sesame Street for a family reunion, Elmo, Rudy and Nina learn all about flamingos.

_{Thursday, February 1st, 2024}
13: A Home for Fido

Chris, Elmo and Abby help Fido feel proud that he's a frog and find him the right habitat to live in.

_{Thursday, February 8th, 2024}
14: Sesame Street's Lunar New Year Celebration

Lily, Qui and Ji-Young are celebrating Lunar New Year on Sesame Street. They share with their friends how their families celebrate the holiday.

_{Thursday, February 15th, 2024}
15: Elmo Helps the Amazing Zero!

The Amazing Zero and Elmo are on Sesame Street to help take everything away when people need to get to zero.

_{Thursday, February 22nd, 2024}
16: The Grover Game

At Street Carnival Day, Cookie Monster is playing the Grover Game and needs to move ping pong balls off a plate without touching them.

_{Thursday, February 29th, 2024}
17: The Kitty Sisters

Chris and Elmo put up signs to try to find a lost kitten's owner, and Grover and Cookie Monster learn all about how to take care of a kitten.

_{Thursday, March 7th, 2024}
18: Tamir's Water Works

Tamir needs to figure out how to keep the community garden watered while he's away at camp. With his friends' help, Tamir makes an irrigation system.

_{Thursday, March 14th, 2024}
19: Bert and Ernie's Opposite Day

On Opposite Day, everyone is doing things that are as different as they can be. Bert and Ernie realize they like so many opposite things too!

_{Thursday, March 21st, 2024}
20: Our Family Musical

For a school project, Mia writes a musical about how special it is to grow up in a family with two different cultures.

_{Thursday, March 28th, 2024}
21: Elmo and Abby's Ocean Adventure

After Abby turns Sesame Street into a magical ocean, Dorothy disappears, and Elmo and Abby must follow clues to find her.

_{Thursday, April 4th, 2024}
22: The Feelings Fair

At the Feelings Fair, Elmo, Alan and Julia learn to figure out how someone is feeling by looking at their facial expressions.

_{Thursday, April 11th, 2024}
23: The Sign Language ABCs

At Alphabet Day, Elmo sings the ABC song and his friend Mathis signs the alphabet using American Sign Language.

_{Thursday, April 18th, 2024}
24: Jumpin' in the Rain

Elmo tries to find something to do in the rain while he waits to jump in puddles.

_{Thursday, April 25th, 2024}
25: Shabbat Shalom!

Charlie and her family share Shabbat dinner with their friends Elmo, Alan, Big Bird and Tamir, who help them prepare their meal before sundown.

_{Thursday, May 2nd, 2024}
26: Elmo's Little Star

Elmo keeps practicing and doesn't give up until he learns how to play "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" on his piano.

_{Thursday, May 9th, 2024}
27: The Tasty Transport

Alan has a lot of food deliveries to make at Hooper's. Elmo, Charlie and Rosita ride their scooter and bikes to help deliver food to customers.

_{Thursday, May 16th, 2024}
28: Tamir Learns Tagalog

With help from his friend, Tamir, TJ makes a comic book gift to welcome his favorite comic book artist, Bobby Manalo, to Sesame Street.

_{Thursday, May 23rd, 2024}
29: Brave Bessie by Brave Gabrielle

Gabrielle puts on a show to tell her friends about Bessie Coleman, the first African American and Native American woman to fly an airplane.

_{Thursday, May 30th, 2024}
30: Elmo Visits the Library

Librarian Grover helps Nina and Elmo find the books they need while looking through the different sections of the library.

_{Thursday, June 6th, 2024}
31: Elmo Goes Down the Big Slide

Elmo is excited and a little scared to go down the big slide for the first time. With help from Chris, Elmo is ready to go down the slide by himself!

_{Wednesday, June 12th, 2024}
32: Roar, It's a Dinosaur

Elmo, Chris and their friends on Sesame Street have dressed up as dinosaurs. With help from Elmo's book, they learn facts about dinosaurs!

_{Wednesday, June 19th, 2024}
33: Use That Rice!

At a cook-off about rice, everyone learns that when we share foods that are special to us, we share something special about ourselves.

_{Wednesday, June 26th, 2024}
34: The Mystery Cricket

Elmo, Abby and Tamir come across a wooden cricket and learn that it's Dave's favorite Cuban musical instrument called a guiro.

_{Wednesday, July 3rd, 2024}
35: Prairie Dawn's Cookie Party

At Prairie Dawn's cookie party, Cookie Monster needs to figure out which of the cookies are octagons.

Episode Data

Sesame Street

Season 0

106: Big Bird Gets Lost

108: Get Up and Dance

111: A Celebration of Me, Grover

114: Wild Words & Outdoor Adventures

120: Ready for School

125: Season 11 Classic Cuts

126: Season 12 Classic Cuts

279: Counting with James Earl Jones

127: Season 13 Classic Cuts

128: Season 14 Classic Cuts

129: Season 15 Classic Cuts

131: Interview with Caroll Spinney

132: Imagine with Me

136: This Way to Sesame Street

138: Imagine That!

139: 20 Years and Still Counting

140: Elmo's World: Dinosaurs!

141: Pinball Count

142: C Is for Cookie Monster

143: Cookie Monster's Best Bites

144: Big Elmo Fun

145: Monster Hits!

146: Elmo's Alphabet Challenge

149: Happy, Healthy, and Ready for School: Math is Everywhere

150: Happy, Healthy, and Ready for School: Learning is Everywhere

151: Elmo's World: Wild Wild West!

152: Old School Volume 1

153: Old School Volume 2

154: Old School Volume 3

155: Bye-Bye, Pacifier!

156: Kids' Favorite Country Songs

230: Singing with the Stars 2

161: Elmo's Music Magic

166: Sing Yourself Sillier at the Movies

167: Elmo's World: All About Animals

172: The Biscotti Kid (Karate Kid Parody)

175: Elmo's Shape Adventure

176: Learning Letters with Elmo

177: Love the Earth!

178: Elmo's World: Head, Shoulders, Knees and Toes

179: Being Brave

180: Fairy Tale Fun

181: Elmo's World: Penguins and Friends

182: Elmo the Musical

200: Happy Halloween

205: Cookie World

206: Grover's Workout Video

243: Elmo Goes to School

207: We All Sing Together

208: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 1

209: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 2

210: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 3

211: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 4

212: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 5

213: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 6

214: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 7

215: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 8

216: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 9

217: Old School Vol. 1 Episode 10

218: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 1

219: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 2

220: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 3

221: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 4

222: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 5

223: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 6

224: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 7

225: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 8

226: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 9

227: Old School Vol. 2 Episode 10

268: Sing-Along Earth Songs

264: The Best of Elmo 2

1: The Letter of the Month Club

4: The Street We Live On

10: Happy Healthy Monsters

11: What's the Name of That Song

12: Computer Caper

14: Kids' Favorite Songs